Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 814-01047

 

 

FS Investment Corporation III

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   90-0994912

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

201 Rouse Boulevard

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

19112

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (215) 495-1150

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value

$0.001 per share

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes ¨      No    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

There is no established market for the registrant’s shares of common stock. The registrant is currently conducting an ongoing public offering of its shares of common stock pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form N-2, which shares are currently being sold at an institutional offering price of $7.88 per share, or at a price per share necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price below net asset value per share.

There were 256,626,449 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2016.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K as indicated herein.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III

FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR

ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

PART I

    

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

     1   

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS

     29   

ITEM 1B.

 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     62   

ITEM 2.

 

PROPERTIES

     62   

ITEM 3.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     62   

ITEM 4.

 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

     62   

PART II

    

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     63   

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     66   

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     68   

ITEM 7A.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     110   

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     112   

ITEM 9.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     182   

ITEM 9A.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     182   

ITEM 9B.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

     183   

PART III

    

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     184   

ITEM 11.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     184   

ITEM 12.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     184   

ITEM 13.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     184   

ITEM 14.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     184   

PART IV

    

ITEM 15.

 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     185   
 

SIGNATURES

     190   


Table of Contents

PART I

Many of the amounts and percentages presented in Part I have been rounded for convenience of presentation and all dollar amounts, excluding share and per share amounts, are presented in thousands unless otherwise noted.

 

Item 1. Business.

Summary

FS Investment Corporation III, or the Company, which may also be referred to as “we,” “us” or “our,” was incorporated under the general corporation laws of the State of Maryland on June 7, 2013 and formally commenced investment operations on April 2, 2014. We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. As such, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. In addition, we have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. As of December 31, 2015, we had total assets of approximately $3.1 billion.

We are managed by FSIC III Advisor, LLC, or FSIC III Advisor, a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, which oversees the management of our operations and is responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC, or GDFM, to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM assists FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and makes investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor, according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor. GDFM, a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP, or GSO. GSO is the credit platform of The Blackstone Group L.P., or Blackstone, a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services. GSO is one of the world’s largest credit platforms in the alternative asset business with approximately $79.1 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2015.

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. We seek to meet our investment objectives by:

 

   

utilizing the experience and expertise of the management teams of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM, along with the broader resources of GSO, which include its access to the relationships and human capital of its parent, Blackstone, in sourcing, evaluating and structuring transactions;

 

   

employing a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection;

 

   

focusing primarily on debt investments in a broad array of private U.S. companies, including middle market companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. In many market environments, we believe such a focus offers an opportunity for superior risk adjusted returns;

 

   

investing primarily in established, stable enterprises with positive cash flows; and

 

   

maintaining rigorous portfolio monitoring, in an attempt to anticipate and pre-empt negative credit events within our portfolio.

Our portfolio is comprised primarily of investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private middle market U.S. companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. We may purchase interests in loans or make other debt investments, including investments in senior secured bonds, through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market or directly from our target companies as primary market or directly originated

 

1


Table of Contents

investments. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase or otherwise acquire minority interests in target companies, in the form of common or preferred equity or equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock or other equity or the cash value of common stock or other equity. Any such minority interests are generally acquired in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, other debt securities and derivatives, including total return swaps and credit default swaps. FSIC III Advisor will seek to tailor our investment focus as market conditions evolve. Depending on market conditions, we may increase or decrease our exposure to less senior portions of the capital structure or otherwise make opportunistic investments.

The senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and senior secured bonds in which we invest generally have stated terms of three to seven years and subordinated debt investments that we make generally have stated terms of up to ten years, but the expected average life of such securities is generally between three and seven years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security in our portfolio. Our debt investments may be rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or NRSRO, and, in such case, generally will carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or Moody’s, or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or S&P). We also invest in non-rated debt securities.

To seek to enhance our returns, we employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of FSIC III Advisor, but in no event will leverage employed exceed 50% of the value of our assets, as required by the 1940 Act.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we made investments in portfolio companies totaling $2,647,079. During the same period, we sold investments for proceeds of $301,909 and received principal repayments of $117,353. As of December 31, 2015, our investment portfolio, with a total fair value of $2,744,630 (68% in first lien senior secured loans, 10% in second lien senior secured loans, 3% in senior secured bonds, 17% in subordinated debt, 0% in collateralized securities and 2% in equity/other), consisted of interests in 130 portfolio companies. The portfolio companies that comprised our portfolio as of such date had an average annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, of approximately $212.8 million. As of December 31, 2015, the debt investments in our portfolio were purchased at a weighted average price of 97.5% of par and our estimated gross portfolio yield (which represents the expected annualized yield to be generated by us on our investment portfolio based on the composition of our portfolio as of such date), prior to leverage, was 9.8% based upon the amortized cost of our investments. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our total return was (0.93)%.

Based on our regular weekly cash distribution amount of $0.013461 per share as of December 31, 2015 and our public offering price of $9.05 per share as of such date, the annualized distribution rate to stockholders as of December 31, 2015 was 7.73%.The annualized distribution rate to stockholders is expressed as a percentage equal to the projected annualized distribution amount per share divided by our public offering price per share as of December 31, 2015. Our annualized distribution rate to stockholders may include income, realized capital gains and a return of investors’ capital.

Our estimated gross portfolio yield may be higher than a stockholder’s yield on an investment in shares of our common stock. Our estimated gross portfolio yield does not reflect operating expenses that may be incurred by us. In addition, our estimated gross portfolio yield and total return figures disclosed above do not consider the effect of any selling commissions or charges that may have been incurred in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock. Our estimated gross portfolio yield, total return and annualized distribution rate to stockholders do not represent actual investment returns to stockholders, are subject to change and, in the future,

 

2


Table of Contents

may be greater or less than the rates set forth above. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. See footnote 4 to the table included in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” for information regarding the calculation of our total return.

As a BDC, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, BDCs generally are not permitted to co-invest with certain affiliated entities in transactions originated by the BDC or its affiliates in the absence of an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. However, BDCs are permitted to, and may, simultaneously co-invest in transactions where price is the only negotiated point. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief to our affiliates, upon which we may rely, and which permits us, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor, including FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV and any future BDCs that are advised by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliated investment advisers, or collectively our co-investment affiliates. We believe this relief has and may continue to enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategies. We believe this relief may also increase favorable investment opportunities for us, in part, by allowing us to participate in larger investments, together with our co-investment affiliates, than would be available to us if such relief had not been obtained. Because our affiliates did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we are permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

While a BDC may list its shares for trading in the public markets, we have currently elected not to do so. We believe that a non-traded structure is more appropriate during our offering stage due to the long-term nature of the assets in which we invest. This structure allows us to operate with a long-term view, similar to that of other types of private investment funds, instead of managing to quarterly market expectations. Furthermore, while our offering price, which exceeds our net asset value per share, is subject to adjustment in accordance with the 1940 Act and our share pricing policy, because our shares of common stock are not currently listed on a national securities exchange, our stockholders are not subject to the daily share price volatility associated with the public markets. However, the net asset value of our shares of common stock may still be volatile. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Continuous Public Offering and an Investment in Our Common Stock.”

We do not currently intend to list our shares on an exchange and do not expect a public market to develop for them in the foreseeable future. We intend to seek to complete a liquidity event within five years following the completion of our offering stage; however, the offering period may extend for an indefinite period. Accordingly, stockholders should consider that they may not have access to the money they invest for an indefinite period of time until we complete a liquidity event. We will view our offering stage as complete as of the termination date of our most recent public equity offering if we have not conducted a public equity offering in any continuous two-year period. In addition, shares of BDCs listed on a national securities exchange frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. If we determine to pursue a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, stockholders, including those who purchase shares at the offering price, may experience a loss on their investment if they sell their shares at a time when our shares are trading at a discount to net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to complete a liquidity event. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Continuous Public Offering and an Investment in Our Common Stock.”

Status of Our Continuous Public Offering

Since commencing our continuous public offering and through March 1, 2016, we have issued 256,536,930 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $2,479,905. As of March 1, 2016, we had raised total gross proceeds of $2,491,892, including $200 of seed capital contributed by the principals of FSIC III Advisor in October 2013 and $11,787 in proceeds raised in a private placement completed in April 2014 from the principals of FSIC III Advisor, certain members of our board of directors and other individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM.

 

3


Table of Contents

We are currently offering shares of our common stock pursuant to our continuous public offering only to persons who purchase through investment advisors whose contracts for investment advisory and related services include a fixed or “wrap” fee or other asset-based fee arrangement, who we collectively refer to as Advisors, and to certain affiliated investors who purchase through FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC, or FS 2 , our dealer manager. We refer to sales of shares of our common stock through Advisors as the Institutional Channel. In February 2016, we closed our continuous public offering to investors investing through the IBD Channel, or the IBD Channel closing. As used herein, the IBD Channel refers to sales of shares of our common stock through broker-dealers that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and other properly licensed financial securities firms, who we collectively refer to as selected broker-dealers. Historically, sales through the IBD Channel have constituted the majority of shares sold in our continuous public offering.

Prior to the IBD Channel closing, shares of our common stock in our continuous public offering were subject to a sales load of up to 10.0% of the public offering price, which consisted of selling commissions and dealer manager fees of up to 7.0% and 3.0%, respectively, of the public offering price. Following the IBD Channel closing, shares of common stock in our continuous public offering have been sold at an Institutional offering price that does not include any selling commissions or dealer manager fees.

Share Repurchase Program

To provide our stockholders with limited liquidity, we intend to continue to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to our share repurchase program. The first such tender offer commenced in August 2014. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we repurchased 669,010 and 4,050 shares, respectively, at an average price per share of $8.786 and $9.000, respectively, for aggregate consideration totaling $5,878 and $36, respectively. On January 6, 2016, we repurchased 569,282 shares at $8.145 per share for aggregate consideration totaling $4,637.

We currently intend to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the issuance of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, we will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each calendar quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that we offer to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above. We currently intend to offer to repurchase such shares of common stock on each date of repurchase at a price equal to 90% of what the public offering price would have been on the date of repurchase had we not closed the IBD Channel in February 2016 (which price is equal to the Institutional offering price on the date of repurchase). Our share repurchase program will be the only method by which our stockholders may obtain liquidity prior to a liquidity event. Therefore, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares promptly or at a desired price. If stockholders are able to sell their shares, it is likely they will have to sell them at a significant discount to their purchase price. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time upon 30 days’ notice.

Distributions

Subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors, we currently intend to declare regular cash distributions on a weekly or monthly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of our common stock at the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any future distributions to stockholders are subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors.

 

4


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the cash distributions per share that we declared and paid on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Distribution  

For the Year Ended December 31,

   Per Share      Amount  

2014

   $ 0.5249       $ 21,526   

2015

   $ 0.7000       $ 118,228   

On November 9, 2015 and March 7, 2016, our board of directors declared regular weekly cash distributions for January 2016 through March 2016 and April 2016 through June 2016, respectively, each in the amount of $0.013461 per share. These distributions have been or will be paid monthly to stockholders of record as of weekly record dates previously determined by our board of directors.

For additional information regarding our distributions and our distribution reinvestment plan, including certain related tax considerations, see “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Distributions” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—RIC Status and Distributions.”

About FSIC III Advisor

FSIC III Advisor is a subsidiary of our affiliate, Franklin Square Holdings, L.P., or Franklin Square Holdings, a national sponsor of alternative investment funds designed for the individual investor. FSIC III Advisor is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Advisers Act and is led by substantially the same personnel that form the investment and operations teams of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FSIC IV Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC. FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC and FSIC IV Advisor, LLC are registered investment advisers that manage Franklin Square Holdings’ four other affiliated BDCs, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Investment Corporation IV, respectively. FS Global Advisor, LLC is a registered investment adviser that manages Franklin Square Holdings’ affiliated closed-end management investment company, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund.

In addition to managing our investments, the managers, officers and other personnel of FSIC III Advisor also currently manage the following entities through affiliated investment advisers:

 

Name

  Entity  

Investment Focus

  Gross  Assets (1)  

FS Investment Corporation

  BDC   Primarily invests in senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies.   $ 4,149,663   

FS Energy and Power Fund

  BDC   Primarily invests in debt and income-oriented equity securities of privately-held U.S. companies in the energy and power industry.   $ 3,499,419   

FS Investment Corporation II (2)

  BDC   Primarily invests in senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies.   $ 5,032,346   

FS Investment Corporation IV (3)

  BDC   Primarily invests in senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies.   $ 200   

FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund (4)

  Closed-end
management
investment
company
  Primarily invests in secured and unsecured floating and fixed rate loans, bonds and other types of credit instruments.   $ 1,303,793   

 

5


Table of Contents

 

(1) As of December 31, 2015, except as otherwise noted below.

 

(2) As of September 30, 2015.

 

(3) FS Investment Corporation IV commenced investment operations on January 6, 2016 upon meeting its minimum offering requirement of raising gross proceeds of at least $1.0 million in its continuous public offering from persons who were not affiliated with FS Investment Corporation IV or its investment adviser, FSIC IV Advisor, LLC.

 

(4) Two funds affiliated with FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund—A and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund—D, or together, the FSGCOF Offered Funds, which have the same investment objectives and strategies as FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, currently offer common shares of beneficial interest to the public and invest substantially all of the net proceeds of their respective offerings in FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund.

Our chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, has led FSIC III Advisor since its inception. In 2007, he co-founded Franklin Square Holdings with the goal of delivering alternative investment solutions, advised by what Franklin Square Holdings believes to be best-in-class institutional asset managers, to individual investors nationwide. In addition to leading FSIC III Advisor, Mr. Forman currently serves as chairman and chief executive officer of FS Investment Corporation, and as chairman, president and chief executive officer of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FS Energy and Power Fund, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation II, FSIC IV Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation IV, FS Global Advisor, LLC, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund and the FSGCOF Offered Funds.

FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team has significant experience in private lending and private equity investing, and has developed an expertise in using all levels of a firm’s capital structure to produce income-generating investments, while focusing on risk management. The team also has extensive knowledge of the managerial, operational and regulatory requirements of publicly registered alternative asset entities, such as BDCs. We believe that the active and ongoing participation by Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates in the credit markets, and the depth of experience and disciplined investment approach of FSIC III Advisor’s management team, will allow FSIC III Advisor to successfully execute our investment strategies.

All investment decisions require the unanimous approval of FSIC III Advisor’s investment committee, which is currently comprised of Mr. Forman, Gerald F. Stahlecker, Zachary Klehr, and Sean Coleman. Our board of directors, including a majority of independent directors, oversees and monitors our investment performance and annually reviews our amended and restated investment advisory and administrative services agreement, by and between us and FSIC III Advisor, dated as of August 6, 2014, or the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, and the investment sub-advisory agreement that FSIC III Advisor has entered into with GDFM to determine, among other things, whether the fees payable under such agreements are reasonable in light of the services provided.

About GDFM

From time to time, FSIC III Advisor may enter into sub-advisory relationships with registered investment advisers that possess skills that FSIC III Advisor believes will aid it in achieving our investment objectives. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM assists FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and makes investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor. GDFM also serves as the investment sub-adviser to FS Investment Corporation, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Investment Corporation IV. Furthermore, GDFM’s parent, GSO, serves as the investment sub-adviser to FS Energy and Power Fund and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. GDFM is a Delaware limited liability company with principal offices located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

GDFM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GSO. GSO is the credit platform of Blackstone, a leading global alternative asset manager. As of December 31, 2015, GSO and its affiliates, excluding Blackstone, managed

 

6


Table of Contents

approximately $79.1 billion of assets across multiple strategies and investment types within the leveraged finance marketplace, including leveraged loans, high-yield bonds, distressed, mezzanine and private equity. As investment sub-adviser, GDFM makes recommendations to FSIC III Advisor in a manner that is consistent with its existing investment and monitoring processes.

Blackstone is a leading global alternative asset manager and provider of financial advisory services. It is one of the largest independent managers of private capital in the world, with assets under management of approximately $336.4 billion as of December 31, 2015. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, funds of hedge funds, credit-oriented funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts and publicly-traded closed-end mutual funds. Blackstone is a publicly-traded limited partnership that has common units which trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “BX.” Information about Blackstone and its various affiliates, including certain ownership, governance and financial information, is disclosed in Blackstone’s periodic filings with the SEC, which can be obtained from Blackstone’s website at http://ir.blackstone.com or the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . Information contained on Blackstone’s website and in Blackstone’s filings with the SEC is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and such information should not be considered to be part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Potential Market Opportunity

We believe that there are and will continue to be significant investment opportunities in the senior secured and second lien secured loan asset class, as well as investments in debt securities of middle market companies.

Attractive Opportunities in Senior Secured and Second Lien Secured Loans

We believe that opportunities in senior secured and second lien secured loans are significant because of the variable rate structure of most senior secured debt issues and because of the strong defensive characteristics of this investment class. Given current market conditions, we believe that debt issues with variable interest rates often offer a superior return profile to fixed-rate securities, since variable interest rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment.

Senior secured debt also provides strong defensive characteristics. Because this debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders (i.e., holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equityholders), they carry the least potential risk among investments in the issuer’s capital structure. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may be seized in the event of a default, if necessary. They generally also carry restrictive covenants aimed at ensuring repayment before junior creditors, such as most types of unsecured bondholders, and other security holders and preserving collateral to protect against credit deterioration.

 

7


Table of Contents

The chart below illustrates examples of the collateral used to secure senior secured and second lien secured debt.

 

 

LOGO

 

Source: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Opportunity in Middle Market Private Companies

In addition to investing in senior secured and second lien secured loans generally, we believe that the market for lending to private companies, particularly middle market private companies within the United States, is underserved and presents a compelling investment opportunity. We believe that the following characteristics support our belief:

Large Target Market

According to The U.S. Census Bureau, in its 2012 economic census, there were approximately 42,600 middle market companies in the United States with annual revenues between $50 million and $2.5 billion, compared with approximately 1,350 companies with revenues greater than $2.5 billion. These middle market companies represent, we believe, a significant portion of the growth segment of the U.S. economy and often require substantial capital investment to grow their businesses. Middle market companies have generated a significant number of investment opportunities for us and investment programs managed by our affiliates and GDFM over the past several years, and we believe that this market segment will continue to produce significant investment opportunities for us.

Limited Investment Competition

Despite the size of the market, we believe that regulatory changes and other factors have diminished the role of traditional financial institutions and certain other capital providers in providing financing to middle market companies. As tracked by S&P Capital IQ LCD, U.S. banks’ share of senior secured loans to middle market companies represented 7% of overall middle market loan volume in 2015, up slightly from 4% in 2014 and down from nearly 20% in 2011. We believe this trend of reduced middle market lending by financial institutions may continue as increased regulatory scrutiny as well as other regulatory changes may further reduce banks’ lending activities and may serve to further reduce the role banks play in providing capital to middle market companies.

In addition, regulatory uncertainty regarding CLOs may limit financing available to middle market companies. Risk retention and certain limitations placed on some banks’ ability to hold CLO securities may also inhibit future CLO creation and future lending to middle market companies. CLOs represented 61.2% of the

 

8


Table of Contents

institutional investor base for broadly syndicated loans in 2015, as tracked by S&P Capital IQ LCD, and any decline in the formation of new CLOs will likely have broad implications for the senior secured loan marketplace and for middle market borrowers.

We also believe that lending and originating new loans to middle market companies, which are often private, generally requires a greater dedication of the lender’s time and resources compared to lending to larger companies, due in part to the smaller size of each investment and the often fragmented nature of information available from these companies. Further, many investment firms lack the breadth and scale necessary to identify investment opportunities, particularly in regards to directly originated investments in middle market companies, and thus we believe that attractive investment opportunities are often overlooked. In addition, middle market companies may require more active monitoring and participation on the lender’s part. We believe that many large financial organizations, which often have relatively high cost structures, are not suited to deal with these factors and instead emphasize services and transactions to larger corporate clients with a consequent reduction in the availability of financing to middle market companies.

Attractive Market Segment

We believe that the underserved nature of such a large segment of the market can at times create a significant opportunity for investment. In many environments, we believe that middle market companies are more likely to offer attractive economics in terms of transaction pricing, up-front and ongoing fees, prepayment penalties and security features in the form of stricter covenants and quality collateral than loans to larger companies. In addition, as compared to larger companies, middle market companies often have simpler capital structures and carry less leverage, thus aiding the structuring and negotiation process and allowing us greater flexibility in structuring favorable transactions. We believe that these factors will result in advantageous conditions in which to pursue our investment objectives of generating current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation.

Characteristics of and Risks Related to Investments in Private Companies

We invest primarily in the debt of private middle market U.S. companies. Investments in private companies pose significantly greater risks than investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress. As a result, these companies, which may present greater credit risk than public companies, may be unable to meet the obligations under their debt securities that we hold. Second, the investments themselves may often be illiquid. The securities of most of the companies in which we invest are not publicly-traded or actively-traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors. In addition, our directly originated investments generally will not be traded on any secondary market and a trading market for such investments may not develop. These securities may also be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. These investments may also be difficult to value because little public information generally exists about private companies, requiring an experienced due diligence team to analyze and value the potential portfolio company. Finally, these companies often may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of FSIC III Advisor and/or GDFM to obtain adequate information through their due diligence efforts to evaluate the creditworthiness of, and risks involved in, investing in these companies, and to determine the optimal time to exit an investment. These companies and their financial information will also generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules and regulations that govern public companies that are designed to protect investors.

Investment Strategies

Our principal focus is to invest in senior secured and second lien secured loans of private middle market U.S. companies, and to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect

 

9


Table of Contents

a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. We may purchase interests in loans or make other debt investments, including investments in senior secured bonds, through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market or directly from our target companies as primary market or directly originated investments. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase or otherwise acquire minority interests in target companies, in the form of common or preferred equity or equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock or other equity or the cash value of common stock or other equity. Any such minority interests are generally acquired in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, CLOs, other debt securities and derivatives, including total return swaps and credit default swaps. FSIC III Advisor will seek to tailor our investment focus as market conditions evolve. Depending on market conditions, we may increase or decrease our exposure to less senior portions of the capital structure or otherwise make opportunistic investments.

When identifying prospective portfolio companies, we focus primarily on the attributes set forth below, which we believe will help us generate higher total returns with an acceptable level of risk. While these criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions, we caution investors that, if we believe the benefits of investing are sufficiently strong, not all of these criteria necessarily will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest. These attributes are:

 

   

Leading, defensible market positions. We seek to invest in companies that have developed strong positions within their respective markets and exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows and profitability to service our debt in a range of economic environments. We seek companies that can protect their competitive advantages through scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing or product quality versus their competitors, thereby minimizing business risk and protecting profitability.

 

   

Investing in stable companies with positive cash flow. We seek to invest in established, stable companies with strong profitability and cash flows. Such companies, we believe, are well-positioned to maintain consistent cash flow to service and repay our loans and maintain growth in their businesses or market share. We do not intend to invest to any significant degree in start-up companies, turnaround situations or companies with speculative business plans.

 

   

Proven management teams. We focus on companies that have experienced management teams with an established track record of success. We typically prefer our portfolio companies to have proper incentives in place, which may include non-cash and performance-based compensation, to align management’s goals with ours.

 

   

Private equity sponsorship. Often, we seek to participate in transactions sponsored by what we believe to be sophisticated and seasoned private equity firms. FSIC III Advisor’s management team believes that a private equity sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an endorsement of the quality of the investment. Further, by co-investing with such experienced private equity firms which commit significant sums of equity capital ranking junior in priority of payment to our debt investments, we may benefit from the due diligence review performed by the private equity firm, in addition to our own due diligence review. Further, strong private equity sponsors with significant investments at risk have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational or financial issues arise, which could provide additional protections for our investments.

 

   

Allocation among various issuers and industries. We seek to allocate our portfolio broadly among issuers and industries, thereby attempting to reduce the risk of a downturn in any one company or industry having a disproportionate adverse impact on the value of our portfolio.

 

   

Viable exit strategy. While we attempt to invest in securities that may be sold in a privately negotiated over-the-counter market, providing us a means by which we may exit our positions, we expect that a large portion of our portfolio may not be sold on this secondary market. For any investments that are

 

10


Table of Contents
 

not able to be sold within this market, we focus primarily on investing in companies whose business models and growth prospects offer attractive exit possibilities, including repayment of our investments, an initial public offering of equity securities, a merger, a sale or a recapitalization, in each case with the potential for capital gains.

In addition, in an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief that, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, expands our ability to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates, which we believe has and may continue to enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategy.

Potential Competitive Strengths

We believe that we offer investors the following potential competitive strengths:

Global platform with seasoned investment professionals

We believe that the breadth and depth of the experience of FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team, together with the wider resources of GSO’s investment team, which is dedicated to sourcing, structuring, executing, monitoring and harvesting a broad range of private investments, as well as the specific expertise of GDFM, provide us with a significant competitive advantage in sourcing and analyzing attractive investment opportunities.

Long-term investment horizon

Our long-term investment horizon gives us great flexibility, which we believe allows us to maximize returns on our investments. Unlike most private equity and venture capital funds, as well as many private debt funds, we are not required to return capital to our stockholders once we exit a portfolio investment. We believe that freedom from such capital return requirements, which allows us to invest using a longer-term focus, provides us with the opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, compared to other private company investment vehicles.

GDFM transaction sourcing capability

FSIC III Advisor seeks to leverage GDFM’s significant access to transaction flow. GDFM seeks to generate investment opportunities through syndicate and club deals (generally, investments made by a small group of investment firms) and, subject to regulatory constraints as discussed under “—Regulation,” and the allocation policies of GDFM and its affiliates, as applicable, also through GSO’s direct origination channels. GDFM also relies on its relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks to source investment opportunities. These include significant contacts to participants in the credit and leveraged finance marketplace, which it can draw upon in sourcing investment opportunities for us. With respect to syndicate and club deals, GDFM has built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. With respect to GDFM’s origination channel, FSIC III Advisor seeks to leverage the global presence of GSO to generate access to a substantial amount of directly originated transactions with attractive investment characteristics. We believe that the broad network of GDFM provides a significant pipeline of investment opportunities for us. GDFM also has a significant trading platform, which, we believe, allows us access to the secondary market for investment opportunities.

Disciplined, income-oriented investment philosophy

FSIC III Advisor and GDFM employ a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection. This investment approach involves a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity, as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on

 

11


Table of Contents

early detection of deteriorating credit conditions at portfolio companies which would result in adverse portfolio developments. This strategy is designed to maximize current income and minimize the risk of capital loss while maintaining the potential for long-term capital appreciation.

Investment expertise across all levels of the corporate capital structure

FSIC III Advisor and GDFM believe that their broad expertise and experience investing at all levels of a company’s capital structure enable us to manage risk while affording us the opportunity for significant returns on our investments. We attempt to capitalize on this expertise in an effort to produce and maintain an investment portfolio that will perform in a broad range of economic conditions.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities are managed by FSIC III Advisor and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent. Under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we have agreed to pay FSIC III Advisor an annual base management fee based on the average weekly value of our gross assets as well as incentive fees based on our performance. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations” for a description of the fees we pay to FSIC III Advisor.

From time to time, FSIC III Advisor may enter into sub-advisory relationships with registered investment advisers that possess skills or attributes that FSIC III Advisor believes will aid it in achieving our investment objectives. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM assists FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and makes investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor.

FSIC III Advisor oversees our day-to-day operations, including the provision of general ledger accounting, fund accounting, legal services, investor relations and other administrative services. FSIC III Advisor also performs, or oversees the performance of, our corporate operations and required administrative services, which includes being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports for our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, FSIC III Advisor assists us in calculating our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

We reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations, including FSIC III Advisor’s allocable portion of the compensation and related expenses of certain personnel of Franklin Square Holdings providing administrative services to us on behalf of FSIC III Advisor. The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor allocates the cost of such services to us based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors reviews the methodology employed in determining how the expenses are allocated to us and the proposed allocation of administrative expenses among us and certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor. Our board of directors then assesses the reasonableness of such reimbursements for expenses allocated to us based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors considers whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors compares the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs. We do not reimburse FSIC III Advisor for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of FSIC III Advisor.

 

12


Table of Contents

We have contracted with State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street, to provide various accounting and administrative services, including, but not limited to, preparing preliminary financial information for review by FSIC III Advisor, preparing and monitoring expense budgets, maintaining accounting and corporate books and records, processing trade information provided by us and performing testing with respect to RIC compliance. Prior to April 1, 2015, we had contracted with Vigilant Compliance, LLC to provide the services of Salvatore Faia as our chief compliance officer.

As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. Also, while we are permitted to finance investments using debt, our ability to use debt will be limited in certain significant respects pursuant to the 1940 Act. Within the limits of existing regulation, we will adjust our use of debt, according to market conditions, to the level we believe will allow us to generate maximum risk-adjusted returns. See “—Regulation.” We have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Investment Types

Our portfolio is comprised primarily of investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private middle market U.S. companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. We may purchase interests in loans or make other debt investments, including investments in senior secured bonds, through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market or directly from our target companies as primary market or directly originated investments. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase or otherwise acquire minority interests in target companies, in the form of common or preferred equity or equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock or other equity or the cash value of common stock or other equity. Any such minority interests are generally acquired in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, CLOs, other debt securities and derivatives, including total return swaps and credit default swaps. FSIC III Advisor will seek to tailor our investment focus as market conditions evolve. Depending on market conditions, we may increase or decrease our exposure to less senior portions of the capital structure, where returns tend to be stronger in a more stable or growing economy, but less secure in weak economic environments. Below is a diagram illustrating where these investments lie in a typical portfolio company’s capital structure. Senior secured debt is situated at the top of the capital structure and typically has the first claim on the assets and cash flows of the company, followed by second lien secured debt, subordinated debt, preferred equity and, finally, common equity. Due to this priority of cash flows, an investment’s risk increases as it moves further down the capital structure. Investors are usually compensated for this risk associated with junior status in the form of higher returns, either through higher interest payments or potentially higher capital appreciation. We rely on FSIC III Advisor’s and GDFM’s experience to structure investments, possibly using all levels of the capital structure, which we believe will perform in a broad range of economic environments.

 

13


Table of Contents

LOGO

Senior Secured Loans

Senior secured loans are situated at the top of the capital structure. Because these loans generally have priority in payment, they carry the least risk among all investments in a firm. Generally, our senior secured loans are expected to have maturities of three to seven years, offer some form of amortization, and have first priority security interests in the assets of the borrower. Generally, we expect that the interest rate on our senior secured loans typically will have variable rates ranging between 6.0% and 10.0% over a standard benchmark, such as the prime rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR.

Second Lien Secured Loans

Second lien secured loans are immediately junior to senior secured loans and have substantially the same maturities, collateral and covenant structures as senior secured loans. Second lien secured loans, however, are granted a second priority security interest in the assets of the borrower, which means that any realization of collateral will generally be applied to pay senior secured loans in full before second lien secured loans are paid and the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both senior secured loans and second lien secured loans. In return for this junior ranking, second lien secured loans generally offer higher returns compared to senior secured debt. These higher returns come in the form of higher interest and in some cases the potential for equity participation through warrants, though to a lesser extent than with subordinated loans. Generally, we expect these loans to carry a fixed rate, or a floating current yield of 9.0% to 12.0% over a standard benchmark. In addition, we may receive additional returns from any warrants we may receive in connection with these investments.

Senior Secured Bonds

Senior secured bonds are generally secured by collateral on a senior, pari passu or junior basis with other debt instruments in an issuer’s capital structure and have similar maturities and covenant structures as senior secured loans. Generally, we expect these investments to carry a fixed rate of 8.0% to 14.0%.

 

14


Table of Contents

Subordinated Debt

In addition to senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and senior secured bonds, we may invest a portion of our assets in subordinated debt. Subordinated debt investments usually rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt and are often unsecured, but are situated above preferred equity and common equity in the capital structure. In return for their junior status compared to senior debt, subordinated debt investments typically offer higher returns through both higher interest rates and possible equity ownership in the form of warrants, enabling the lender to participate in the capital appreciation of the borrower. These warrants typically require only a nominal cost to exercise. We generally target subordinated debt with interest-only payments throughout the life of the security, with the principal due at maturity. Typically, subordinated debt investments have maturities of five to ten years. Generally, we expect these securities to carry a fixed rate, or a floating current yield of 7.5% to 14.0% over a standard benchmark. In addition, we may receive additional returns from any warrants we may receive in connection with these investments. In some cases, a portion of the total interest may accrue or be paid-in-kind, or PIK.

Equity and Equity-Related Securities

While we intend to maintain our focus on investments in debt securities, from time to time, when we see the potential for extraordinary gain, or in connection with securing particularly favorable terms in a debt investment, we may enter into investments in preferred or common equity, typically in conjunction with a private equity sponsor we believe to be sophisticated and seasoned. In addition, we typically receive the right to make equity investments in a portfolio company whose debt securities we hold in connection with the next equity financing round for that company. This right may provide us with the opportunity to further enhance our returns over time through equity investments in our portfolio companies. In addition, we may hold equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock or other equity or the cash value of common stock or other equity, generally obtained in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In the future, we may achieve liquidity through a merger or acquisition of a portfolio company, a public offering of a portfolio company’s stock or by exercising our right, if any, to require a portfolio company to repurchase the equity-related securities we hold. With respect to any preferred or common equity investments, we expect to target an annual investment return of at least 15%.

Non-U.S. Securities

We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Collateralized Loan Obligations

We may invest in CLOs, which are a form of securitization where payments from multiple loans are pooled together. Investors may purchase one or more tranches of a CLO and each tranche typically reflects a different level of seniority in payment from the CLO.

Other Securities

We may also invest from time to time in derivatives, including total return swaps and credit default swaps. We anticipate that any use of derivatives would primarily be as a substitute for investing in conventional securities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We may maintain a certain level of cash or equivalent instruments to make follow-on investments, if necessary, in existing portfolio companies or to take advantage of new opportunities.

 

15


Table of Contents

Comparison of Targeted Debt Investments to Corporate Bonds

Loans to private companies are debt instruments that can be compared to corporate bonds to aid an investor’s understanding. As with corporate bonds, loans to private companies can range in credit quality depending on security-specific factors, including total leverage, amount of leverage senior to the security in question, variability in the issuer’s cash flows, the quality of assets securing debt and the degree to which such assets cover the subject company’s debt obligations. As is the case in the corporate bond market, we will require greater returns for securities that we perceive to carry increased risk. The companies in which we invest may be leveraged, often as a result of leveraged buyouts or other recapitalization transactions, and, in many cases, will not be rated by national rating agencies. When our targeted debt investments do carry ratings from a NRSRO, we believe that such ratings generally will be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s or lower than “BBB-” by S&P). To the extent we make unrated investments, we believe that such investments would likely receive similar ratings if they were to be examined by a NRSRO. Compared to below-investment grade corporate bonds that are typically available to the public, our targeted senior secured and second lien secured loan investments are higher in the capital structure, have priority in receiving payment, are secured by the issuer’s assets, allow the lender to seize collateral if necessary, and generally exhibit higher rates of recovery in the event of default. Corporate bonds, on the other hand, are often unsecured obligations of the issuer.

The market for loans to private companies possesses several key differences compared to the corporate bond market. For instance, due to a possible lack of debt ratings for certain middle market firms, and also due to the reduced availability of information for private companies, investors must conduct extensive due diligence investigations before committing to an investment. This intensive due diligence process gives the investor significant access to management, which is often not possible in the case of corporate bondholders, who rely on underwriters, debt rating agencies and publicly available information for due diligence reviews and monitoring of corporate issuers. While holding these investments, private debt investors often receive monthly or quarterly updates on the portfolio company’s financial performance, along with possible representation on the company’s board of directors, which allows the investor to take remedial action quickly if conditions happen to deteriorate. Due to reduced liquidity, the relative scarcity of capital and extensive due diligence and expertise required on the part of the investor, we believe that private debt securities typically offer higher returns than corporate bonds of equivalent credit quality.

Sources of Income

The primary means through which our stockholders will receive a return of value is through interest income, dividends and capital gains generated by our investments. In addition to these sources of income, we may receive fees paid by our portfolio companies, including one-time closing fees paid at the time each investment is made. Closing fees typically range from 1.0% to 2.0% of the purchase price of an investment. In addition, we may generate revenues in the form of non-recurring commitment, origination, structuring or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, consulting fees and performance-based fees.

Risk Management

We seek to limit the downside potential of our investment portfolio by:

 

   

applying our investment strategy guidelines for portfolio investments;

 

   

requiring a total return on investments (including both interest and potential appreciation) that adequately compensates us for credit risk;

 

   

allocating our portfolio among various issuers and industries, size permitting, with an adequate number of companies, across different industries, with different types of collateral; and

 

   

negotiating or seeking debt investments with covenants or features that protect us while affording portfolio companies flexibility in managing their businesses consistent with preservation of capital, which may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights.

 

16


Table of Contents

We may also enter into interest rate hedging transactions at the sole discretion of FSIC III Advisor. Such transactions will enable us to selectively modify interest rate exposure as market conditions dictate.

Affirmative Covenants

Affirmative covenants require borrowers to take actions that are meant to ensure the solvency of the company, facilitate the lender’s monitoring of the borrower, and ensure payment of interest and loan principal due to lenders. Examples of affirmative covenants include covenants requiring the borrower to maintain adequate insurance, accounting and tax records, and to produce frequent financial reports for the benefit of the lender.

Negative Covenants

Negative covenants impose restrictions on the borrower and are meant to protect lenders from actions that the borrower may take that could harm the credit quality of the lender’s investments. Examples of negative covenants include restrictions on the payment of dividends and restrictions on the issuance of additional debt without the lender’s approval. In addition, certain covenants restrict a borrower’s activities by requiring it to meet certain earnings interest coverage ratio and leverage ratio requirements. These covenants are also referred to as financial or maintenance covenants.

Investment Process

The investment professionals employed by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM have spent their careers developing the resources necessary to invest in private companies. Our transaction process is highlighted below.

 

 

LOGO

Sourcing

In order to source transactions, FSIC III Advisor seeks to leverage GDFM’s significant access to transaction flow, along with GDFM’s trading platform. GDFM seeks to generate investment opportunities through its trading platform, through syndicate and club deals, through relationships with investment banks, which may be exclusive to GDFM, and, subject to regulatory constraints and the allocation policies of GDFM and its affiliates, as applicable, through GSO’s direct origination channels. With respect to syndicate and club deals, GDFM has built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. GDFM may compensate certain brokers or other financial services firms out of its own profits or revenues for services provided in connection with the identification of appropriate investment opportunities. With respect to GDFM’s origination channel, FSIC III Advisor seeks to leverage the global presence of GSO to generate access to a substantial amount of directly originated transactions with attractive investment characteristics. We believe that the broad network of GDFM provides a significant pipeline of investment opportunities for us.

Evaluation

Initial Review. In its initial review of an investment opportunity to present to FSIC III Advisor, GDFM’s transaction team examines information furnished by the target company and external sources, including rating

 

17


Table of Contents

agencies, if applicable, to determine whether the investment meets our basic investment criteria and other guidelines specified by FSIC III Advisor, within the context of proper allocation of our portfolio among various issuers and industries, and offers an acceptable probability of attractive returns with identifiable downside risk. For the majority of securities available on the secondary market, a comprehensive analysis is conducted and continuously maintained by a dedicated GDFM research analyst, the results of which are available for the transaction team to review. In the case of a directly originated transaction, FSIC III Advisor and GDFM conduct detailed due diligence investigations as necessary.

Credit Analysis/Due Diligence. Before undertaking an investment, the transaction teams from FSIC III Advisor and GDFM conduct a thorough due diligence review of the opportunity to ensure the company fits our investment strategies, which may include:

 

   

a full operational analysis to identify the key risks and opportunities of the target’s business, including a detailed review of historical and projected financial results;

 

   

a detailed analysis of industry dynamics, competitive position, regulatory, tax and legal matters;

 

   

on-site visits, if deemed necessary;

 

   

background checks to further evaluate management and other key personnel;

 

   

a review by legal and accounting professionals, environmental or other industry consultants, if necessary;

 

   

financial sponsor due diligence, including portfolio company and lender reference checks, if necessary; and

 

   

a review of management’s experience and track record.

When possible, our advisory team seeks to structure transactions in such a way that our target companies are required to bear the costs of due diligence, including those costs related to any outside consulting work we may require.

Execution

Recommendation. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to identify and recommend investment opportunities for its approval. GDFM seeks to maintain a defensive approach toward its investment recommendations by emphasizing risk control in its transaction process, which includes (i) the pre-review of each opportunity by one of its portfolio managers to assess the general quality, value and fit relative to our portfolio, (ii) where possible, transaction structuring with a focus on preservation of capital in varying economic environments and (iii) ultimate approval of investment recommendations by GDFM’s investment committee.

Approval. After completing its internal transaction process, GDFM makes formal recommendations for review and approval by FSIC III Advisor. In connection with its recommendation, it transmits any relevant underwriting material and other information pertinent to the decision-making process. In addition, GDFM makes its staff available to answer inquiries by FSIC III Advisor in connection with its recommendations. The consummation of a transaction requires unanimous approval of the members of FSIC III Advisor’s investment committee.

Monitoring

Portfolio Monitoring. FSIC III Advisor, with the help of GDFM, monitors our portfolio with a focus toward anticipating negative credit events. To maintain portfolio company performance and help to ensure a successful exit, FSIC III Advisor and GDFM work closely with, as applicable, the lead equity sponsor, loan syndicator, portfolio company management, consultants, advisers and other security holders to discuss financial position,

 

18


Table of Contents

compliance with covenants, financial requirements and execution of the company’s business plan. In addition, depending on the size, nature and performance of the transaction, we may occupy a seat or serve as an observer on a portfolio company’s board of directors or similar governing body.

Typically, FSIC III Advisor and GDFM receive financial reports detailing operating performance, sales volumes, margins, cash flows, financial position and other key operating metrics on a quarterly basis from our portfolio companies. FSIC III Advisor and GDFM use this data, combined with due diligence gained through contact with the company’s customers, suppliers, competitors, market research and other methods, to conduct an ongoing, rigorous assessment of the company’s operating performance and prospects. GDFM may rely on brokers or other financial services firms that may help identify potential investments from time to time for assistance in monitoring these investments.

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, FSIC III Advisor uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor the expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. FSIC III Advisor uses an investment rating scale of 1 to 5. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

Investment
Rating
  

Summary Description

1    Investment exceeding expectations and/or capital gain expected.
2    Performing investment generally executing in accordance with the portfolio company’s business plan—full return of principal and interest expected.
3    Performing investment requiring closer monitoring.
4    Underperforming investment—some loss of interest or dividend possible, but still expecting a positive return on investment.
5    Underperforming investment with expected loss of interest and some principal.

FSIC III Advisor monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. In connection with valuing our assets, our board of directors reviews these investment ratings on a quarterly basis. In the event that our advisory team determines that an investment is underperforming, or circumstances suggest that the risk associated with a particular investment has significantly increased, FSIC III Advisor will attempt to sell the asset in the secondary market, if applicable, or to implement a plan to attempt to exit the investment or to correct the situation.

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 investment rating scale at fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

Investment Rating

   Fair Value      Percentage
of Portfolio
    Fair Value      Percentage
of Portfolio
 

1

   $ 32,097         1   $ —           —     

2

     2,460,811         90     617,838         89

3

     174,729         6     71,719         10

4

     70,246         3     6,248         1

5

     6,747         0     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,744,630         100   $ 695,805         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of the portfolio in each grading category may vary substantially from period to period resulting primarily from changes in the composition of the portfolio as a result of new investment, repayment and exit activities. In addition, changes in the grade of investments may be made to reflect our expectation of performance and changes in investment values.

 

19


Table of Contents

Valuation Process. Each quarter, we value investments in our portfolio, and such values are disclosed each quarter in reports filed with the SEC. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are recorded at such market quotations. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors determines the fair value of such investments in good faith, utilizing the input of our valuation committee, FSIC III Advisor and any other professionals or materials that our board of directors deems worthy and relevant, including GDFM, independent third-party pricing services and independent third-party valuation services, if applicable. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

Managerial Assistance. As a BDC, we must offer, and provide upon request, managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Depending on the nature of the assistance required, FSIC III Advisor or GDFM will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. To the extent fees are paid for these services, we, rather than FSIC III Advisor or GDFM, will retain any fees paid for such assistance.

Exit

While we attempt to invest in securities that may be sold in a privately negotiated over-the-counter market, providing us a means by which we may exit our positions, we expect that a large portion of our portfolio may not be sold on this secondary market. For any investments that are not able to be sold within this market, we focus primarily on investing in companies whose business models and growth prospects offer attractive exit possibilities, including repayment of our investments, an initial public offering of equity securities, a merger, a sale or a recapitalization, in each case with the potential for capital gains.

Financing Arrangements

To seek to enhance our returns, we employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of FSIC III Advisor, but in no event will leverage employed exceed 50% of the value of our assets, as required by the 1940 Act. Below is a summary of our outstanding financing arrangements as of December 31, 2015:

 

Arrangement

  Type of Arrangement   Rate   Amount
Outstanding
    Amount
Available
    Maturity Date

Citibank Total Return Swap

  Total Return Swap   L+1.50%   $ 394,680      $ 105,320      N/A (1)

BNP Facility

  Prime Brokerage Facility   L+1.10%   $ 155,755      $ 44,245      September 26,  2016 (2)

Deutsche Bank Credit Facility

  Revolving Credit Facility   L+2.25%   $ 250,000      $ —        September 22, 2019

JPM Credit Facility (3)

  Term Loan Credit Facility   L+2.50%   $ 300,000      $ —        May 8, 2019

Goldman Facility

  Repurchase Agreement   L+2.50%   $ 289,200      $ 10,800      July 15, 2019

Capital One Credit Facility

  Revolving Credit Facility   L+1.75% to L+2.50%   $ 94,700      $ 55,300      August 13, 2020

 

(1) The total return swap, or TRS, may be terminated by Center City Funding LLC, or Center City Funding, or by Citibank N.A., or Citibank, at any time on or after June 26, 2016, in each case, in whole or in part, upon prior written notice to the other party.

 

(2) This facility generally is terminable upon 270 days’ notice by either party. As of December 31, 2015, neither party to the facility had provided notice of its intent to terminate the facility.

 

(3) On March 1, 2016, Jefferson Square Funding LLC, or Jefferson Square Funding, entered into an amendment with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, or JPM, to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of loans extended to Jefferson Square Funding under this facility by $50,000 to $350,000, plus an option, subject to certain consents, to further increase the aggregate principal amount by an additional $50,000 prior to April 30, 2016, and (ii) increase the applicable interest rate from LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.50% to LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.6875%.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our average borrowings and weighted average interest rate, including the effect of non-usage fees, for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $458,150 and 2.71%, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, our weighted average effective interest rate on borrowings, including the effect of non-usage fees, was 2.72%.

See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Arrangements” for additional information regarding our financing arrangements.

Regulation

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates, principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters. The 1940 Act requires that a majority of our directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy or (ii) 50% of our voting securities.

We will generally not be able to issue and sell our common stock at a price per share that is below our net asset value per share. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Development Companies—Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and a RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.” We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

As a BDC, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, BDCs generally are not permitted to co-invest with certain affiliated entities in transactions originated by the BDC or its affiliates in the absence of an exemptive order from the SEC. However, BDCs are permitted to, and may, simultaneously co-invest in transactions where price is the only negotiated point. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief to our affiliates, upon which we may rely, and which permits us, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. Under the terms of this relief, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors must make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objectives and strategies. We believe this relief has and may continue to enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategies. We believe this relief may also increase favorable investment opportunities for us, in part, by allowing us to participate in larger investments, together with our co-investment affiliates, than would be available to us if such relief had not been obtained. Because our affiliates did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we are permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

 

21


Table of Contents

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

 

  1. Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

  a. is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

  b. is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

  c. satisfies any of the following:

 

  i. does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

 

  ii. has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

 

  iii. is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

 

  iv. is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million.

 

  2. Securities of any eligible portfolio company that we control.

 

  3. Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  4. Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

  5. Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  6. Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

For purposes of Section 55(a) under the 1940 Act, we will treat each loan underlying the TRS as a qualifying asset if the obligor on such loan is an eligible portfolio company and as a non-qualifying asset if the obligor is not an eligible portfolio company. We may, however, accord different treatment to the TRS in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

 

22


Table of Contents

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, we must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where we purchase such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the asset diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes as described below under “—Taxation as a RIC.” Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. FSIC III Advisor will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of debt and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Debt Financing” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Development Companies.”

For purposes of the asset coverage ratio test applicable to us as a BDC, we will treat the outstanding notional amount of the TRS, less the initial amount of any cash collateral required to be posted by Center City Funding under the TRS, as a senior security for the life of that instrument. We may, however, accord different treatment to the TRS in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

Code of Ethics

We and FSIC III Advisor have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 promulgated under the 1940 Act that, among other things, establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the codes may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with each code’s requirements. Our code of ethics was filed as an exhibit to our current report on

 

23


Table of Contents

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 12, 2014 and FSIC III Advisor’s code of ethics was filed as an exhibit to post-effective amendment no. 2 to our registration statement on Form N-2 filed with the SEC on November 12, 2014. Stockholders may also read and copy these codes of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Stockholders may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is available on our website at www.franklinsquare.com and on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov . Stockholders may also obtain a copy of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We and FSIC III Advisor have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. Our chief compliance officer and the chief compliance officer of FSIC III Advisor are responsible for administering these policies and procedures.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to FSIC III Advisor. The proxy voting policies and procedures of FSIC III Advisor are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by FSIC III Advisor and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, FSIC III Advisor has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of its clients. These policies and procedures for voting proxies for the investment advisory clients of FSIC III Advisor are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 promulgated under, the Advisers Act.

FSIC III Advisor will vote proxies relating to our securities in the best interest of its clients’ stockholders. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a stockholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although FSIC III Advisor will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

The proxy voting decisions of FSIC III Advisor are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of its clients’ investments. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it will require that: (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to its chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how FSIC III Advisor intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

Stockholders may obtain information, without charge, regarding how FSIC III Advisor voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, FS Investment Corporation III, 201 Rouse Boulevard, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19112 or by calling us collect at (215) 495-1150.

Other

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

 

24


Table of Contents

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

Securities Exchange Act and Sarbanes-Oxley Act Compliance

We are subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, including the filing of annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other required items. In addition, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

 

   

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 promulgated under the Exchange Act, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer are required to certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

 

   

pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports are required to disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures; and

 

   

pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act, our management is required to prepare a report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith. In addition, we have voluntarily complied with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and have engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to audit our internal control over financial reporting.

Taxation as a RIC

We have elected to be subject to tax as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute each tax year as distributions to our stockholders. To qualify for and maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each tax year, distributions generally of an amount at least equal to 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally the sum of our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to any deduction for distributions paid, or the Annual Distribution Requirement.

If we:

 

   

qualify as a RIC; and

 

   

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income or capital gains we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) as distributions to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) as distributions to our stockholders.

As a RIC, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute distributions in a timely manner to our stockholders generally of an amount at least equal to

 

25


Table of Contents

the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income, which is the excess of capital gains in excess of capital losses, or “capital gain net income” (adjusted for certain ordinary losses), for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year (as adjusted for certain ordinary losses) and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for the preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax, or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement. Any distribution declared by us during October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following calendar year, will be treated as if it had been paid by us, as well as received by our U.S. stockholders, on December 31 of the calendar year in which the distribution was declared. We generally will endeavor in each tax year to avoid any material U.S. federal excise tax on our earnings.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

   

continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each tax year;

 

   

derive in each tax year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities, loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, net income from certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or other securities, or the 90% Income Test; and

 

   

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the tax year:

 

   

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and

 

   

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships,” or the Diversification Tests.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt instruments that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each tax year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same tax year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discount and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current tax year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expense for tax purposes.

We invest a portion of our net assets in below investment grade instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for us. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when we may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt instruments in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. We will address these and other issues to the extent necessary in order to seek to ensure that we distribute sufficient income to avoid any material U.S. federal income or excise tax.

 

26


Table of Contents

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the tax year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell or otherwise dispose of some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell or otherwise dispose of assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “—Regulation—Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to sell or otherwise dispose of assets to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we sell or otherwise dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

A portfolio company in which we invest may face financial difficulties that require us to work-out, modify or otherwise restructure our investment in the portfolio company. Any such transaction could, depending upon the specific terms of the transaction, result in unusable capital losses and future non-cash income. Any such transaction could also result in our receiving assets that give rise to non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test or otherwise would not count toward satisfying the Diversification Tests.

Some of the income that we might otherwise earn, such as fees for providing managerial assistance, certain fees earned with respect to our investments, income recognized in a work-out or restructuring of a portfolio investment, or income recognized from an equity investment in an operating partnership, may not satisfy the 90% Income Test. To manage the risk that such income might disqualify us as a RIC for failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, one or more subsidiary entities treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be employed to earn such income and (if applicable) hold the related asset. Such subsidiary entities will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce the yield to our stockholders on such fees and income.

Employees

We do not currently have any employees. Each of our executive officers is a principal, officer or employee of FSIC III Advisor, which manages and oversees our investment operations. In the future, FSIC III Advisor may retain additional investment personnel based upon its needs.

Available Information

For so long as our bylaws require, within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, we will distribute our quarterly report on Form 10-Q to all stockholders of record and to the state securities administrator in each state in which we offer or sell securities. In addition, for so long as our bylaws require, we will distribute our annual report on Form 10-K to all stockholders and to the state securities administrator in each state in which we offer or sell securities within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. These reports will also be available on our website at www.franklinsquare.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and stockholders should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

27


Table of Contents

We file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. This information is available free of charge by calling us collect at (215) 495-1150 or on our website at www.franklinsquare.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K and such information should not be considered to be part of this annual report on Form 10-K. Stockholders also may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as this annual report on Form 10-K and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Such information is also available from the EDGAR database on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov . Stockholders also can obtain copies of such information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Branch, Office of Consumer Affairs and Information Services, Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549. Stockholders may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

 

28


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, investors should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our common stock. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the net asset value of our common stock could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Related to Our Continuous Public Offering and an Investment in Our Common Stock

Our shares are not listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system, and will not be for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, if stockholders purchase shares in this offering, it is unlikely that they will be able to sell them and, if they are able to do so, it is unlikely that they will receive a full return of their invested capital.

Our shares are illiquid assets for which there is not a secondary market and it is not expected that any will develop in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event. A liquidity event could include: (1) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange; (2) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation; or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders likely will receive cash or shares of a publicly-traded company.

In addition, any shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program may be purchased at a price which may reflect a discount from the purchase price stockholders paid for the shares being repurchased. If our shares are listed, we cannot assure stockholders that a public trading market will develop. In addition, a liquidity event involving a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange may include certain restrictions on the ability of stockholders to sell their shares. Further, even if we do complete a liquidity event, stockholders may not receive a return of all of their invested capital.

See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Share Repurchase Program” for a detailed description of our share repurchase program.

We are not obligated to complete a liquidity event by a specified date; therefore, it will be difficult for an investor to sell his or her shares.

A liquidity event could include: (1) a listing of our common stock on a national securities exchange; (2) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation; or (3) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders likely will receive cash or shares of a publicly-traded company. However, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event by a specified date or at all. If we do not successfully complete a liquidity event, liquidity for an investor’s shares will be limited to our share repurchase program, which we have no obligation to maintain.

Investors will not know the purchase price per share at the time they submit their subscription agreements and could receive fewer shares of common stock than anticipated if our board of directors determines to increase the offering price to comply with the requirement that we avoid selling shares at an offering price below our net asset value per share.

The purchase price at which stockholders purchase shares will be determined at each weekly closing date to ensure that the sales price is equal to or greater than the net asset value of our shares. As a result, in the event of an increase in our net asset value per share, a stockholder’s purchase price may be higher than the prior weekly closing price per share, and therefore a stockholder may receive a smaller number of shares than if the stockholder had subscribed at the prior weekly closing price.

 

29


Table of Contents

We are a relatively new company and have a limited operating history.

We were formed on June 7, 2013 and formally commenced investment operations on April 2, 2014 after satisfying the minimum offering requirement of selling, in aggregate, $2.5 million of our common stock to persons not affiliated with us or FSIC III Advisor. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and that the value of our common stock could decline substantially.

As a new company with relatively few investments, our continuous public offering may be deemed to be a “blind pool” offering. An investor may not have the opportunity to evaluate historical data or assess our future investments prior to purchasing our shares.

Other than those investments reflected in the schedule of investments in our most recent financial statements at the time an investor subscribes for our shares, an investor will not be able to evaluate the economic merits, transaction terms or other financial or operational data concerning future investments we make using the proceeds from our continuous public offering prior to making a decision to purchase our shares. An investor must rely on FSIC III Advisor and GDFM to implement our investment policies, to evaluate all of our investment opportunities and to structure the terms of our future investments rather than evaluating our investments in advance of purchasing shares of our common stock. Because investors are not able to evaluate our investments in advance of purchasing our shares, our continuous public offering may entail more risk than other types of offerings. This additional risk may hinder an investor’s ability to achieve its own personal investment objectives related to portfolio diversification, risk-adjusted investment returns and other objectives.

Our ability to continue to successfully conduct our continuous public offering depends, in part, on the ability of the dealer manager to establish, operate and maintain a network of Advisors to sell our shares.

The continued success of our continuous public offering, and correspondingly our ability to fully implement our investment strategies, depends, in part, upon the ability of the dealer manager to establish, operate and maintain a network of Advisors to sell our shares. In February 2016, we closed our continuous public offering to investors investing through the IBD Channel. Historically, sales through the IBD Channel have constituted the majority of shares sold pursuant to our continuous offering. Furthermore, our continuous offering is being made on a best efforts basis, whereby the dealer manager and Advisors participating in the offering are only required to use their best efforts to sell our shares and have no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the shares. If we are unable to sell all of the shares registered for sale in our continuous public offering, it would negatively impact the amount of proceeds we are able to raise, which could negatively impact our ability to fully implement our investment strategies.

Because the dealer manager for our continuous public offering is one of our affiliates, stockholders will not have the benefit of an independent due diligence review of us, which is customarily performed in firm commitment underwritten offerings; the absence of an independent due diligence review increases the risks and uncertainty faced as a stockholder.

The dealer manager is one of our affiliates. As a result, its due diligence review and investigation of us cannot be considered to be an independent review. Therefore, stockholders do not have the benefit of an independent review and investigation of our offering of the type normally performed by an unaffiliated, independent underwriter in a firm commitment underwritten public securities offering.

Only a limited number of shares may be repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program and stockholders may not be able to sell all of their shares under our share repurchase program or recover the amount of their investment in those shares.

Our share repurchase program includes numerous restrictions that limit stockholders’ ability to sell their shares. We intend to limit the number of shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program as follows: (1) we currently intend to limit the number of shares to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of

 

30


Table of Contents

shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of our shares under our distribution reinvestment plan, although, at the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares; (2) we will limit the number of shares to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each calendar quarter (though the actual number of shares that we offer to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above); (3) unless stockholders tender all of their shares, stockholders must tender at least 25% of the number of shares they have purchased and generally must maintain a minimum balance of $5,000 subsequent to submitting a portion of their shares for repurchase by us; and (4) to the extent that the number of shares tendered for repurchase exceeds the number of shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro rata basis, not on a first-come, first-served basis. Further, we will have no obligation to repurchase shares if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Maryland law, which prohibits distributions that would cause a corporation to fail to meet statutory tests of solvency. Any of the foregoing limitations may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any year. For example, our affiliate, FS Investment Corporation, commenced a share repurchase program in March 2010 with substantially similar terms as our share repurchase program. Because FS Investment Corporation had relatively few shares outstanding during the first year of its operations, the limitation described in clause (2) above resulted in fewer than all of the tendered shares being repurchased in two tender offers conducted by FS Investment Corporation in 2010.

In addition, our board of directors may also amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program upon 30 days’ notice. We will notify stockholders of such developments (1) in our quarterly reports or (2) by means of a separate mailing to stockholders, accompanied by disclosure in a current or periodic report under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding that we have adopted a share repurchase program, we also have discretion to not repurchase shares, to suspend the share repurchase program and to cease repurchases. In addition, any shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program may be purchased at a significant discount from the purchase price stockholders paid for the shares being repurchased. The share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly or at a desired price.

The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our stockholders.

When we make quarterly repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program, we may offer to repurchase shares at a price that is lower than the price that investors paid for shares in our offering. As a result, to the extent investors have the ability to sell their shares to us as part of our share repurchase program, the price at which an investor may sell shares may be lower than what an investor paid in connection with the purchase of shares in our offering.

In addition, in the event an investor chooses to participate in our share repurchase program, the investor will be required to provide us with notice of intent to participate prior to knowing what the repurchase price will be on the repurchase date. Although an investor will have the ability to withdraw a repurchase request prior to the expiration date of such tender offer, to the extent an investor seeks to sell shares to us as part of our share repurchase program, the investor will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our shares will be on the repurchase date.

We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms in an acceptable timeframe.

Delays in investing the net proceeds of our offering may impair our performance. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to identify any investments that meet our investment objectives or that any investment that we make will produce a positive return. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, even if GDFM identifies privately-negotiated investment opportunities that meet our investment objectives, our ability to invest in such investments may be limited or restricted by the terms of the exemptive relief order from the SEC dated June 4, 2013. Moreover, because our affiliates did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we are permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance and the allocation policies of FSIC III Advisor, GDFM and their respective affiliates.

Prior to investing in securities of portfolio companies, we will invest the net proceeds of our continuous public offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which may produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns which we expect to achieve when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives. As a result, any distributions that we pay while our portfolio is not fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives may be lower than the distributions that we may be able to pay when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives.

We may pay distributions from offering proceeds, borrowings or the sale of assets.

To the extent declared distributions exceed our net investment income or cash flow from operations, we may fund distributions from the uninvested proceeds of our continuous public offering or borrowings, and we have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from these sources to make future distributions. We have also paid and may continue to pay distributions from the sale of assets to the extent distributions exceed our earnings or cash flows from operations. Distributions from any of the aforementioned sources could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in our portfolio companies.

A stockholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us.

Our investors do not have preemptive rights to any shares we issue in the future. Our charter authorizes us to issue 550,000,000 shares of common stock. Pursuant to our charter, a majority of our entire board of directors may amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock without stockholder approval. After an investor purchases shares, our board of directors may elect to sell additional shares in the future, issue equity interests in private offerings or issue share-based awards to our independent directors or employees of FSIC III Advisor. To the extent we issue additional equity interests after an investor purchases our shares, an investor’s percentage ownership interest in us will be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, an investor may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of his or her shares.

Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws as well as provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock.

The Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, and our charter and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or making difficult a change in control of our company or the removal of our incumbent directors. Under the Business Combination Act of the MGCL, certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally to include any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding shares) or an affiliate thereof is prohibited for five years and thereafter are subject to special stockholder voting requirements, to the extent that such statute is not superseded by applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. However, our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any person to the extent that such business combination receives the prior approval of our board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. Under the Control Share Acquisition Act of the MGCL, “control shares” acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation. Our bylaws

 

32


Table of Contents

contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of our common stock, but such provision may be repealed at any time (before or after a control share acquisition). However, we will amend our bylaws to repeal such provision (so as to be subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act) only if our board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the staff of the SEC does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Acquisition Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. The Business Combination Act (if our board of directors should repeal the resolution) and the Control Share Acquisition Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to that Act) may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

In addition, at any time that we have a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and we have at least three independent directors, certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain takeover defenses, including adopting a classified board or increasing the vote required to remove a director. Moreover, our board of directors may, without stockholder action, authorize the issuance of shares of stock in one or more classes or series, including preferred stock; and our board of directors may, without stockholder action, amend our charter to increase the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. These provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of our common stock.

The net asset value of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The net asset value of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include: (i) changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs; (ii) loss of RIC or BDC status; (iii) changes in earnings or variations in operating results; (iv) changes in the value of our portfolio of investments; (v) changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments; (vi) any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors; (vii) departure of our investment adviser or sub-adviser or certain of their respective key personnel; (viii) general economic trends and other external factors; and (ix) loss of a major funding source.

Risks Related to Our Investments

Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Our investments in senior secured loans, second lien secured loans, senior secured bonds, subordinated debt and equity of private U.S. companies, including middle market companies, may be risky and there is no limit on the amount of any such investments in which we may invest.

Senior Secured Loans, Second Lien Secured Loans and Senior Secured Bonds . There is a risk that any collateral pledged by portfolio companies in which we have taken a security interest may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. To the extent our debt investment is collateralized by the securities of a portfolio company’s subsidiaries, such securities may lose some or all of their value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the portfolio company. Also, in some circumstances, our security interest may be contractually or structurally subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt. Secured debt that is under-collateralized involves a greater risk of loss. In addition, second lien secured debt is granted a second priority security interest in collateral, which means that any realization of collateral will generally be applied to pay senior secured debt in

 

33


Table of Contents

full before second lien secured debt is paid. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the debt should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Subordinated Debt . Our subordinated debt investments will generally rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our stockholders to non-cash income. Because we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.

Equity Investments . We may make select equity investments. In addition, in connection with our debt investments, we on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Non-U.S. securities . We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, we would be subject to additional risks if we invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.

In addition, we invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any proceeds. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court

 

34


Table of Contents

might recharacterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In situations where a bankruptcy carries a high degree of political significance, our legal rights may be subordinated to other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or in instances where we exercise control over the borrower or render significant managerial assistance.

We generally will not control our portfolio companies.

We do not expect to control most of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements with such portfolio companies may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in non-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives and our rate of return on invested capital. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt for our financing needs, if any.

Interest rates have recently been at or near historic lows. In the event of a rising interest rate environment, payments under floating rate debt instruments generally would rise and there may be a significant number of issuers of such floating rate debt instruments that would be unable or unwilling to pay such increased interest costs and may otherwise be unable to repay their loans. Investments in floating rate debt instruments may also decline in value in response to rising interest rates if the interest rates of such investments do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Similarly, during periods of rising interest rates, fixed rate debt instruments may decline in value because the fixed rates of interest paid thereunder may be below market interest rates.

Second priority liens on collateral securing debt investments that we make to our portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain debt investments that we make in portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing first priority debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by such company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against such company’s remaining assets, if any.

 

35


Table of Contents

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

Our investments in CLOs may be riskier than a direct investment in the debt or other securities of the underlying companies.

When investing in CLOs, we may invest in any level of a CLO’s subordination chain, including subordinated (lower-rated) tranches and residual interests (the lowest tranche). CLOs are typically highly levered and therefore, the junior debt and equity tranches that we may invest in are subject to a higher risk of total loss and deferral or nonpayment of interest than the more senior tranches to which they are subordinated. In addition, we will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or entities that sponsored the CLOs. Furthermore, the investments we make in CLOs are at times thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. As a result, investments in such CLOs may be characterized as illiquid securities.

Future economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions (such as the economic downturn that occurred from 2008 through 2009) and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our debt investments. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income and net asset value. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results. Economic downturns or recessions may also result in a portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders, which could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on its assets representing collateral for its obligations, which could trigger cross defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that we hold and the value of any equity securities we own. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

A covenant breach by our portfolio companies may harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating

 

36


Table of Contents

covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

Investing in middle market companies involves a number of significant risks, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Investments in middle market companies involve some of the same risks that apply generally to investments in larger, more established companies. However, such investments have more pronounced risks in that they:

 

   

may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet the obligations under their debt;

 

   

securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral pledged under such securities and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

   

have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tends to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

   

are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

 

   

generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and members of FSIC III Advisor may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and

 

   

may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

Certain investments that we may make may include equity related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock or the cash value of the common stock. In addition, we may make direct equity investments in portfolio companies. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We may also be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We may be unable to exercise any put rights we acquire, which grant us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company, for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress.

Investment strategies focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

Our investments are primarily in privately-held companies. Investments in private companies pose significantly greater risks than investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to

 

37


Table of Contents

the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and the ability to withstand financial distress. As a result, these companies, which may present greater credit risk than public companies, may be unable to meet the obligations under their debt securities that we hold. Second, the investments themselves often may be illiquid. The securities of most of the companies in which we invest are not publicly-traded or actively-traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors. In addition, such securities may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. These investments may also be difficult to value because little public information generally exists about private companies, requiring an experienced due diligence team to analyze and value the potential portfolio company. Finally, these companies often may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of FSIC III Advisor and/or GDFM to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. These companies and their financial information will generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules and regulations that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.

A lack of liquidity in certain of our investments may adversely affect our business.

We invest in certain companies whose securities are not publicly-traded or actively-traded on the secondary market and are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors and whose securities are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or are otherwise less liquid than publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of certain of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies. After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Any decisions not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation or may reduce the expected return on the investment.

Our investments may include original issue discount instruments.

To the extent that we invest in original issue discount instruments and the accretion of original issue discount constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the requirement to include such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

   

Original issue discount instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability;

 

   

For accounting purposes, cash distributions to investors representing original issue discount income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of original issue discount income may come from the cash invested by investors, the 1940 Act does not require that investors be given notice of this fact;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

The deferral of paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest may have a negative impact on liquidity, as it represents non-cash income that may require cash distributions to stockholders in order to maintain our RIC election; and

 

   

Original issue discount may create a risk of non-refundable cash payments to FSIC III Advisor based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

We have entered into a total return swap agreement which exposes us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

Our wholly-owned financing subsidiary, Center City Funding, has entered into a TRS for a portfolio of primarily senior secured floating rate loans with Citibank. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Citibank Total Return Swap” for a more detailed discussion of the terms of the TRS between Center City Funding and Citibank.

A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements.

The TRS with Citibank enables us, through our ownership of Center City Funding, to obtain the economic benefit of owning the loans subject to the TRS, without actually owning them, in return for an interest-type payment to Citibank. As such, the TRS is analogous to Center City Funding borrowing funds to acquire loans and incurring interest expense to a lender.

The TRS is subject to market risk, liquidity risk and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of the TRS and the loans underlying the TRS. In addition, we may incur certain costs in connection with the TRS that could in the aggregate be significant. Because this arrangement is not an acquisition of the underlying loans, we have no right directly to enforce compliance with the terms of the loans and have no voting or other consensual rights of ownership with respect to the loans. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, we will be treated as a general creditor of the counterparty and will have no claim of title with respect to the underlying loans.

A TRS is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In the case of the TRS with Citibank, Center City Funding is required to post cash collateral amounts to secure its obligations to Citibank under the TRS. Citibank, however, is not required to collateralize any of its obligations to Center City Funding under the TRS. Center City Funding bears the risk of depreciation with respect to the value of the loans underlying the TRS and is required under the terms of the TRS to post additional collateral on a dollar-for-dollar basis in the event of depreciation in the value of the underlying loans after such value decreases below a specified amount. The amount of collateral required to be posted by Center City Funding is determined primarily on the basis of the aggregate value of the underlying loans.

The limit on the additional collateral that Center City Funding may be required to post pursuant to the agreements between Center City Funding and Citibank that collectively establish the TRS, which agreements are collectively referred to herein as the TRS Agreement, is equal to the difference between the full notional amount of the loans underlying the TRS and the amount of cash collateral already posted by Center City Funding (determined without consideration of the initial cash collateral posted for each loan included in the TRS). Center

 

39


Table of Contents

City Funding’s maximum liability under the TRS is the amount of any decline in the aggregate value of the loans subject to the TRS, less the amount of the cash collateral previously posted by Center City Funding. Therefore, the absolute risk of loss with respect to the TRS is the notional amount of the TRS.

Included among the customary events of default and termination events in the TRS Agreement are: (a) a failure to satisfy the portfolio criteria or obligation criteria for at least 30 days; (b) a failure to post initial cash collateral or additional collateral as required by the TRS Agreement; (c) a default by Center City Funding or us with respect to indebtedness in an amount equal to or greater than the lesser of $10.0 million and 2% of our net asset value at such time; (d) Center City Funding ceasing to be our wholly-owned subsidiary; (e) either us or Center City Funding amending its constituent documents to alter our investment strategies in a manner that has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; (f) our ceasing to be the investment manager of Center City Funding or having authority to enter into transactions under the TRS on behalf of Center City Funding, and not being replaced by an entity reasonably acceptable to Citibank; (g) FSIC III Advisor (or an entity reasonably acceptable to Citibank) ceasing to be our investment adviser or GDFM (or an affiliate) ceasing to be the investment sub-adviser to FSIC III Advisor; (h) Center City Funding failing to comply with its investment strategies or restrictions to the extent such non-compliance has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; (i) Center City Funding becoming liable in respect of any obligation for borrowed money, other than arising under the TRS Agreement; (j) we dissolve or liquidate; (k) there occurs, without the prior consent of Citibank, any material change to or departure from our policies or the policies of Center City Funding that may not be changed without the vote of our stockholders and that relates to Center City Funding’s performance of its obligations under the TRS Agreement; and (l) we violate certain provisions of the 1940 Act or our election to be regulated as a BDC is revoked or withdrawn.

In addition to the rights of Citibank to terminate the TRS following an event of default or termination event as described above, Citibank may terminate the TRS on or after June 26, 2016. Center City Funding may terminate the TRS at any time upon providing no more than 30 days, and no less than 10 days, prior notice to Citibank. Any termination prior to June 26, 2016 will result in payment of an early termination fee to Citibank based on the maximum notional amount of the TRS. Under the terms of the TRS, the early termination fee will equal the present value of a stream of monthly payments which would be owed by Center City Funding to Citibank for the period from the termination date through and including June 26, 2016. Such monthly payments will equal the product of (x) 80%, multiplied by (y) the maximum notional amount of the TRS ($500.0 million as of December 31, 2015), multiplied by (z) 1.50% per annum. Other than during the first 90 days and last 30 days of the term of the TRS, Center City Funding is required to pay a minimum usage fee if less than 80% of the maximum notional amount of the TRS is utilized and an unused fee on any amounts unutilized if greater than 80% but less than 100% of the maximum notional amount of the TRS is utilized.

Upon any termination of the TRS, Center City Funding will be required to pay Citibank the amount of any decline in the aggregate value of the loans subject to the TRS or, alternatively, will be entitled to receive the amount of any appreciation in the aggregate value of such loans. In the event that Citibank chooses to exercise its termination rights, it is possible that Center City Funding will owe more to Citibank or, alternatively, will be entitled to receive less from Citibank than it would have if Center City Funding controlled the timing of such termination due to the existence of adverse market conditions at the time of such termination.

In addition, because a TRS is a form of synthetic leverage, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage. See “—Risks Related to Debt Financing.”

We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions which expose us to certain risks, including credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions that seek to modify or replace the investment performance of a particular reference security or other asset. These transactions are typically individually negotiated, non-standardized agreements between two parties to exchange payments,

 

40


Table of Contents

with payments generally calculated by reference to a notional amount or quantity. Swap contracts and similar derivative contracts are not traded on exchanges; rather, banks and dealers act as principals in these markets. These investments may present risks in excess of those resulting from the referenced security or other asset. Because these transactions are not an acquisition of the referenced security or other asset itself, the investor has no right directly to enforce compliance with the terms of the referenced security or other asset and has no voting or other consensual rights of ownership with respect to the referenced security or other asset. In the event of insolvency of a counterparty, we will be treated as a general creditor of the counterparty and will have no claim of title with respect to the referenced security or other asset.

A credit default swap is a contract in which one party buys or sells protection against a credit event with respect to an issuer, such as an issuer’s failure to make timely payments of interest or principal on its debt obligations, bankruptcy or restructuring during a specified period. Generally, if we sell credit protection using a credit default swap, we will receive fixed payments from the swap counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will pay the swap counterparty par for the issuer’s defaulted debt securities and the swap counterparty will deliver the defaulted debt securities to us. Generally, if we buy credit protection using a credit default swap, we will make fixed payments to the counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will deliver the issuer’s defaulted securities underlying the swap to the swap counterparty and the counterparty will pay us par for the defaulted securities. Alternatively, a credit default swap may be cash settled and the buyer of protection would receive the difference between the par value and the market value of the issuer’s defaulted debt securities from the seller of protection. Credit default swaps are subject to the credit risk of the underlying issuer. If we are selling credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, a credit event will occur and we will have to pay the counterparty. If we are buying credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, no credit event will occur and we will receive no benefit for the premium paid.

A derivative transaction is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In some cases, we may post collateral to secure our obligations to the counterparty, and we may be required to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of certain events such as a decrease in the value of the reference security or other asset. In some cases, the counterparty may not collateralize any of its obligations to us. Derivative investments effectively add leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. In addition to the risks described above, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity.

Risks Related to Our Business and Structure

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. Moreover, we have significant

 

41


Table of Contents

investment flexibility within our investment strategies. Therefore, we may invest our assets in ways with which investors may not agree. We also cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value, operating results and the value of our stock. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay stockholders distributions and cause them to lose all or part of their investment. Finally, because our shares are not expected to be listed on a national securities exchange, stockholders will be limited in their ability to sell their shares in response to any changes in our investment policy, operating policies, investment criteria or strategies.

Future disruptions or instability in capital markets could negatively impact the valuation of our investments and our ability to raise capital.

From time to time, the global capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability, which could be prolonged and which could materially and adversely impact the broader financial and credit markets, have a negative impact on the valuations of our investments and reduce the availability to us of debt and equity capital. For example, between 2008 and 2009, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. More recently, the macroeconomic environment, including concerns regarding the Chinese economy, declines in commodity prices and increasing volatility, has led to, and may continue to lead to, decreased prices in the broadly syndicated credit market as investors re-price credit risk.

While most of our investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity) and impairments of the market values or fair market values of our investments, even if unrealized, must be reflected in our financial statements for the applicable period, which could result in significant reductions to our net asset value for the period. With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts or issue debt securities if our asset coverage, as calculated pursuant to the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% immediately after such borrowing. Equity capital may also be difficult to raise during periods of adverse or volatile market conditions because, subject to some limited exceptions, as a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price less than net asset value without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. If we are unable to raise capital or refinance existing debt on acceptable terms, then we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or to fund existing commitments to our portfolio companies. Significant changes in the capital markets may also affect the pace of our investment activity and the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. Thus, the illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required, and as a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes.

Uncertainty with respect to the financial stability of the United States and several countries in the European Union (EU) could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In August 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+,” which was affirmed by S&P in June 2015. Moody’s and Fitch Ratings, Inc. have also warned that they may downgrade the U.S. federal government’s credit rating. In addition, the economic downturn and the significant government interventions into the financial markets and fiscal stimulus spending over the last several years have contributed to significantly increased U.S. budget deficits. The U.S. government has on several occasions adopted legislation to suspend the federal debt ceiling to allow the U.S. Treasury Department to issue additional debt. Further downgrades or warnings by S&P or other rating agencies, and the U.S. government’s credit and deficit concerns in general, including issues around the federal debt ceiling, could cause interest rates and

 

42


Table of Contents

borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact both the perception of credit risk associated with our debt portfolio and our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. Furthermore, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve began scaling back its bond-buying program, or quantitative easing, which it ended in October 2014. Quantitative easing was designed to stimulate the economy and expand the Federal Reserve’s holdings of long-term securities until key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate, showed signs of improvement. The Federal Reserve also raised interest rates during the fourth quarter of 2015. It is unclear what effect, if any, the end of quantitative easing, future interest rate raises, if any, and the pace of any such raises will have on the value of our investments or our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms.

In 2010, a financial crisis emerged in Europe, triggered by high budget deficits and rising direct and contingent sovereign debt in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, which created concerns about the ability of these nations to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations. In January 2012, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating for France, Italy, Spain and six other European countries, which has negatively impacted global markets and economic conditions. In addition, in April 2012, S&P further lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating for Spain. While the financial stability of such countries has improved, risks resulting from any future debt crisis in Europe or any similar crisis could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries and the financial condition of U.S. and European financial institutions. Market disruptions in Europe, including the increased cost of funding for certain governments and financial institutions, could negatively impact the global economy, and there can be no assurance that assistance packages will be available, or if available, will be sufficient to stabilize countries and markets in Europe. To the extent uncertainty regarding any economic recovery in Europe negatively impacts consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of incurrence and default on consumer debt and home prices, or other credit factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected.

Future economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our debt investments. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income and net asset value. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results. Economic downturns or recessions may also result in a portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders, which could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on its assets representing collateral for its obligations, which could trigger cross defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that we hold and the value of any equity securities we own. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

A prolonged continuation of depressed oil and natural gas prices could negatively impact the energy and power industry and energy-related investments within our investment portfolio.

A prolonged continuation of depressed oil and natural gas prices would adversely affect the credit quality and performance of certain of our debt and equity investments in energy and power and related companies. A decrease in credit quality and performance would, in turn, negatively affect the fair value of these investments, which would consequently negatively affect our net asset value. Should a prolonged period of depressed oil and natural gas prices occur, the ability of certain of our portfolio companies in the energy and power and related industries to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders may be adversely affected,

 

43


Table of Contents

which could, in turn, negatively impact their financial condition and their ability to satisfy their debt service and other obligations. Likewise, should a prolonged period of depressed oil and natural gas prices occur, it is possible that the cash flow and profit generating capacity of these portfolio companies could also be adversely affected thereby negatively impacting their ability to pay us dividends or distributions on our investments.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends on FSIC III Advisor’s and GDFM’s ability to manage and support our investment process and if either our agreement with FSIC III Advisor or FSIC III Advisor’s agreement with GDFM were to be terminated, or if either FSIC III Advisor or GDFM lose any members of their respective senior management teams, our ability to achieve our investment objectives could be significantly harmed.

Because we have no employees, we depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM. FSIC III Advisor, with the assistance of GDFM, evaluates, negotiates, structures, executes, monitors and services our investments. Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM, as well as their respective senior management teams. The departure of any members of FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objectives. Likewise, the departure of any key employees of GDFM or termination of key industry relationships may impact its ability to render services to us under the terms of its investment sub-advisory agreement with FSIC III Advisor.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends on FSIC III Advisor’s ability, with the assistance of GDFM, to identify, analyze, invest in, finance and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. FSIC III Advisor’s capabilities in structuring the investment process, providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us, and facilitating access to financing on acceptable terms depend on the employment of investment professionals in an adequate number and of adequate sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objectives, FSIC III Advisor may need to hire, train, supervise and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. FSIC III Advisor may not be able to find investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Failure to support our investment process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the investment advisory and administrative services agreement that FSIC III Advisor has entered into with us, as well as the investment sub-advisory agreement that FSIC III Advisor has entered into with GDFM, have termination provisions that allow the parties to terminate the agreements without penalty. The investment advisory and administrative services agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by FSIC III Advisor, upon 120 days’ notice to us. The investment sub-advisory agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice by GDFM or, if our board of directors or the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities determine that the investment sub-advisory agreement with GDFM should be terminated, by FSIC III Advisor. If either agreement is terminated, it may adversely affect the quality of our investment opportunities. In addition, in the event such agreements are terminated, it may be difficult for us to replace FSIC III Advisor or for FSIC III Advisor to replace GDFM. Furthermore, the termination of either of these agreements may adversely impact the terms of any financing arrangement into which we may enter, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, the inability of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

If FSIC III Advisor or GDFM fails to maintain its existing relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks on which they rely to provide us with potential investment opportunities, or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we may

 

44


Table of Contents

not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom FSIC III Advisor and GDFM have relationships generally are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us. GDFM may compensate certain brokers or other financial services firms out of its own profits or revenues for services provided in connection with the identification of appropriate investment opportunities.

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

We compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds and CLO funds), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in middle market private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in middle market private U.S. companies may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in middle market private U.S. companies is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.

Declines in market values or fair market values of our investments could result in significant net unrealized depreciation of our portfolio, which in turn would reduce our net asset value.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. While most of our investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity) and impairments of the market values or fair market values of our investments, even if unrealized, must be reflected in our financial statements for the applicable period as unrealized depreciation, which could result in a significant reduction to our net asset value for a given period.

A significant portion of our investment portfolio is and will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value, as determined by our board of directors. There is not a public market for the securities of the privately-held companies in which we invest. Most of our investments are not publicly traded or actively-traded on a secondary market but are, instead, traded on a privately negotiated over-the-counter secondary market for institutional investors or are not traded at all. As a result, we value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

Certain factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include dealer quotes for securities traded on the secondary market for institutional investors, the nature and realizable value of any

 

45


Table of Contents

collateral, the portfolio company’s earnings and its ability to make payments on its indebtedness, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to comparable publicly-traded companies, discounted cash flows and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these non-traded securities existed. Due to this uncertainty, our fair value determinations may cause our net asset value on a given date to materially understate or overstate the value that we may ultimately realize upon the sale of one or more of our investments.

There is a risk that investors in our common stock may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time.

We cannot assure stockholders that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our net investment income, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. Furthermore, we are permitted to issue senior securities, including multiple classes of debt and one class of stock senior to our shares of common stock. If any such senior securities are outstanding, we are prohibited from paying distributions to holders of shares of our common stock unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of distribution. As a result, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. See “Item 1. Business—Regulation—Senior Securities.”

Our distribution proceeds may exceed our earnings. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we make may represent a return of capital to stockholders, which will lower their tax basis in their shares.

The tax treatment and characterization of our distributions may vary significantly from time to time due to the nature of our investments. The ultimate tax characterization of our distributions made during a tax year may not finally be determined until after the end of that tax year. We may make distributions during a tax year that exceed our investment company taxable income and net capital gains for that tax year. In such a situation, the amount by which our total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gains generally would be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a stockholder’s tax basis in the shares, with any amounts exceeding such tax basis treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. A return of capital generally is a return of a stockholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities and will be made after deducting the fees and expenses payable in connection with the offering, including any fees payable to FSIC III Advisor. Moreover, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of our continuous public offering or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which could constitute a return of stockholders’ capital and will lower such stockholders’ tax basis in our shares, which may result in increased tax liability to stockholders when they sell such shares.

If we internalize our management functions, a stockholder’s interest in us could be diluted, and we could incur other significant costs associated with being self-managed.

Our board of directors may decide in the future to internalize our management functions. If we do so, we may elect to negotiate to acquire FSIC III Advisor’s assets and personnel. At this time, we cannot anticipate the form or amount of consideration or other terms relating to any such acquisition. Such consideration could take many forms, including cash payments, promissory notes and shares of our common stock. The payment of such consideration could result in dilution of a stockholder’s interest in us and could reduce the earnings per share attributable to their investment.

In addition, while we would no longer bear the costs of the various fees and expenses we expect to pay to FSIC III Advisor under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we would incur the entire compensation and benefits costs of our officers and other employees and consultants. In addition, we may issue equity awards to officers, employees and consultants. These awards would decrease net income and may further

 

46


Table of Contents

dilute an investment in us. We cannot reasonably estimate the amount of fees we would save or the costs we would incur if we became self-managed. If the expenses we assume as a result of an internalization are higher than the expenses we avoid paying to FSIC III Advisor, our earnings per share would be lower as a result of the internalization than it otherwise would have been, potentially decreasing the amount of funds available to distribute to our stockholders and the value of our shares. As we are currently organized, we do not have any employees. If we elect to internalize our operations, we would employ personnel and would be subject to potential liabilities commonly faced by employers, such as workers disability and compensation claims and other employee-related liabilities and grievances.

If we internalize our management functions, we could have difficulty integrating these functions as a standalone entity. Currently, individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates perform asset management and general and administrative functions, including accounting and financial reporting, for multiple entities. These personnel have a great deal of know-how and experience. We may fail to properly identify the appropriate mix of personnel and capital needs to operate as a standalone entity. An inability to manage an internalization transaction effectively could thus result in our incurring excess costs and/or suffering deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting. Such deficiencies could cause us to incur additional costs and our management’s attention could be diverted from effectively managing our investments.

Internalization transactions have also, in some cases, been the subject of litigation. Even if these claims are without merit, we could be forced to spend significant amounts of money defending such claims, which would reduce the amount of funds we have available for investment in targeted assets.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations or the operations of our business partners may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We, our portfolio companies and our business partners are subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we are permitted to make, potentially with retroactive effect. Changes in laws or regulations governing the operations of those with whom we do business, including the financial representatives selling our shares, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, over the last several years there has been an increase in regulatory attention to the extension of credit outside of the traditional banking sector, raising the possibility that some portion of the non-bank financial sector will be subject to new regulation. New legislation, interpretations, rulings or regulations could require changes to certain business practices of us or our portfolio companies, negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us or our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

In addition, any changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations, including with respect to permitted investments, may cause us to alter our investment strategies to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities or make other changes to our business. Such changes could result in material differences to our strategies and plans as set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM to other types of investments in which FSIC III Advisor and GDFM may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of a stockholder’s investment.

As a public company, we are subject to regulations not applicable to private companies, such as provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Efforts to comply with such regulations will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with such regulations may adversely affect us.

As a public company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Securities

 

47


Table of Contents

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules implemented by the SEC. Our management is required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. In particular, our management is required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. Although not required, we also elect to obtain an attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We incur significant expenses in connection with our compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations applicable to public companies, which may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. Compliance with such regulations also requires a significant amount of our management’s time and attention. For example, we cannot be certain as to the timing of the completion of our Sarbanes-Oxley mandated evaluations, testings and remediation actions, if any, or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be deemed effective in the future. In the event that we are unable to maintain an effective system of internal control and maintain compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.

The impact on us of recent financial reform legislation, including the Dodd-Frank Act, is uncertain.

In light of recent conditions in the U.S. and global financial markets and the U.S. and global economy, legislators, the presidential administration and regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as amended, or the Dodd-Frank Act, institutes a wide range of reforms that will have an impact on all financial institutions. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time, most of which will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full impact such requirements will have on our business, results of operations or financial condition is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with any such laws, regulations or principles, or changes thereto, may negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us as a result of recent financial reform legislation, these changes could be materially adverse to us and our stockholders.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

Our business requires a substantial amount of capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

Our business requires a substantial amount of capital. We have issued equity securities and have borrowed from financial institutions. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. We must distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income to maintain our RIC status. As a result, any

 

48


Table of Contents

such cash earnings may not be available to fund investment originations. We expect to continue to borrow from financial institutions and issue additional debt and equity securities. If we fail to obtain funds from such sources or from other sources to fund our investments, it could limit our ability to grow, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities. In addition, as a BDC, our ability to borrow or issue preferred stock may be restricted if our total assets are less than 200% of our total borrowings and preferred stock.

If we, our affiliates and our and their respective third-party service providers are unable to maintain the availability of electronic data systems and safeguard the security of data, our ability to conduct business may be compromised, which could impair our liquidity, disrupt our business, damage our reputation or otherwise adversely affect our business.

Cybersecurity refers to the combination of technologies, processes, and procedures established to protect information technology systems and data from unauthorized access, attack, or damage. We, our affiliates and our and their respective third-party service providers are subject to cybersecurity risks. Cybersecurity risks have significantly increased in recent years and, while we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches, we could suffer such losses in the future. Our, our affiliates and our and their respective third-party service providers’ computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize confidential and other information, including nonpublic personal information and sensitive business data, processed and stored in, and transmitted through, computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our affiliates and our and their respective third-party service providers. This could result in significant losses, reputational damage, litigation, regulatory fines or penalties, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Privacy and information security laws and regulation changes, and compliance with those changes, may result in cost increases due to system changes and the development of new administrative processes. In addition, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures and to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks.

Risks Related to FSIC III Advisor and Its Affiliates

FSIC III Advisor has limited prior experience managing a BDC or a RIC.

While FSIC III Advisor’s management team consists of substantially the same personnel that form the investment and operations teams of the investment advisers to Franklin Square Holdings’ four other affiliated BDCs, FSIC III Advisor has limited prior experience managing a BDC or a RIC. Therefore, FSIC III Advisor may not be able to successfully operate our business or achieve our investment objectives. As a result, an investment in our shares of common stock may entail more risk than the shares of common stock of a comparable company with a substantial operating history.

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs and RICs that do not apply to other types of investment vehicles. For example, under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private or thinly-traded public companies. Moreover, qualification for RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code requires satisfaction of source-of income, diversification and other requirements. The failure to comply with these provisions in a timely manner could prevent us from qualifying as a BDC or a RIC or could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties, which could be material. FSIC III Advisor’s limited experience in managing a portfolio of assets under such constraints may hinder its ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and, as a result, achieve our investment objectives.

 

49


Table of Contents

FSIC III Advisor, GDFM and their respective affiliates, including our officers and some of our directors, face conflicts of interest as a result of compensation arrangements between us and FSIC III Advisor, and FSIC III Advisor and GDFM, which could result in actions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders.

FSIC III Advisor, GDFM and their respective affiliates receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, and these fees could influence the advice provided to us. We pay to FSIC III Advisor an incentive fee that is based on the performance of our portfolio and an annual base management fee that is based on the average value of our gross assets, and FSIC III Advisor shares a portion of these fees with GDFM pursuant to the investment sub-advisory agreement between FSIC III Advisor and GDFM. Because the incentive fee is based on the performance of our portfolio, FSIC III Advisor may be incentivized to make investments on our behalf, and GDFM may be incentivized to recommend investments for us to FSIC III Advisor, that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee is determined may also encourage FSIC III Advisor to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. In addition, because the base management fee is based upon the average weekly value of our gross assets, which includes any borrowings for investment purposes, FSIC III Advisor may be incentivized to recommend the use of leverage or the issuance of additional equity to make additional investments and increase the average weekly value of our gross assets. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which could disfavor holders of our common stock. Our compensation arrangements could therefore result in our making riskier or more speculative investments, or relying more on leverage to make investments, than would otherwise be the case. This could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns.

We may be obligated to pay FSIC III Advisor incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio, or on income that we have not received.

The investment advisory and administrative services agreement entitles FSIC III Advisor to receive incentive compensation on income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay FSIC III Advisor incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.

In addition, any incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. FSIC III Advisor is not under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never received as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income, and such circumstances would result in our paying an incentive fee on income we never received.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we are required to recognize taxable income (such as deferred interest that is accrued as original issue discount) in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay an incentive fee with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

There may be conflicts of interest related to obligations FSIC III Advisor’s and GDFM’s senior management and investment teams have to our affiliates and to other clients.

The members of the senior management and investment teams of both FSIC III Advisor and GDFM serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we

 

50


Table of Contents

do, or of investment vehicles managed by the same personnel. For example, the officers, managers and other personnel of FSIC III Advisor also serve in similar capacities for the investment advisers to Franklin Square Holdings’ four other affiliated BDCs, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II and FS Investment Corporation IV, and Franklin Square Holdings’ affiliated closed-end management investment company, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. In serving in these multiple and other capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in our best interests or in the best interest of our stockholders. Our investment objectives may overlap with the investment objectives of such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. For example, we rely on FSIC III Advisor to manage our day-to-day activities and to implement our investment strategies. FSIC III Advisor and certain of its affiliates are presently, and plan in the future to continue to be, involved with activities which are unrelated to us. As a result of these activities, FSIC III Advisor, its employees and certain of its affiliates will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved, including the management of other entities affiliated with Franklin Square Holdings. FSIC III Advisor and its employees will devote only as much of its or their time to our business as FSIC III Advisor and its employees, in their judgment, determine is reasonably required, which may be substantially less than their full time.

Furthermore, GDFM, on which FSIC III Advisor relies to assist it in identifying investment opportunities and making investment recommendations, has similar conflicts of interest. GDFM or its parent, GSO, serves as investment sub-adviser to Franklin Square Holdings’ four other affiliated BDCs and Franklin Square Holdings’ affiliated closed-end management investment company. GDFM, its affiliates and their respective members, partners, officers and employees will devote as much of their time to our activities as they deem necessary and appropriate. GDFM and its affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment vehicles, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with us and/or may involve substantial time and resources of GDFM. Also, in connection with such business activities, GDFM and its affiliates may have existing business relationships or access to material, non-public information that may prevent it from recommending investment opportunities that would otherwise fit within our investment objectives. All of these factors could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time, effort and ability of the members of GDFM, its affiliates and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to our business but will be allocated between us and the management of the monies of other advisees of GDFM and its affiliates.

The time and resources that individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM devote to us may be diverted and we may face additional competition due to the fact that individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM are not prohibited from raising money for or managing another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.

Neither FSIC III Advisor nor GDFM, or individuals employed by FSIC III Advisor or GDFM, are prohibited from raising money for and managing another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that these individuals may devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief to our affiliates, upon which we may rely, and which permits us, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. Because our affiliates did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, we are permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance. Affiliates of GDFM, whose primary businesses include the origination of investments, engage in investment advisory business with accounts that compete with us. Affiliates of GDFM have no obligation to make their originated investment opportunities available to GDFM or to us.

 

51


Table of Contents

FSIC III Advisor’s liability is limited under our investment advisory and administrative services agreement, and we are required to indemnify it against certain liabilities, which may lead it to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Pursuant to our investment advisory and administrative services agreement, FSIC III Advisor and its officers, managers, partners, members (and their members, including the owners of their members), agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with FSIC III Advisor will not be liable to us for their acts under our investment advisory and administrative services agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties. We have agreed to indemnify, defend and protect FSIC III Advisor and its officers, managers, partners, members (and their members, including the owners of their members), agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with FSIC III Advisor with respect to all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses resulting from acts of FSIC III Advisor not arising out of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties under our investment advisory and administrative services agreement. These protections may lead FSIC III Advisor to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions and significantly decrease our operating flexibility.

Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and a RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.

As a result of our need to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue “senior securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act, including issuing preferred stock, borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions, or issuing debt securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such incurrence or issuance. Our ability to issue certain other types of securities is also limited. Under the 1940 Act, we are also generally prohibited from issuing or selling our common stock at a price per share that is below our net asset value per share, without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. Compliance with these limitations on our ability to raise capital may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities. These limitations may also reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend.

 

52


Table of Contents

In addition, because we incur indebtedness for investment purposes, if the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test under the 1940 Act, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and, as a result, could cause us to be subject to corporate-level tax on our income and capital gains, regardless of the amount of distributions paid. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our common stock at a price per share that is below our net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders, as well as those stockholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale.

Future legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a BDC, we are generally not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). Recent legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act to permit an increase in the amount of debt that BDCs could incur by modifying the percentage from 200% to 150%. Even if this legislation does not pass, similar legislation may pass that permits us to incur additional leverage under the 1940 Act. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future, and, therefore, the risk of an investment in us may increase.

Future legislation or rules could modify how we treat derivatives and other financial arrangements for purposes of our compliance with the leverage limitations of the 1940 Act.

Future legislation or rules may modify how we treat derivatives and other financial arrangements for purposes of our compliance with the leverage limitations of the 1940 Act. For example, the SEC proposed a new rule in December 2015 that is designed to enhance the regulation of the use of derivatives by registered investments companies and business development companies. The proposed rule, if adopted, or any future legislation or rules, may modify how leverage is calculated under the 1940 Act and, therefore, may increase or decrease the amount of leverage currently available to us under the 1940 Act, which may be materially adverse to us and our stockholders.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of the independent members of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our board of directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our board of directors and, in some cases, the SEC. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief to our affiliates, upon which we may rely, and which permits us, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with our co-investment affiliates. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons to the extent not covered by the exemptive relief, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited

 

53


Table of Contents

from buying or selling any security from or to any portfolio company of a private equity fund managed by FSIC III Advisor without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We are uncertain of our sources for funding our future capital needs and if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, or at all, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require debt or equity financing to operate. We may also need to access the capital markets to refinance existing debt obligations to the extent maturing obligations are not repaid with cash flows from operations. In order to maintain RIC tax treatment we must distribute to our stockholders each tax year on a timely basis generally of an amount at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for distributions paid, and the amounts of such distributions will therefore not be available to fund investment originations or to repay maturing debt. In addition, with certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts or issue debt securities or preferred stock, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” such that our asset coverage, as calculated pursuant to the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% immediately after such borrowing, which, in certain circumstances, may restrict our ability to borrow or issue debt securities or preferred stock. In the event that we develop a need for additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason, and we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, or at all, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to allocate our portfolio among various issuers and industries and achieve our investment objectives, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Risks Related to Debt Financing

We currently use borrowed funds to make investments and are exposed to the typical risks associated with leverage.

Borrowings and other types of financing, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. Our and our special purpose financing subsidiaries’ lenders and debt holders have fixed dollar claims on our and their assets that are superior to the claims of our stockholders. If the value of our assets increases, then leverage would cause the net asset value to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of consolidated interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. In addition, the decision to utilize leverage will increase our assets and, as a result, will increase the amount of management fees payable to FSIC III Advisor.

The agreements governing our debt financing arrangements contain, and agreements governing future debt financing arrangements may contain, various covenants which, if not complied with, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our investment obligations and to pay distributions to our stockholders.

The agreements governing certain of our and our special purpose financing subsidiaries’ financing arrangements contain, and agreements governing future finance arrangements may contain, certain financial and operational covenants. These covenants require us and our subsidiaries to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset coverage and minimum stockholders’ equity. Compliance with these covenants

 

54


Table of Contents

depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our and their control. In the event of deterioration in the capital markets and pricing levels subsequent to this period, net unrealized depreciation in our and our subsidiaries’ portfolios may increase in the future and could result in non-compliance with certain covenants, or our taking actions which could disrupt our business and impact our ability to meet our investment objectives.

There can be no assurance that we and our subsidiaries will continue to comply with the covenants under our financing arrangements. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default which, if we and our subsidiaries were unable to obtain a waiver from the debt holders, could accelerate repayment under any or all of our and their debt instruments and thereby force us to liquidate investments at a disadvantageous time and/or at a price which could result in losses, or allow our lenders to sell assets pledged as collateral under our financing arrangements in order to satisfy amounts due thereunder. These occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Arrangements” for a more detailed discussion of the terms of our debt financing arrangements.

We currently incur indebtedness to make investments, which magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in our common stock and may increase the risk of investing in our common stock.

The use of borrowings and other types of financing, also known as leverage, magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increases the risks associated with investing in our common stock. When we use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders or issuing debt securities, we, and therefore our stockholders, will experience increased risks of investing in our common stock. Any lenders and debt holders would have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are senior to the claims of our stockholders. If the value of our assets increases, then leverage would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not utilized leverage. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not utilized leverage. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of consolidated interest payable on our indebtedness would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not utilized leverage. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to stockholders. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. In addition, the decision to utilize leverage will increase our assets and, as a result, will increase the amount of base management fees payable to FSIC III Advisor.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing below. The calculation assumes (i) $3.2 billion in total average assets, (ii) a weighted average cost of funds of 2.90%, (iii) $1.2 billion in debt outstanding (i.e., assumes that the full $1.2 billion available to us as of December 31, 2015 under our financing arrangements as of such date is outstanding) and (iv) $2.0 billion in stockholders’ equity. In order to compute the “Corresponding return to stockholders,” the “Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (net of expenses)” is multiplied by the assumed total assets to obtain an assumed return to us. From this amount, the interest expense is calculated by multiplying the assumed weighted average cost of funds times the assumed debt outstanding, and the product is subtracted from the assumed return to us in order to determine the return available to stockholders. The return available to stockholders is then divided by our stockholders’ equity to determine the “Corresponding return to stockholders.” Actual interest payments may be different.

 

Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (net of expenses)

   (10)%      (5)%      0%      5%      10%  

Corresponding return to stockholders

     (17.68)%         (9.71)%         (1.73)%         6.25%         14.22%   

Similarly, assuming (i) $3.2 billion in total average assets, (ii) a weighted average cost of funds of 2.90% and (iii) $1.2 billion in debt outstanding (i.e., assumes that the full $1.2 billion available to us as of December 31,

 

55


Table of Contents

2015 under our financing arrangements as of such date is outstanding), our assets would need to yield an annual return (net of expenses) of approximately 1.08% in order to cover the annual interest payments on our outstanding debt.

Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Because we intend to use debt to finance investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have limited experience in entering into hedging transactions, and we will initially have to develop such expertise or arrange for such expertise to be provided.

A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to FSIC III Advisor with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income.

We are subject to risks associated with our debt securitization facility.

On June 18, 2015, through our two wholly-owned, special-purpose financing subsidiaries, Germantown Funding LLC, or Germantown Funding, and Society Hill Funding LLC, or Society Hill Funding, we entered into a debt financing arrangement with Goldman, pursuant to which up to $300.0 million is available to us.

The financing transaction with Goldman is structured as a debt securitization. We use the term “debt securitization” to describe a form of secured borrowing under which an operating company, sometimes referred to as an originator, acquires or originates loans or other assets that earn income, whether on a one-time or recurring basis, or collectively referred to herein as income producing assets, and borrows money on a non-recourse basis against a legally separate pool of income producing assets. In a typical debt securitization, the originator transfers the income producing assets to a special-purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary, also referred to as a special-purpose entity, which is established solely for the purpose of holding income producing assets and issuing debt secured by these income producing assets. The special-purpose entity completes the borrowing through the issuance of notes secured by the income producing assets.

Pursuant to the financing arrangement, assets in our portfolio may be sold and/or contributed by us from time to time to Germantown Funding pursuant to the sale and contribution agreement. Assets held by Germantown Funding secure the obligations of Germantown Funding under floating rate notes issued from time to time by Germantown Funding to Society Hill Funding pursuant to the indenture. Pursuant to the indenture, the aggregate principal amount of notes that may be issued by Germantown Funding from time to time is $500.0 million. Society Hill Funding will purchase the notes to be issued by Germantown Funding from time to time at a purchase price equal to their par value.

All principal and any unpaid interest on the notes will be due and payable on the stated maturity date of October 15, 2027.

 

56


Table of Contents

Society Hill Funding, in turn, has entered into a repurchase transaction with Goldman, pursuant to the terms of the Goldman facility. Pursuant to the Goldman facility, on one or more occasions beginning July 15, 2015 to, but excluding the date that is ten business days prior to, July 15, 2019, Goldman will purchase notes held by Society Hill Funding for an aggregate purchase price equal to 60.0% of the principal amount of notes purchased. Subject to certain conditions, the maximum principal amount of notes that may be purchased under the Goldman facility is $500.0 million. Accordingly, the aggregate maximum amount payable to Society Hill Funding under the Goldman facility will not exceed $300.0 million.

See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Goldman Financing” more detailed discussion of the terms of this debt securitization facility.

Our equity investment in Germantown Funding is subordinated to the debt obligations of Germantown Funding.

Any dividends or other payments in respect of our equity interest in Germantown Funding are subordinated in priority of payment to the notes. In addition, Germantown Funding is subject to certain payment restrictions set forth in the indenture in respect of our equity interest.

We will receive cash distributions based on our investment in Germantown Funding only if Germantown Funding has made all required payments on the notes. We cannot assure stockholders that distributions on the assets held by Germantown Funding will be sufficient to make any distributions to us or that the yield on our investment in Germantown Funding will meet our expectations.

Our equity investment in Germantown Funding is unsecured and ranks behind all of the creditors, known or unknown, of Germantown Funding, including the holders of the notes. Consequently, if the value of Germantown Funding’s assets decreases as a result of conditions in the credit markets, defaulted loans, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayments or changes in interest rates generally, the value of our equity investment in Germantown Funding could be reduced. Accordingly, our investment in Germantown Funding may not produce a profit and may be subject to a loss in an amount up to the entire amount of such equity investment.

In addition, if the value of Germantown Funding’s assets decreases and Germantown Funding is unable to make any required payments to Society Hill Funding pursuant to the terms of the notes, Society Hill Funding may, in turn, be unable to make any required payments to Goldman pursuant to the terms of the Goldman facility. In such event, if the value of Society Hill Funding’s assets is not sufficient to meet Society Hill Funding’s payment obligations to Goldman, we would need to loan or otherwise provide additional funds to Society Hill Funding to cover Society Hill Funding’s payment obligations to Goldman. Otherwise, we may be subject to a loss in an amount up to the entire amount of our equity investment in Society Hill Funding.

Our equity investment in Society Hill Funding is subordinated to the debt obligations of Society Hill Funding.

Our equity investment in Society Hill Funding is unsecured and ranks behind all of the creditors, known or unknown, of Society Hill Funding, including Goldman. Consequently, if the value of Society Hill Funding’s assets decreases as a result of conditions in the credit markets, defaulted loans, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayments or changes in interest rates generally, the value of our equity investment in Society Hill Funding could be reduced. Accordingly, our investment in Society Hill Funding may not produce a profit and may be subject to a loss in an amount up to the entire amount of such equity investment.

In addition, if the value of Society Hill Funding’s assets decreases or Germantown Funding fails to make any required payments to Society Hill Funding pursuant to the terms of the notes, Society Hill Funding may be unable to make any required payments to Goldman pursuant to the terms of the Goldman facility. In such event, if the value of Society Hill Funding’s assets is not sufficient to meet Society Hill Funding’s payment obligations

 

57


Table of Contents

to Goldman, we may be required to loan or otherwise provide additional funds to Society Hill Funding to cover Society Hill Funding’s payment obligations to Goldman. Otherwise, we may be subject to a loss in an amount up to the entire amount of our equity investment in Society Hill Funding.

Our equity investment in Germantown Funding will have a high degree of leverage.

The market value of our equity investment in Germantown Funding may be significantly affected by a variety of factors, including changes in the market value of the assets held by Germantown Funding, changes in distributions on the assets held by Germantown Funding, defaults and recoveries on those assets, capital gains and losses on those assets, prepayments on those assets and other risks associated with those assets. Our investment in Germantown Funding may not produce a profit and may be subject to a loss in an amount up to the entire amount of such equity investment. The leveraged nature of our equity investment may magnify the adverse impact of any loss on our equity investment.

The interests of Goldman, as the holder of the notes, may not be aligned with our interests, and we will not have control over remedies in respect of the notes.

The notes rank senior in right of payment to any equity securities issued by Germantown Funding. As a result, there are circumstances in which the interests of Goldman, as the holder of the notes, may not be aligned with our interests. For example, under the terms of the notes, Goldman has the right to receive payments of principal and interest prior to Germantown Funding making any distributions or dividends to holders of its equity securities.

For as long as the notes remain outstanding, Goldman has the right to act in certain circumstances with respect to the portfolio of assets that secure the obligations of Germantown Funding under the notes in ways that may benefit their interests but not ours, including by exercising remedies or directing the indenture trustee to declare events of default under or accelerate the notes in accordance with the terms of the indenture. Goldman has no obligation to consider any possible adverse effect that actions taken may have on our equity interests. For example, upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to the notes, the trustee, which is currently Citibank, may declare the outstanding principal amount of all of the notes, together with any accrued interest thereon, to be immediately due and payable. This would have the effect of accelerating the outstanding principal amount of the notes and triggering a repayment obligation on the part of Germantown Funding. Germantown Funding may not have funds sufficient to make required payments on the notes and make any distributions to us. Any failure of Germantown Funding to make distributions on the equity interests we hold could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may result in our inability to make distributions to our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our qualification as a RIC, or at all.

The market value of the notes may decline causing Society Hill Funding to borrow funds from us in order to meet certain margin posting and minimum market value requirements, which would have an adverse effect on the timing of payments to us.

If at any time during the term of the Goldman facility the market value of the notes (measured by reference to the market value of Germantown Funding’s portfolio of assets), together with any posted cash collateral, is less than the required margin amount under the Goldman facility, or the margin threshold, Society Hill Funding may be required to post cash collateral with Goldman in an amount at least equal to the amount by which the market value of the notes, plus any posted cash collateral, at such time is less than the margin threshold; provided, however, that Society Hill Funding will not be required to post cash collateral with Goldman until such market value has declined at least 10% from the initial market value of the notes. In addition, if the market value of any underlying asset held in Germantown Funding’s portfolio of assets is less than 70% of the initial market value of such underlying asset, or the market value requirement, Goldman may require Society Hill Funding to post additional cash collateral in an amount equal to 15% of the outstanding principal balance of such underlying

 

58


Table of Contents

asset. In each such event, in order to satisfy these requirements, Society Hill Funding intends to borrow funds from us pursuant to the revolving credit agreement. We may, in our sole discretion, make such loans from time to time to Society Hill Funding pursuant to the terms of the revolving credit agreement. Borrowings under the revolving credit agreement may not exceed $300.0 million and will accrue interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus a spread of 0.75% per annum. To the extent we loan additional funds to Society Hill Funding to satisfy the margin threshold or the market value requirement, such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and may result in our inability to make distributions to our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our qualification as a RIC, or at all. There is no assurance that loans made pursuant to the revolving credit agreement will be repaid.

Restructurings of investments held by Germantown Funding, if any, may decrease their value and reduce the value of our equity interest in Germantown Funding.

As investment manager, we have broad authority to direct and supervise the investment and reinvestment of the assets held by Germantown Funding, which may require from time to time the execution of amendments, waivers, modifications and other changes to the investment documentation in accordance with the related investment management agreement we have entered into with Germantown Funding. During periods of economic uncertainty and recession, the necessity for amendments, waivers, modifications and restructurings of investments may increase. Such amendments, waivers, modifications and other restructurings of an investment may change the terms of the investments and, in some cases, may result in Germantown Funding holding assets that do not meet certain specified criteria for its investments. This could adversely impact the market value of such investments and thereby the market value of the notes, which in turn could adversely impact the ability of Society Hill Funding to meet the margin threshold or the market value requirement. Any amendment, waiver, modification or other restructuring that affects the market value of the assets underlying the notes will make it more likely that Germantown Funding will need to retain assets, including cash, to increase the market value of the assets underlying the notes held by Goldman and for Society Hill Funding to post cash collateral with Goldman to meet the margin threshold or the market value requirement. Any such uses of cash would reduce distributions available to us or delay the timing of distributions to us.

We may not receive cash from Germantown Funding or Society Hill Funding.

We receive cash from Germantown Funding and Society Hill Funding only to the extent that Germantown Funding or Society Hill Funding, respectively, makes distributions to us. Germantown Funding may make distributions to us, in turn, only to the extent not prohibited by the indenture. The indenture generally provides that distributions by Germantown Funding may not be made unless all amounts then due and owing with respect to the notes have been paid in full. Society Hill Funding may make distributions to us only to the extent not prohibited by the Goldman facility. The Goldman facility generally provides that Society Hill Funding may be required to post cash collateral to meet the margin threshold and the market value requirement and therefore may not be able to make distributions to us. If we do not receive cash from Germantown Funding or Society Hill Funding, we may be unable to make distributions to our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our qualification as a RIC, or at all. We also could be forced to sell investments in our portfolio at less than their fair value in order to continue making such distributions.

We are subject to the credit risk of Goldman.

If Goldman fails to sell the notes back to Society Hill Funding at the end of the applicable period, Society Hill Funding’s recourse will be limited to an unsecured claim against Goldman for the difference between the value of such notes at such time and the amount that would be owing by Society Hill Funding to Goldman had Goldman performed under the Goldman facility. The ability of Goldman to satisfy such a claim will be subject to Goldman’s creditworthiness at that time.

 

59


Table of Contents

Risks Related to U.S. Federal Income Tax

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or to satisfy RIC distribution requirements.

In order for us to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Item 1. Business—Taxation as a RIC.”

 

   

The Annual Distribution Requirement for RIC tax treatment will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders, for each tax year, dividends of an amount at least equal to the sum of 90% of our investment company taxable income, which is generally the sum of our ordinary net income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, without regard to any deduction for dividends paid. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may in the future become subject to certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

   

The 90% Income Test will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our gross income for each tax year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of securities or similar sources.

 

   

The Diversification Tests requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our tax year. To satisfy these requirements, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

We must satisfy these tests on an ongoing basis in order to maintain RIC tax treatment, and may be required to make distributions to stockholders at times when it would be more advantageous to invest cash in our existing or other investments, or when we do not have funds readily available for distribution. Compliance with the RIC tax requirements may hinder our ability to operate solely on the basis of maximizing profits and the value of our stockholders’ investments. If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

Some of our investments may be subject to corporate-level income tax.

We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding and value added taxes).

 

60


Table of Contents

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt instruments that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each tax year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same tax year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discount and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current tax year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the tax year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

Furthermore, we may invest in the equity securities of non-U.S. corporations (or other non-U.S. entities classified as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that could be treated under the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations as “passive foreign investment companies” and/or “controlled foreign corporations.” The rules relating to investment in these types of non-U.S. entities are designed to ensure that U.S. taxpayers are either, in effect, taxed currently (or on an accelerated basis with respect to corporate level events) or taxed at increased tax rates at distribution or disposition. In certain circumstances, these rules also could require us to recognize taxable income or gains where we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash.

Our portfolio investments may present special tax issues.

Investments in below-investment grade debt instruments and certain equity securities may present special tax issues for us. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when we may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless debt in equity securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and interest income, as well as whether exchanges of debt instruments in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. Such matters could cause us to recognize taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, even in the absence of cash or economic gain, and require us to make taxable distributions to our stockholders to maintain our RIC status or preclude the imposition of either U.S. federal corporate income or excise taxation. Additionally, because such taxable income may not be matched by corresponding cash received by us, we may be required to borrow money or dispose of other investments to be able to make distributions to our stockholders. These and other issues will be considered by us, to the extent determined necessary, in order that we minimize the level of any U.S. federal income or excise tax that we would otherwise incur. See “Item 1. Business—Taxation as a RIC.”

Legislative or regulatory tax changes could adversely affect investors.

At any time, the federal income tax laws governing RICs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be amended. Any of those new laws, regulations or interpretations may take effect

 

61


Table of Contents

retroactively and could adversely affect the taxation of us or our stockholders. Therefore, changes in tax laws, regulations or administrative interpretations or any amendments thereto could diminish the value of an investment in our shares or the value or the resale potential of our investments.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties.

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are located at 201 Rouse Boulevard, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19112. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is presently conducted.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us. From time to time, we may be party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. While the outcome of any legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

 

62


Table of Contents

PART II

Many of the amounts and percentages presented in Part II have been rounded for convenience of presentation, and all dollar amounts, excluding share and per share amounts, are presented in thousands unless otherwise noted.

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

There is currently no market for our common stock, and we do not expect that a market for our shares will develop in the foreseeable future. No shares of our common stock have been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally will not be personally liable for our debts or obligations.

We are currently offering our shares of common stock on a continuous basis only to investors who purchase through the Institutional Channel and certain affiliated investors who purchase through the dealer manager. In February 2016, we closed our continuous public offering to investors investing through the IBD Channel. Historically, sales through the IBD Channel have constituted the majority of shares sold in our continuous public offering.

Prior to the IBD Channel closing, shares of our common stock in our continuous public offering were subject to a sales load of up to 10.0% of the public offering price, which consisted of selling commissions and dealer manager fees of up to 7.0% and 3.0%, respectively, of the public offering price. Following the IBD Channel closing, shares of common stock in our continuous public offering have been sold at an Institutional offering price that does not include any selling commissions or dealer manager fees. The current Institutional offering price at which we are selling shares of our common stock in our continuous public offering is $7.88; however, to the extent that our net asset value per share increases, we will sell at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share that is below net asset value per share. In connection with each weekly closing on the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to our prospectus, as amended or supplemented, which relates to our public offering of common stock on a continuous basis, our board of directors or a committee thereof is required, within 48 hours of the time that each closing and sale is made, to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price per share which is below our then-current net asset value per share.

In the event of a material decline in our net asset value per share, which we consider to be a 2.5% decrease below our then-current Institutional offering price, we will reduce our offering price in order to establish a new Institutional offering price that is not more than 2.5% above our net asset value per share.

Set forth below is a chart describing the classes of our securities outstanding as of March 1, 2016:

 

(1)    (2)      (3)      (4)  

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held by Us  or
for Our Account
     Amount Outstanding
Exclusive of Amount
Under Column (3)
 

Common Stock

     550,000,000         —           256,626,449   

As of March 1, 2016, we had 51,650 record holders of our common stock.

 

63


Table of Contents

Share Repurchase Program

We intend to continue to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to our share repurchase program. The first such tender offer commenced in August 2014, and the repurchase occurred in connection with our October 1, 2014 weekly closing. Our board of directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making its determination regarding whether to cause us to offer to repurchase shares of common stock and under what terms:

 

   

the effect of such repurchases on our qualification as a RIC (including the consequences of any necessary asset sales);

 

   

the liquidity of our assets (including fees and costs associated with disposing of assets);

 

   

our investment plans and working capital requirements;

 

   

the relative economies of scale with respect to our size;

 

   

our history in repurchasing shares of common stock or portions thereof; and

 

   

the condition of the securities markets.

We currently intend to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the issuance of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, we will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each calendar quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that we offer to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above. We currently intend to offer to repurchase such shares of common stock on each date of repurchase at a price equal to 90% of what the public offering price would have been on the date of repurchase had we not closed the IBD Channel in February 2016 (which price is equal to the Institutional offering price on the date of repurchase). In months in which we repurchase shares of common stock pursuant to our share repurchase program, we expect to conduct repurchases on the same date that we hold our first weekly closing in such month for the sale of shares of common stock in our continuous public offering. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time upon 30 days’ notice.

The following table provides information concerning our repurchases of shares of common stock pursuant to our share repurchase program during the quarter ended December 31, 2015:

 

Period

  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
    Average Price Paid
per Share
    Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
    Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased

Under the
Pans or Programs
 

October 1 to October 31, 2015

    274,874      $ 8.550        274,874        (1

November 1 to November 30, 2015

    —          —          —          —     

December 1 to December 31, 2015

    —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    274,874      $ 8.550        274,874        (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A description of the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased under our share repurchase program is included in the narrative preceding this table.

On January 6, 2016, we repurchased 569,282 shares of common stock (representing 100% of the shares of common stock tendered for repurchase) at $8.145 per share for aggregate consideration totaling $4,637.

 

64


Table of Contents

Distributions

Subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors, we currently intend to declare regular cash distributions on a weekly or monthly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of our common stock at the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any future distributions to stockholders are subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors.

The following table reflects the cash distributions per share that we declared and paid on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Distribution  

For the Year Ended December 31,

   Per Share      Amount  

2014

   $ 0.5249       $ 21,526   

2015

   $ 0.7000       $ 118,228   

On November 9, 2015 and March 7, 2016, our board of directors declared regular weekly cash distributions for January 2016 through March 2016 and April 2016 through June 2016, respectively, each in the amount of $0.013461 per share. These distributions have been or will be paid monthly to stockholders of record as of weekly record dates previously determined by our board of directors.

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our stockholders. As a result, if we make a cash distribution, our stockholders will receive the distribution in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. However, certain state authorities or regulators may impose restrictions from time to time that may prevent or limit a stockholder’s ability to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan.

Under the distribution reinvestment plan, cash distributions to participating stockholders are reinvested in additional shares of our common stock at a purchase price equal to 90% of what the public offering price per share would have been as of the date of issuance had we not closed the IBD Channel in February 2016 (which price is equal to the Institutional offering price on the date of issuance).

Pursuant to an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, or the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from our offering proceeds or borrowings.

See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—RIC Status and Distributions” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Expense Reimbursement” for additional information regarding our distributions and our distribution reinvestment plan, including certain related tax considerations as well as a detailed discussion of the expense reimbursement agreement, including amounts reimbursed to us by Franklin Square Holdings thereunder and the repayment of such amounts to Franklin Square Holdings.

 

65


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013 is derived from our consolidated financial statements which have been audited by RSM US LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
June 7, 2013
(Inception) to
December 31, 2013 (1)
 
     2015     2014 (1)    

Statements of operations data:

      

Investment income

   $ 195,249      $ 25,055      $                     —     

Operating expenses

      

Operating expenses and excise taxes

     81,413        9,530        189   

Less: Expense reimbursement from sponsor

     —          (3,469     —     

Add: Expense recoupment to sponsor

     3,469        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     84,882        6,061        189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss)

     110,367        18,994        (189

Total net realized and unrealized loss on investments and total return swap

     (197,131     (26,138     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (86,764   $ (7,144   $ (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data:

      

Net investment income (loss)—basic and diluted (2)

   $ 0.65      $ 0.60      $ (8.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations—basic and diluted (2)

   $ (0.51   $ (0.23   $ (8.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions declared (3)

   $ 0.70      $ 0.52      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data:

      

Total assets

   $ 3,058,486      $ 1,023,266      $ 200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit facilities and repurchase agreement payable

   $ 1,089,655      $ 112,100      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net assets

   $ 1,895,042      $ 842,577      $ 200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other data:

      

Total return (4)

     (0.93 )%      1.67     —     

Number of portfolio company investments at period end

     130        83        —     

Total portfolio investments for the period

   $ 2,647,079      $ 797,312        —     

Proceeds from sales and prepayments of investments

   $ 419,262      $ 79,229        —     

 

(1) We formally commenced investment operations on April 2, 2014. Prior to such date, we had no operations except for matters relating to our organization.

 

(2) The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the applicable period.

 

(3) The per share data for distributions reflects the actual amount of distributions paid per share during the applicable period.

 

(4)

The total return for each period presented was calculated by taking the net asset value per share as of the end of the applicable period, adding the cash distributions per share which were declared during the period and dividing the total by the net asset value per share at the beginning of the period. The total return does not

 

66


Table of Contents
  consider the effect of any selling commissions or charges that may have been incurred in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock. The total return includes the effect of the issuance of shares at a net offering price that is greater than net asset value per share, which causes an increase in net asset value per share. The historical calculation of total return should not be considered a representation of our future total return, which may be greater or less than the return shown in the table due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rates payable on the debt securities we acquire, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods. The total return calculations set forth above represent the total return on our investment portfolio during the applicable period and do not represent an actual return to stockholders.

 

67


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Forward-Looking Statements

Some of the statements in this annual report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K may include statements as to:

 

   

our future operating results;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of the companies in which we may invest;

 

   

the impact of the investments that we expect to make;

 

   

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

   

our current and expected financings and investments;

 

   

changes in the general interest rate environment;

 

   

the adequacy of our cash resources, financing sources and working capital;

 

   

the timing and amount of cash flows, distributions and dividends, if any, from our portfolio companies;

 

   

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

   

actual and potential conflicts of interest with FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FS Energy and Power Fund, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation II, FSIC IV Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Corporation IV, FS Global Advisor, LLC, FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, GDFM or any of their affiliates;

 

   

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we may invest;

 

   

our use of financial leverage;

 

   

the ability of FSIC III Advisor to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

   

the ability of FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC;

 

   

the impact on our business of the Dodd-Frank Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder;

 

   

the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position; and

 

   

the tax status of the enterprises in which we may invest.

In addition, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect” and “intend” indicate a forward-looking statement, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including those factors set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include:

 

   

changes in the economy;

 

   

risks associated with possible disruption in our operations or the economy generally due to terrorism or natural disasters; and

 

   

future changes in laws or regulations and conditions in our operating areas.

 

68


Table of Contents

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K on information available to us on the date of this annual report on Form 10-K. Except as required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Stockholders are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to stockholders or through reports that we may file in the future with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this annual report on Form 10-K are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act.

Overview

We were incorporated under the general corporation laws of the State of Maryland on June 7, 2013 and formally commenced investment operations on April 2, 2014 upon raising gross proceeds in excess of $2,500 from sales of shares of our common stock in our continuous public offering to persons who were not affiliated with us or FSIC III Advisor. We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and has elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Prior to satisfying the minimum offering requirement, we had no operations except for matters relating to our organization.

Our investment activities are managed by FSIC III Advisor and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent. Under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we have agreed to pay FSIC III Advisor an annual base management fee based on the average weekly value of our gross assets and an incentive fee based on our performance. FSIC III Advisor has engaged GDFM to act as our investment sub-adviser. GDFM assists FSIC III Advisor in identifying investment opportunities and makes investment recommendations for approval by FSIC III Advisor according to guidelines set by FSIC III Advisor.

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. We have identified and intend to focus on the following investment categories, which we believe will allow us to generate an attractive total return with an acceptable level of risk.

Direct Originations : We intend to leverage our relationship with GDFM and its global sourcing and origination platform, including its industry relationships, to directly source investment opportunities. Such investments are originated or structured for us or made by us and are not generally available to the broader market. These investments may include both debt and equity components, although we do not generally make equity investments independent of having an existing credit relationship. We believe directly originated investments may offer higher returns and more favorable protections than broadly syndicated transactions.

Opportunistic : We intend to seek to capitalize on market price inefficiencies by investing in loans, bonds and other securities where the market price of such investment reflects a lower value than deemed warranted by our fundamental analysis. We believe that market price inefficiencies may occur due to, among other things, general dislocations in the markets, a misunderstanding by the market of a particular company or an industry being out of favor with the broader investment community. We seek to allocate capital to these securities that have been misunderstood or mispriced by the market and where we believe there is an opportunity to earn an attractive return on our investment. Such opportunities may include event driven investments, anchor orders and CLOs.

In the case of event driven investments, we intend to take advantage of dislocations that arise in the markets due to an impending event and where the market’s apparent expectation of value differs substantially from our fundamental analysis. Such events may include a looming debt maturity or default, a merger, spin-off or other corporate reorganization, an adverse regulatory or legal ruling, or a material contract expiration, any of which

 

69


Table of Contents

may significantly improve or impair a company’s financial position. Compared to other investment strategies, event driven investing depends more heavily on our ability to successfully predict the outcome of an individual event rather than on underlying macroeconomic fundamentals. As a result, successful event driven strategies may offer both substantial diversification benefits and the ability to generate performance in uncertain market environments.

We may also invest in certain opportunities that are originated and then syndicated by a commercial or investment bank, but where we provide a capital commitment significantly above the average syndicate participant, i.e., an anchor order. In these types of investments, we may receive fees, preferential pricing or other benefits not available to other lenders in return for our significant capital commitment. Our decision to provide an anchor order to a syndicated transaction is predicated on a rigorous credit analysis, our familiarity with a particular company, industry or financial sponsor, and the broader investment experiences of FSIC III Advisor and GDFM.

In addition, our relationship with GSO, one of the largest CLO managers in the world, allows us to opportunistically invest in CLOs. CLOs are a form of securitization where the cash flow from a pooled basket of syndicated loans is used to support distribution payments made to different tranches of securities. While collectively CLOs represent nearly fifty percent of the broadly syndicated loan universe, investing in individual CLO tranches requires a high degree of investor sophistication due to their structural complexity and the illiquid nature of their securities.

Broadly Syndicated/Other : Although our primary focus is to invest in directly originated transactions and opportunistic investments, in certain circumstances we will also invest in the broadly syndicated loan and high yield markets. Broadly syndicated loans and bonds are generally more liquid than our directly originated investments and provide a complement to our less liquid strategies. In addition, and because we typically receive more attractive financing terms on these positions than we do on our less liquid assets, we are able to leverage the broadly syndicated portion of our portfolio in such a way that maximizes the levered return potential of our portfolio.

Our portfolio is comprised primarily of investments in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private middle market U.S. companies and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be comprised of subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest. We may purchase interests in loans or make other debt investments, including investments in senior secured bonds, through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market or directly from our target companies as primary market or directly originated investments. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase or otherwise acquire minority interests in target companies, in the form of common or preferred equity or equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock or other equity or the cash value of common stock or other equity. Any such minority interests are generally acquired in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, CLOs, other debt securities and derivatives, including total return swaps and credit default swaps. FSIC III Advisor will seek to tailor our investment focus as market conditions evolve. Depending on market conditions, we may increase or decrease our exposure to less senior portions of the capital structure or otherwise make opportunistic investments.

The senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and senior secured bonds in which we invest generally have stated terms of three to seven years and subordinated debt investments that we make generally have stated terms of up to ten years, but the expected average life of such securities is generally between three and seven years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security in our portfolio. Our debt investments may be rated by a NRSRO and, in such case, generally will carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s or lower than “BBB-” by S&P). We also invest in non-rated debt securities.

 

70


Table of Contents

Revenues

The principal measure of our financial performance is net increase in net assets resulting from operations, which includes net investment income, net realized gain or loss on investments, net realized gain or loss on total return swap, net unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments and net unrealized appreciation or depreciation on total return swap.

Net investment income is the difference between our income from interest, dividends, fees and other investment income and our operating and other expenses. Net realized gain or loss on investments is the difference between the proceeds received from dispositions of portfolio investments and their amortized cost. Net realized gain or loss on total return swap is the net monthly settlement payments received on the TRS. Net unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments is the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio. Net unrealized appreciation or depreciation on total return swap is the net change in the fair value of the TRS.

We principally generate revenues in the form of interest income on the debt investments we hold. In addition, we may generate revenues in the form of non-recurring commitment, closing, origination, structuring or diligence fees, monitoring fees, fees for providing managerial assistance, consulting fees, prepayment fees and performance-based fees. Any such fees generated in connection with our investments will be recognized as earned. We may also generate revenues in the form of dividends and other distributions on the equity or other securities we hold.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of management and incentive fees and other expenses under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, interest expense from financing arrangements and other indebtedness, and other expenses necessary for our operations. The management and incentive fees compensate FSIC III Advisor for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, executing, monitoring and servicing our investments. FSIC III Advisor is responsible for compensating our investment sub-adviser.

We reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations, including FSIC III Advisor’s allocable portion of the compensation and related expenses of certain personnel of Franklin Square Holdings providing administrative services to us on behalf of FSIC III Advisor. Such services include the provision of general ledger accounting, fund accounting, legal services, investor relations and other administrative services. FSIC III Advisor also performs, or oversees the performance of, our corporate operations and required administrative services, which includes being responsible for the financial records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports for our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, FSIC III Advisor assists us in calculating our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally overseeing the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

The amount of the reimbursement payable to FSIC III Advisor is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor allocates the cost of such services to us based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors reviews the methodology employed in determining how the expenses are allocated to us and the proposed allocation of administrative expenses among us and certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor. Our board of directors then assesses the reasonableness of such reimbursements for expenses allocated to us based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors considers whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at

 

71


Table of Contents

comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors compares the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs. We do not reimburse FSIC III Advisor for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of FSIC III Advisor.

We bear all other expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation) fees and expenses relating to:

 

   

corporate and organization expenses relating to offerings of our common stock, subject to limitations included in the investment advisory and administrative services agreement;

 

   

the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party pricing or valuation services;

 

   

the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of our common stock and other securities;

 

   

investment advisory fees;

 

   

fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments, including fees and expenses associated with performing due diligence reviews of prospective investments;

 

   

interest payments on our debt or related obligations;

 

   

transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

   

research and market data (including news and quotation equipment and services, and any computer hardware and connectivity hardware (e.g., telephone and fiber optic lines) incorporated into the cost of obtaining such research and market data);

 

   

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

   

federal and state registration fees;

 

   

federal, state and local taxes;

 

   

fees and expenses of directors not also serving in an executive officer capacity for us or FSIC III Advisor;

 

   

costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports, notices and other filings;

 

   

fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

   

direct costs such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

   

fees and expenses associated with accounting, corporate governance, independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

   

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable federal and state securities laws, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

brokerage commissions for our investments; and

 

   

all other expenses incurred by FSIC III Advisor, GDFM or us in connection with administering our business, including expenses incurred by FSIC III Advisor or GDFM in performing administrative services for us and administrative personnel paid by FSIC III Advisor or GDFM, to the extent they are not controlling persons of FSIC III Advisor, GDFM or any of their respective affiliates, subject to the limitations included in the investment advisory and administrative services agreement.

In addition, we have contracted with State Street to provide various accounting and administrative services, including, but not limited to, preparing preliminary financial information for review by FSIC III Advisor, preparing and monitoring expense budgets, maintaining accounting and corporate books and records, processing trade information provided by us and performing testing with respect to RIC compliance.

 

72


Table of Contents

Expense Reimbursement

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from offering proceeds or borrowings. However, because certain investments we may make, including preferred and common equity investments, may generate dividends and other distributions to us that are treated for tax purposes as a return of capital, a portion of our distributions to stockholders may also be deemed to constitute a return of capital to the extent that we may use such dividends or other distribution proceeds to fund our distributions to stockholders. Under those circumstances, Franklin Square Holdings will not reimburse us for the portion of such distributions to stockholders that represent a return of capital, as the purpose of the expense reimbursement arrangement is not to prevent tax-advantaged distributions to stockholders.

Under the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse us for expenses in an amount equal to the difference between our cumulative distributions paid to our stockholders in each quarter, less the sum of our net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts are not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in each quarter.

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, we have a conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for any amounts funded by Franklin Square Holdings under such agreement if (and only to the extent that), during any fiscal quarter occurring within three years of the date on which Franklin Square Holdings funded such amount, the sum of our net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and the amount of any dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) exceeds the regular cash distributions paid by us to our stockholders; provided, however, that (i) we will only reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings with respect to any calendar quarter to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement paid during such fiscal year) does not cause “other operating expenses” (as defined below) (on an annualized basis and net of any expense support payments received by us during such fiscal year) to exceed the lesser of (A) 1.75% of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such payments into account and (B) the percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock represented by “other operating expenses” during the fiscal year in which such expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings was made (provided, however, that this clause (B) shall not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings made during the same fiscal year) and (ii) we will not reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings for any calendar quarter if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time of such reimbursement payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time Franklin Square Holdings made the expense support payment to which such reimbursement payment relates. We are not obligated to pay interest on the reimbursements we are required to make to Franklin Square Holdings under the expense reimbursement agreement. “Other operating expenses” means our total “operating expenses” (as defined below), excluding base management fees, incentive fees, offering and organization expenses, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses. “Operating expenses” means all operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, for investment companies.

We or Franklin Square Holdings may terminate the expense reimbursement agreement at any time. Franklin Square Holdings has indicated that it expects to continue such reimbursements until it deems that we have achieved economies of scale sufficient to ensure that we bear a reasonable level of expenses in relation to our income. The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by Franklin Square Holdings, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter.

 

73


Table of Contents

Upon termination of the expense reimbursement agreement by Franklin Square Holdings, Franklin Square Holdings will be required to fund any amounts accrued thereunder as of the date of termination. Similarly, our conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings pursuant to the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement shall survive the termination of such agreement by either party.

As of December 31, 2014, $598 of reimbursements were payable to us from Franklin Square Holdings. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we did not accrue any amounts for expense reimbursements that Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to pay. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we did not receive any cash reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings, but offset $598 in management fees payable by us to FSIC III Advisor under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement against reimbursements due from Franklin Square Holdings. As of December 31, 2015, we had no reimbursements due from Franklin Square Holdings.

As discussed above, under the expense reimbursement agreement, amounts reimbursed to us by Franklin Square Holdings may become subject to repayment by us in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we accrued $3,469 for expense recoupments payable to Franklin Square Holdings of which $3,251 was paid. As of December 31, 2015, we had $218 of expense recoupments due to Franklin Square Holdings and no further amounts remain subject to repayment by us to Franklin Square Holdings in the future.

Franklin Square Holdings is controlled by our chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, and our vice-chairman, David J. Adelman. There can be no assurance that the expense reimbursement agreement will remain in effect or that Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse any portion of our expenses in future quarters.

Portfolio Investment Activity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we made investments in portfolio companies totaling $2,647,079. During the same period, we sold investments for proceeds of $301,909 and received principal repayments of $117,353. As of December 31, 2015, our investment portfolio, with a total fair value of $2,744,630 (68% in first lien senior secured loans, 10% in second lien senior secured loans, 3% in senior secured bonds, 17% in subordinated debt, 0% in collateralized securities and 2% in equity/other), consisted of interests in 130 portfolio companies. The portfolio companies that comprised our portfolio as of such date had an average annual EBITDA of approximately $212.8 million. As of December 31, 2015, the debt investments in our portfolio were purchased at a weighted average price of 97.5% of par and our estimated gross portfolio yield, prior to leverage, was 9.8% based upon the amortized cost of our investments. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our total return was (0.93)%.

Based on our regular weekly cash distribution amount of $0.013461 per share as of December 31, 2015 and our public offering price of $9.05 per share as of such date, the annualized distribution rate to stockholders as of December 31, 2015 was 7.73%. The annualized distribution rate to stockholders is expressed as a percentage equal to the projected annualized distribution amount per share divided by our public offering price per share as of December 31, 2015. Our annualized distribution rate to stockholders may include income, realized capital gains and a return of investors’ capital.

During the period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014, we made investments in portfolio companies totaling $797,312. During the same period, we sold investments for proceeds of $71,695 and received principal repayments of $7,534. As of December 31, 2014, our investment portfolio, with a total fair value of $695,805 (40% in first lien senior secured loans, 25% in second lien senior secured loans, 6% in senior secured bonds, 26% in subordinated debt, 1% in collateralized securities and 2% in equity/other), consisted of interests in 83 portfolio companies. The portfolio companies that comprised our portfolio as of such date had an average annual EBITDA of approximately $231.4 million. As of December 31, 2014, the debt investments in our portfolio were purchased at a weighted average price of 95.2% of par and our

 

74


Table of Contents

estimated gross portfolio yield, prior to leverage, was 10.1% based upon the amortized cost of our investments. For the period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014, our total return was 1.67%.

Based on our regular weekly cash distribution amount of $0.013461 per share as of December 31, 2014 and our public offering price of $9.85 per share as of such date, the annualized distribution rate to stockholders as of December 31, 2014 was 7.11%. The annualized distribution rate to stockholders is expressed as a percentage equal to the projected annualized distribution amount per share divided by our public offering price per share as of December 31, 2014. Our annualized distribution rate to stockholders may include income, realized capital gains and a return of investors’ capital.

Our estimated gross portfolio yield may be higher than a stockholder’s yield on an investment in shares of our common stock. Our estimated gross portfolio yield does not reflect operating expenses that may be incurred by us. In addition, our estimated gross portfolio yield and total return figures disclosed above do not consider the effect of any selling commissions or charges that may have been incurred in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock. Our estimated gross portfolio yield, total return and annualized distribution rate to stockholders do not represent actual investment returns to stockholders, are subject to change and, in the future, may be greater or less than the rates set forth above. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. See footnote 4 to the table included in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” for information regarding the calculation of our total return.

Total Portfolio Activity

The following tables present certain selected information regarding our portfolio investment activity for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  

Net Investment Activity

   2015     2014  

Purchases

   $         2,647,079      $         797,312   

Sales and Redemptions

     (419,262     (79,229
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Portfolio Activity

   $ 2,227,817      $ 718,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

New Investment Activity by Asset Class

   Purchases      Percentage     Purchases      Percentage  

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

   $ 1,748,636         66   $ 323,157         41

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

     196,803         8     185,253         23

Senior Secured Bonds

     111,984         4     53,374         7

Subordinated Debt

     537,531         20     209,993         26

Collateralized Securities

     —           —          8,907         1

Equity/Other

     52,125         2     16,628         2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,647,079                100   $ 797,312                100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the composition of our investment portfolio at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
 

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

  $ 1,908,256      $ 1,878,552        68   $ 279,285      $ 278,277        40

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

    297,474        264,261        10     173,357        170,515        25

Senior Secured Bonds

    113,064        75,597        3     43,253        43,089        6

Subordinated Debt

    539,488        451,694        17     197,259        180,178        26

Collateralized Securities

    8,181        7,607        0     8,907        8,907        1

Equity/Other

    68,062        66,919        2     16,628        14,839        2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,934,525      $ 2,744,630               100   $ 718,689      $ 695,805               100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amortized cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums and/or accretion of discounts, as applicable, on investments.

The following table summarizes the composition of our investment portfolio at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 to include, on a look-through basis, the investments underlying the TRS, as disclosed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K. The investments underlying the TRS had a notional amount and market value of $394,680 and $365,214, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and $292,409 and $285,847, respectively, as of December 31, 2014.

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
 

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

  $ 2,242,195      $ 2,186,548        70   $ 544,214      $ 537,045        55

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

    358,215        321,479        10     200,837        197,594        20

Senior Secured Bonds

    113,064        75,597        3     43,253        43,089        4

Subordinated Debt

    539,488        451,694        15     197,259        180,178        18

Collateralized Securities

    8,181        7,607        0     8,907        8,907        1

Equity/Other

    68,062        66,919        2     16,628        14,839        2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 3,329,205      $ 3,109,844               100   $ 1,011,098      $ 981,652               100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amortized cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums and/or accretion of discounts, as applicable, on investments.

The following table presents certain selected information regarding the composition of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

Number of Portfolio Companies

    130        83   

% Variable Rate (based on fair value)

    76.8     63.8

% Fixed Rate (based on fair value)

    20.8     34.1

% Income Producing Equity/Other Investments (based on fair value)

    0.0     —     

% Non-Income Producing Equity/Other Investments (based on fair value)

    2.4     2.1

Average Annual EBITDA of Portfolio Companies

    $212,800        $231,400   

Weighted Average Purchase Price of Debt Investments (as a % of par)

    97.5     95.2

% of Investments on Non-Accrual (based on fair value)

    0.0     —     

Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost)

    9.8     10.1

Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost)—Excluding Non-Income Producing Assets

    10.0     10.4

 

76


Table of Contents

Direct Originations

The following tables present certain selected information regarding our direct originations for the three months and year ended December 31, 2015:

 

New Direct Originations

   For the Three Months Ended
December 31, 2015
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Total Commitments (including unfunded commitments)

   $                         914,390      $         1,938,513   

Exited Investments (including partial paydowns)

     (46,686     (92,663
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Direct Originations

   $ 867,704      $ 1,845,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    For the Three Months Ended
December 31, 2015
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

New Direct Originations by Asset Class (including unfunded commitments)

  Commitment
Amount
    Percentage     Commitment
Amount
    Percentage  

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

  $     798,952            88   $   1,684,811            87

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

    —          —          100,204        5

Senior Secured Bonds

    10,683        1     16,059        1

Subordinated Debt

    65,769        7     85,266        4

Collateralized Securities

    —          —          —          —     

Equity/Other

    38,986        4     52,173        3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 914,390                100   $ 1,938,513              100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     For the Three Months Ended
December 31, 2015
    For the Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Average New Direct Origination Commitment Amount

     $76,199        $46,155   

Weighted Average Maturity for New Direct Originations

     2/22/22        9/4/21   

Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost) of New Direct Originations Funded during Period

     9.6     9.4

Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost) of New Direct Originations Funded during Period—Excluding Non-Income Producing Assets

     10.1     9.7

Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost) of Direct Originations Exited during Period

     10.1     9.8

The following table presents certain selected information regarding our direct originations as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

Characteristics of All Direct Originations Held in Portfolio

   December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

Number of Portfolio Companies

     47        21   

Average Annual EBITDA of Portfolio Companies

     $77,800        $61,300   

Average Leverage Through Tranche of Portfolio Companies—Excluding Equity/Other and Collateralized Securities

     4.7x        4.7x   

% of Investments on Non-Accrual (based on fair value)

     —          —     

Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost) of Funded Direct Originations

     9.4     9.7

Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost) of Funded Direct Originations—Excluding Non-Income Producing Assets

     9.7     10.3

 

77


Table of Contents

Portfolio Composition by Strategy and Industry

The table below summarizes the composition of our investment portfolio by strategy and enumerates the percentage, by fair value, of the total portfolio assets in such strategies as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

Portfolio Composition by Strategy

   Fair Value      Percentage
of  Portfolio
    Fair Value      Percentage
of Portfolio
 

Direct Originations

   $ 1,890,092         69   $ 279,244         40

Opportunistic

     571,815         21     258,261         37

Broadly Syndicated/Other

     282,723         10     158,300         23
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,744,630                100   $ 695,805                100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below describes investments by industry classification and enumerates the percentage, by fair value, of the total portfolio assets in such industries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

Industry Classification

   Fair Value      Percentage
of Portfolio
    Fair Value      Percentage
of Portfolio
 

Automobiles & Components

   $ 128,407         5   $ 27,208         4

Capital Goods

     277,975         10     35,615         5

Commercial & Professional Services

     274,662         10     76,536         11

Consumer Durables & Apparel

     147,483         5     30,628         4

Consumer Services

     237,666         9     100,066         14

Diversified Financials

     131,049         5     59,606         9

Energy

     224,961         8     115,159         16

Food & Staples Retailing

     4,360         0     2,352         0

Food, Beverage & Tobacco

     5,183         0     —           —     

Health Care Equipment & Services

     398,856         15     4,831         1

Household & Personal Products

     —           —          9,246         1

Insurance

     7,251         0     4,048         1

Materials

     108,964         4     54,034         8

Media

     83,112         3     25,575         4

Real Estate

     1,707         0     —           —     

Retailing

     28,204         1     —           —     

Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equipment

     9,915         0     —           —     

Software & Services

     406,231         15     86,454         12

Technology Hardware & Equipment

     48,513         2     38,877         6

Telecommunication Services

     41,293         1     5,050         1

Transportation

     178,838         7     20,520         3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,744,630                100   $ 695,805                100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, we did not “control” and were not an “affiliated person” of any of our portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would be presumed to “control” a portfolio company if we owned 25% or more of its voting securities or we had the power to exercise control over the management or policies of such portfolio company, and would be an “affiliated person” of a portfolio company if we owned 5% or more of its voting securities.

Our investment portfolio may contain loans and other unfunded arrangements that are in the form of lines of credit, revolving credit facilities, delayed draw credit facilities or other investments, pursuant to which we may be required to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with the terms of the underlying agreements. As of December 31, 2015, we had twenty-one unfunded debt investments with aggregate

 

78


Table of Contents

unfunded commitments of $267,776 and two unfunded commitments to purchase up to $467 and $369, respectively, in shares of preferred stock of Altus Power America Holdings, LLC and common equity of Sunnova Holdings, LLC. As of December 31, 2014, we had seven unfunded debt investments with aggregate unfunded commitments of $47,792. We maintain sufficient cash on hand, available borrowings and liquid securities to fund such unfunded commitments should the need arise. For additional details regarding our unfunded debt and equity investments, see our audited consolidated schedules of investments as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Portfolio Asset Quality

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, FSIC III Advisor uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor the expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. FSIC III Advisor uses an investment rating scale of 1 to 5. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

Investment
Rating
  

Summary Description

1    Investment exceeding expectations and/or capital gain expected.
2    Performing investment generally executing in accordance with the portfolio company’s business plan—full return of principal and interest expected.
3    Performing investment requiring closer monitoring.
4    Underperforming investment—some loss of interest or dividend possible, but still expecting a positive return on investment.
5    Underperforming investment with expected loss of interest and some principal.

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 investment rating scale at fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

Investment Rating

   Fair Value      Percentage
of  Portfolio
    Fair Value      Percentage
of Portfolio
 

1

   $ 32,097         1   $ —           —     

2

     2,460,811         90     617,838         89

3

     174,729         6     71,719         10

4

     70,246         3     6,248         1

5

     6,747         0     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,744,630                100   $ 695,805                100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of the portfolio in each grading category may vary substantially from period to period resulting primarily from changes in the composition of the portfolio as a result of new investment, repayment and exit activities. In addition, changes in the grade of investments may be made to reflect our expectation of performance and changes in investment values.

Results of Operations

We commenced investment operations on April 2, 2014, when we raised in excess of $2,500 from persons who were not affiliated with us or FSIC III Advisor. Prior to satisfying the minimum offering requirement, we had no operations except for matters relating to our organization. As a result, no comparisons with the comparable 2013 period have been included. From January 1, 2014 through April 2, 2014, we incurred organization costs of $64 and offering costs of $1,151, which were paid on our behalf by Franklin Square Holdings and recorded as a contribution to capital.

 

79


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2015 and the Period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014

Revenues

We generated investment income of $195,249 and $25,055 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively, in the form of interest and fees earned on senior secured loans (first and second lien), senior secured bonds, subordinated debt, collateralized securities and dividends and other distributions earned on equity/other investments in our portfolio. Such revenues represent $183,744 and $24,619 of cash income earned as well as $11,505 and $436 in non-cash portions relating to accretion of discount and PIK interest for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively. Cash flows related to such non-cash revenues may not occur for a number of reporting periods or years after such revenues are recognized.

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, we generated $160,967 and $17,639, respectively, of interest income, which represented 82.4% and 70.4%, respectively, of total investment income. The increase in interest income was due primarily to the growth of our investment portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2015. The level of interest income we receive is generally related to the balance of income-producing investments multiplied by the weighted average yield of our investments. We expect the dollar amount of interest and any dividend income that we earn to increase as the size of our investment portfolio increases and the proportion of directly originated investments in our investment portfolio increases.

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, we generated $34,227 and $7,416, respectively, of fee income, which represented 17.5% and 29.6%, respectively, of total investment income. The increase in fee income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was due primarily to an increase in the number of directly originated investments for which we received fee income. Such fee income is transaction based, and typically consists of prepayment fees, structuring fees, amendment and consent fees and other non-recurring fees. As such, future fee income is generally dependent on new direct origination investments and the occurrence of prepayments and other events at existing portfolio companies resulting in such fees.

Expenses

Our operating expenses, together with excise taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014 were $81,413 and $9,466, respectively. Our operating expenses include base management fees attributed to FSIC III Advisor of $39,493 and $6,323 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively. Our operating expenses also include administrative services expenses attributed to FSIC III Advisor of $2,045 and $435 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively.

FSIC III Advisor is eligible to receive incentive fees based on our performance. During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, we accrued a subordinated incentive fee on income of $20,222 and $0, respectively, based on the performance of the portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, we did not accrue any capital gains incentive fees on income based on the performance of our portfolio. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Capital Gains Incentive Fee” and “—Critical Accounting Policies—Subordinated Income Incentive Fee” for additional information about how the incentive fees are calculated.

We recorded interest expense of $13,746 and $371 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively, in connection with our financing arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, fees and expenses incurred with our fund administrator, which provides various accounting and administrative services to

 

80


Table of Contents

us, totaled $691 and $136, respectively, and fees and expenses incurred with our stock transfer agent totaled $1,532 and $522, respectively. Fees for our board of directors were $822 and $305 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively.

Our other general and administrative expenses totaled $2,767 and $1,374 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively, and consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
     Period from April 2, 2014
through December 31,  2014
 

Expenses associated with our independent audit and related fees

   $                     308       $                              331   

Compensation of our chief compliance officer (1)

     13         60   

Legal fees

     791         431   

Printing fees

     734         252   

Other

     921         300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,767       $ 1,374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) On April 1, 2015, James F. Volk was appointed as our chief compliance officer. Prior to that date, we had contracted with Vigilant Compliance, LLC to provide the services of Salvatore Faia as our chief compliance officer. Mr. Volk is employed by Franklin Square Holdings and does not receive any direct compensation from us in this capacity.

We generally expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our average net assets because of the anticipated growth in the size of our asset base.

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the ratio of our operating expenses, together with excise taxes, to our average net assets was 5.65% and 2.54%, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the ratio of our total operating expenses, together with excise taxes, to our average net assets, which includes $3,469 of expense recoupments paid to Franklin Square Holdings was 5.89%. During the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the ratio of our total operating expenses, together with excise taxes, to our average net assets, which includes $3,469 of expense reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings, was 1.61%. During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the ratio of our operating expenses to average net assets included $13,746 and $371, respectively, related to interest expense, $20,222 and $0, respectively, related to accruals for incentive fees and $95 and $0, respectively, for excise taxes. Without such expenses, our ratio of operating expenses to average net assets would have been 3.52% and 2.44% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively. Incentive fees and interest expense, among other things, may increase or decrease our expense ratios relative to comparative periods depending on portfolio performance and changes in amounts outstanding under our financing arrangements and benchmark interest rates such as LIBOR, among other factors.

Expense Reimbursement

Under the expense reimbursement agreement, amounts reimbursed to us by Franklin Square Holdings may become subject to repayment by us in future periods. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we accrued $3,469 for expense recoupments payable to Franklin Square Holdings of which $3,251 was paid. As of December 31, 2015, we had $218 of expense recoupments due to Franklin Square Holdings and no further amounts remain subject to repayment by us to Franklin Square Holdings in the future. See “—Overview—Expense Reimbursement” for a discussion of the expense reimbursement agreement.

Net Investment Income

Our net investment income totaled $110,367 ($0.65 per share) and $19,058 ($0.45 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

81


Table of Contents

Net Realized Gains or Losses

We sold investments and received principal repayments of $301,909 and $117,353, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2015, from which we realized a net loss of $24,122. We sold investments and received principal repayments of $71,695 and $7,534, respectively, during the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, from which we realized a net gain of $170. During the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, we earned $14,561 and $1,944, respectively, from periodic net settlement payments on our TRS, which are reflected as realized gains.

Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments and Total Return Swap

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments totaled $(167,011). The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on our TRS was $(20,559) for the year ended December 31, 2015. For the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments totaled $(22,884). The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on our TRS was $(5,368) for the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on our investments and TRS during the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily driven by a general widening of credit spreads and decreased valuations of certain of our energy investments.

Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the net decrease in net assets resulting from operations was $86,764 ($(0.51) per share) and $7,080 ($(0.17) per share), respectively.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As of December 31, 2015, we had $142,393 in cash, which we held in a custodial account, and $118,000 in cash held as collateral by Citibank under the terms of the TRS. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, we had $105,320 in capacity available under the TRS and $110,345 in borrowings available under our other financing arrangements, subject to borrowing base and other limitations. As of December 31, 2015, we also had broadly syndicated investments and opportunistic investments that could be sold to create additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2015, we had twenty-one debt investments with aggregate unfunded commitments of $267,776 and two equity investments with aggregate unfunded commitments of up to $836. We maintain sufficient cash on hand, available borrowings and liquid securities to fund such unfunded commitments should the need arise.

We currently generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of our continuous public offering and the issuance of shares under our distribution reinvestment plan and from cash flows from fees, interest and dividends earned from our investments, as well as principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. To seek to enhance our returns, we also employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of FSIC III Advisor, but in no event will leverage employed exceed 50% of the value of our assets, as required by the 1940 Act. See “—Financing Arrangements.”

Prior to investing in securities of portfolio companies, we invest the cash received from the net proceeds from our continuous public offering, from the issuance of shares of common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan, from fees, interest and dividends earned from our investments and principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, consistent with our BDC election and our election to be taxed as a RIC.

 

82


Table of Contents

Continuous Public Offering, Private Placement and Distribution Reinvestment Plan

We are engaged in a continuous public offering of our common stock. We accept subscriptions on a continuous basis and issue shares at weekly closings at prices that must be above our net asset value per share.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we issued 144,361,198 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $1,388,165 at an average price per share of $9.62. The gross proceeds received during the year ended December 31, 2015 include reinvested stockholder distributions of $63,285 for which we issued 7,283,080 shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we also incurred offering costs of $6,200 in connection with the sale of our common stock, which consisted primarily of marketing expenses and legal, due diligence and printing fees. The offering costs were offset against capital in excess of par value on our consolidated financial statements. The selling commissions and dealer manager fees related to the sale of our common stock was $118,630 for the year ended December 31, 2015. This amount includes $22,411 in dealer manager fees retained by the dealer manager, FS 2 , which is one of our affiliates.

Since commencing our continuous public offering and through March 1, 2016, we have issued 256,536,930 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $2,479,905. As of March 1, 2016, we had raised total gross proceeds of $2,491,892, including $200 of seed capital contributed by the principals of FSIC III Advisor in October 2013 and $11,787 in proceeds raised in a private placement completed in April 2014 from the principals of FSIC III Advisor, certain members of our board of directors and other individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM.

In February 2016, we closed our continuous public offering to investors investing through the IBD Channel. We are currently offering shares of our common stock pursuant to our continuous public offering only to persons who purchase through the Institutional Channel and certain affiliated investors who purchase through the dealer manager. Historically, sales though the IBD Channel have constituted the majority of shares sold in our continuous public offering. Prior to the IBD Channel closing, shares of our common stock in our continuous public offering were subject to a sales load of up to 10.0% of the public offering price, which consisted of selling commissions and dealer manager fees of up to 7.0% and 3.0%, respectively, of the public offering price. Following the IBD Channel closing, shares of common stock in our continuous public offering have been sold at an Institutional offering price that does not include any selling commissions or dealer manager fees.

Share Repurchase Program

To provide our stockholders with limited liquidity, we intend to continue to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to our share repurchase program. The first such tender offer commenced in August 2014, and the repurchase occurred in connection with our October 1, 2014 weekly closing.

The following table provides information concerning our repurchases of shares of common stock pursuant to our share repurchase program during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

For the Three Months Ended

   Repurchase Date    Shares
Repurchased
     Percentage
of Shares
Tendered
That Were
Repurchased
   Repurchase
Price Per
Share
     Aggregate
Consideration
for
Repurchased
Shares
 

Fiscal 2014

              

September 30, 2014

   October 1, 2014      4,050       100%    $     9.000       $ 36   

Fiscal 2015

              

December 31, 2014

   January 7, 2015      16,692       100%    $ 8.865       $ 148   

March 31, 2015

   April 1, 2015      60,626       100%    $ 8.955       $ 543   

June 30, 2015

   July 8, 2015      316,818       100%    $ 8.955       $     2,837   

September 30, 2015

   October 7, 2015      274,874       100%    $ 8.550       $ 2,350   

 

83


Table of Contents

On January 6, 2016, we repurchased 569,282 shares of common stock (representing 100% of the shares of common stock tendered for repurchase) at $8.145 per share for aggregate consideration totaling $4,637.

For additional information regarding our share repurchase program, see “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Share Repurchase Program.”

Financing Arrangements

We borrow funds to make investments to the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of additional investment opportunities, if the market for debt financing presents attractively priced debt financing opportunities, or if our board of directors determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We do not currently anticipate issuing any preferred stock.

The following table presents summary information with respect to our outstanding financing arrangements as of December 31, 2015:

 

Arrangement

  Type of Arrangement   Rate   Amount
Outstanding
    Amount
Available
    Maturity Date

Citibank Total Return Swap

  Total Return Swap   L+1.50%   $ 394,680      $ 105,320      N/A (1)

BNP Facility

  Prime Brokerage Facility   L+1.10%   $ 155,755      $ 44,245      September 26,  2016 (2)

Deutsche Bank Credit Facility

  Revolving Credit Facility   L+2.25%   $ 250,000      $ —        September 22, 2019

JPM Credit Facility (3)

  Term Loan Credit Facility   L+2.50%   $ 300,000      $ —        May 8, 2019

Goldman Facility

  Repurchase Agreement   L+2.50%   $ 289,200      $ 10,800      July 15, 2019

Capital One Credit Facility

  Revolving Credit Facility   L+1.75% to L+2.50%   $ 94,700      $ 55,300      August 13, 2020

 

(1) The TRS may be terminated by Center City Funding or by Citibank at any time on or after June 26, 2016, in each case, in whole or in part, upon prior written notice to the other party.

 

(2) As described below, this facility generally is terminable upon 270 days’ notice by either party. As of December 31, 2015, neither party to the facility had provided notice of its intent to terminate the facility.

 

(3) On March 1, 2016, Jefferson Square Funding entered into an amendment with JPM to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of loans extended to Jefferson Square Funding under this facility by $50,000 to $350,000, plus an option, subject to certain consents, to further increase the aggregate principal amount by an additional $50,000 prior to April 30, 2016, and (ii) increase the applicable interest rate from LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.50% to LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.6875%.

Our average borrowings and weighted average interest rate, including the effect of non-usage fees, for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $458,150 and 2.71%, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, our weighted average effective interest rate on borrowings, including the effect of non-usage fees, was 2.72%.

Citibank Total Return Swap

On June 26, 2014, our wholly-owned financing subsidiary, Center City Funding, entered into a TRS for a portfolio of primarily senior secured floating rate loans with Citibank. On August 25, 2014, Center City Funding entered into an amendment to the TRS to increase the maximum aggregate notional amount of the portfolio of loans subject to the TRS from $100,000 to $200,000, on September 29, 2014, Center City Funding entered into a second amendment to the TRS to increase this amount from $200,000 to $300,000, on January 28, 2015, Center City Funding entered into a third amendment to the TRS to increase this amount from $300,000 to $400,000 and on October 14, 2015, Center City Funding entered into a fifth amendment to the TRS to increase this amount from $400,000 to $500,000. On June 26, 2015, Center City Funding entered into a fourth amendment to the TRS to (1) extend the date that Citibank may terminate the TRS from any time on or after June 26, 2015 to any time

 

84


Table of Contents

on or after June 26, 2016; (2) increase the swap spread over one-month LIBOR Center City Funding pays to Citibank on the utilized notional amount under the TRS from 1.32% per annum to 1.50% per annum; (3) reduce the amount of initial cash collateral Center City Funding is required to post in accordance with the margin requirements of the TRS (generally reduced from 25% to 20% of the notional amount of each loan that becomes subject to the TRS); and (4) decrease the threshold at which Center City Funding is required to post additional cash collateral in accordance with the margin requirements of the TRS in the event of depreciation in the value of the loans underlying the TRS.

A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements.

The TRS with Citibank enables us, through our ownership of Center City Funding, to obtain the economic benefit of owning the loans subject to the TRS, without actually owning them, in return for an interest-type payment to Citibank. As such, the TRS is analogous to Center City Funding borrowing funds to acquire loans and incurring interest expense to a lender.

The obligations of Center City Funding under the TRS are non-recourse to us and our exposure under the TRS is limited to the value of our investment in Center City Funding, which generally will equal the value of cash collateral provided by Center City Funding under the TRS. Pursuant to the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding may select a portfolio of loans with a maximum aggregate notional amount (determined at the time each such loan becomes subject to the TRS) of $500,000. Center City Funding is required to initially cash collateralize a specified percentage of the notional amount of each loan (generally 20%) that becomes subject to the TRS in accordance with margin requirements described in the TRS Agreement. Under the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding has agreed not to draw upon, or post as collateral, such cash collateral in respect of other financings or operating requirements prior to the termination of the TRS. Neither the cash collateral required to be posted with Citibank nor any other assets of Center City Funding are available to pay our debts.

Pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement that we have entered into with Center City Funding, we act as the investment manager of the rights and obligations of Center City Funding under the TRS, including selecting the specific loans to be included in the portfolio of loans subject to the TRS. Accordingly, the loans subject to the TRS are selected by us in accordance with our investment objectives and strategy to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding may select any loan or obligation available in the market to be included in the portfolio of loans that meets the obligation criteria set forth in the TRS Agreement.

Each individual loan, and the portfolio of loans taken as a whole, must meet criteria described in the TRS Agreement, including a requirement that substantially all of the loans underlying the TRS be rated by Moody’s and S&P, and quoted by a nationally recognized pricing service. Under the terms of the TRS, Citibank, as calculation agent, determines whether there has been a failure to satisfy the portfolio criteria in the TRS. If such failure continues for 30 days following the delivery of notice thereof, then Citibank has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the TRS. Center City Funding receives from Citibank all interest and fees payable in respect of the loans included in the portfolio. Center City Funding pays to Citibank interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum on the utilized notional amount of the loans subject to the TRS. In addition, upon the termination or repayment of any loan subject to the TRS, Center City Funding will either receive from Citibank the appreciation in the value of such loan or pay to Citibank any depreciation in the value of such loan.

 

85


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding may be required to post additional cash collateral, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, in the event of depreciation in the value of the underlying loans after such value decreases below a specified amount. The limit on the additional collateral that Center City Funding may be required to post pursuant to the TRS is equal to the difference between the full notional amount of the loans underlying the TRS and the amount of cash collateral already posted by Center City Funding. The amount of collateral required to be posted by Center City Funding is determined primarily on the basis of the aggregate value of the underlying loans.

We have no contractual obligation to post any such additional collateral or to make any interest payments to Citibank. We may, but are not obligated to, increase our equity investment in Center City Funding for the purpose of funding any additional collateral or payment obligations for which Center City Funding may become obligated during the term of the TRS. If we do not make any such additional investment in Center City Funding and Center City Funding fails to meet its obligations under the TRS, then Citibank will have the right to terminate the TRS and seize the cash collateral posted by Center City Funding under the TRS. In the event of an early termination of the TRS, Center City Funding would be required to pay an early termination fee.

Citibank may terminate the TRS from any time on or after June 26, 2016. Center City Funding may terminate the TRS at any time upon providing no more than 30 days, and no less than 10 days, prior notice to Citibank. Any termination prior to June 26, 2016 will result in payment of an early termination fee to Citibank based on the maximum notional amount of the TRS. Under the terms of the TRS, the early termination fee will equal the present value of a stream of monthly payments which would be owed by Center City Funding to Citibank for the period from the termination date through and including June 26, 2016. Such monthly payments equal the product of (x) 80%, multiplied by (y) the maximum notional amount of the TRS ($500,000), multiplied by (z) 1.50% per annum. If the TRS had been terminated as of December 31, 2015, Center City Funding would have been required to pay an early termination fee of approximately $2,440, based on the maximum notional amount of the TRS of $500,000 as of such date. Other than during the first 90 days and last 30 days of the term of the TRS, Center City Funding is required to pay a minimum usage fee if less than 80% of the maximum notional amount of the TRS is utilized and an unused fee on any amounts unutilized if greater than 80% but less than 100% of the maximum notional amount of the TRS is utilized.

The value of the TRS is based primarily on the valuation of the underlying portfolio of loans subject to the TRS. Pursuant to the terms of the TRS, on each business day, Citibank values each underlying loan in good faith on a mark-to-market basis by determining how much Citibank would receive on such date if it sold the loan in the open market. Citibank reports the mark-to-market values of the underlying loans to Center City Funding.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the fair value of the TRS was $(25,927) and $(5,368), respectively. The net change in fair value of the TRS is reflected as unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on total return swap on our consolidated balance sheets. The change in value of the TRS is reflected in our consolidated statements of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on total return swap. As of December 31, 2015, Center City Funding had selected 51 underlying loans with a total notional amount of $394,680 and posted $118,000 in cash collateral held by Citibank (of which only $91,174 was required to be posted), which is reflected in due from counterparty on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2014, Center City Funding had selected 51 underlying loans with a total notional amount of $292,409 and posted $85,500 in cash collateral held by Citibank (of which only $77,272 was required to be posted), which is reflected in due from counterparty on the consolidated balance sheets.

For purposes of the asset coverage ratio test applicable to us as a BDC, we treat the outstanding notional amount of the TRS, less the initial amount of any cash collateral required to be posted by Center City Funding under the TRS, as a senior security for the life of that instrument. We may, however, accord different treatment to the TRS in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

 

86


Table of Contents

Further, for purposes of Section 55(a) under the 1940 Act, we treat each loan underlying the TRS as a qualifying asset if the obligor on such loan is an eligible portfolio company and as a non-qualifying asset if the obligor is not an eligible portfolio company. We may, however, accord different treatment to the TRS in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

BNP Facility

On October 17, 2014, our wholly-owned, special-purpose financing subsidiary, Burholme Funding LLC, or Burholme Funding, entered into a committed facility arrangement, or the BNP facility, with BNPP, on behalf of itself and as agent for BNP Paribas, BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd. and BNPP PB, Inc., or, collectively, the BNPP Entities. On March 11, 2015, Burholme Funding entered into an amendment to the BNP facility to increase the maximum commitment financing available to Burholme Funding under the BNP facility to $200,000 from $100,000. The BNP facility was effected through a committed facility agreement by and between Burholme Funding and BNPP, or the committed facility agreement, a U.S. PB agreement by and between Burholme Funding and BNPP, and a special custody and pledge agreement by and among Burholme Funding, BNPP and State Street, as custodian, each dated as of October 17, 2014, and which are collectively referred to herein as the BNP financing agreements.

We may contribute securities to Burholme Funding from time to time, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the committed facility agreement, and will retain a residual interest in any securities contributed through our ownership of Burholme Funding or will receive fair market value for any securities sold to Burholme Funding. Burholme Funding may purchase additional securities from various sources. Burholme Funding has appointed us to manage its portfolio of securities pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement. Burholme Funding’s obligations to BNPP under the BNP facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Burholme Funding, including its portfolio of securities. Such pledged portfolio of securities is held in a segregated custody account with State Street. The value of securities required to be pledged by Burholme Funding is determined in accordance with the margin requirements described in the BNP financing agreements. The obligations of Burholme Funding under the BNP facility are non-recourse to us, and our exposure under the BNP facility is limited to the value of our investment in Burholme Funding.

Borrowings under the BNP facility accrue interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.10% per annum. Interest is payable monthly in arrears. Burholme Funding will be required to pay a non-usage fee of 0.55% per annum to the extent the aggregate principal amount available under the BNP facility has not been utilized. Burholme Funding may terminate the committed facility agreement upon 270 days’ notice. Absent a default or facility termination event (or the ratings decline described in the following sentence), BNPP is required to provide Burholme Funding with 270 days’ notice prior to terminating or materially amending the committed facility agreement. BNPP has a cancellation right if BNP Paribas’ long-term credit rating declines three or more notches below its highest rating by any of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch Ratings, Inc., during the term of the BNP facility. Upon any such termination, BNPP is required to pay Burholme Funding a fee equal to 0.50% of the maximum amount of financing available on the termination date. Burholme Funding paid an arrangement fee and incurred certain other customary costs and expenses in connection with obtaining the BNP facility.

In connection with the BNP facility, Burholme Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The BNP financing agreements contain the following customary events of default and termination events, among others: (a) the occurrence of a default or similar condition under certain third-party contracts of ours or Burholme Funding; (b) any change in BNPP’s interpretation of applicable law that, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to BNPP, has the effect of impeding or prohibiting the BNP facility; (c) certain events of insolvency or bankruptcy by us or Burholme Funding; (d) specified material reductions in our or Burholme Funding’s net asset value; (e) any change in our fundamental or material investment policies; and (f) the termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement or if FSIC III Advisor

 

87


Table of Contents

otherwise ceases to act as our investment adviser and is not immediately replaced by an affiliate or other investment adviser acceptable to BNPP.

Under the terms of the BNP financing agreements, BNPP has the ability to borrow a portion of the pledged collateral, or collectively, the rehypothecated securities, subject to certain limits. Burholme Funding will receive a fee from BNPP in connection with any rehypothecated securities. Burholme Funding may designate any security within the pledged collateral as ineligible to be a rehypothecated security, provided there are eligible securities within the segregated custody account in an amount equal to the outstanding borrowings owed by Burholme Funding to BNPP. Burholme Funding may recall any rehypothecated security at any time, and BNPP must return such security or equivalent security within a commercially reasonable period. In the event BNPP does not return the security, Burholme Funding will have the right to, among other things, apply and set off an amount equal to 100% of the then-current fair market value of such unreturned rehypothecated security against any outstanding borrowings owed to BNPP under the BNP financing agreements. Rehypothecated securities are marked-to-market daily and if the value of all rehypothecated securities exceeds 100% of the outstanding borrowings owed by Burholme Funding under the BNP financing agreements, BNPP may either reduce the amount of rehypothecated securities to eliminate such excess or deposit into the segregated custody account an amount of cash equal to such excess. Burholme Funding will continue to receive interest and the scheduled repayment of principal balances on rehypothecated securities.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $155,755 and $87,100, respectively, was outstanding under the BNP facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the BNP facility approximates its fair value. We incurred costs of $300 in connection with obtaining the facility, which we have recorded as deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheets and amortize to interest expense over the life of the facility. As of December 31, 2015, all of the deferred financing costs have been amortized to interest expense.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the components of total interest expense for the BNP facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Direct interest expense

   $         1,635       $         106   

Non-usage fees

     382         66   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     260         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 2,277       $ 212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the BNP facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $ 1,861      $ 59   

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $     112,589      $     64,736   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     1.87     1.42

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     1.77     2.18

 

(1) Interest under the BNP facility is payable monthly in arrears and commenced on November 18, 2014.

 

(2) Average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2014 are calculated for the period since we commenced borrowings thereunder to December 31, 2014.

Borrowings of Burholme Funding will be considered borrowings by us for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

 

88


Table of Contents

Deutsche Bank Credit Facility

On December 2, 2014, our wholly-owned, special-purpose financing subsidiary, Dunlap Funding LLC, or Dunlap Funding, entered into a revolving credit facility, or the Deutsche Bank credit facility, with Deutsche Bank, as administrative agent, each of the lenders and other agents from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the collateral agent and collateral custodian under the Deutsche Bank credit facility. On February 24, 2015, Dunlap Funding entered into an amendment to the Deutsche Bank credit facility to increase the aggregate principal amount of available borrowings under the Deutsche Bank credit facility to $150,000 from $100,000, and on March 24, 2015, Dunlap Funding entered into an amendment to the Deutsche Bank credit facility to increase the aggregate principal amount of available borrowings to $200,000 from $150,000 on a committed basis. On September 22, 2015, Dunlap Funding entered into an amendment to the Deutsche Bank credit facility to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of available borrowings to $250,000 from $200,000 on a committed basis and (ii) extend the term of the facility to September 22, 2019.

We may contribute assets to Dunlap Funding from time to time and will retain a residual interest in any assets contributed through our ownership of Dunlap Funding or will receive fair market value for any assets sold to Dunlap Funding. Dunlap Funding may purchase additional assets from various sources. Dunlap Funding has appointed us to manage its portfolio of assets pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement. Dunlap Funding’s obligations to Deutsche Bank under the Deutsche Bank credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Dunlap Funding, including its portfolio of assets. The obligations of Dunlap Funding under the Deutsche Bank credit facility are non-recourse to us, and our exposure under the Deutsche Bank credit facility is limited to the value of our investment in Dunlap Funding.

Pricing under the Deutsche Bank credit facility is based on LIBOR for a three-month interest period (for each committed lender) or the commercial paper rate of each conduit lender, plus, in each case, a spread of 2.25% per annum. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. Dunlap Funding will be subject to a non-usage fee of 0.50% per annum to the extent the aggregate principal amount available under the Deutsche Bank credit facility has not been borrowed. In addition, Dunlap Funding is subject to (i) a make-whole fee on a quarterly basis effectively equal to a portion of the spread that would have been payable if the full amount under the Deutsche Bank credit facility had been borrowed, less the non-usage fee accrued during such quarter and (ii) an administration fee. Any amounts borrowed under the Deutsche Bank credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on September 22, 2019. Dunlap Funding paid a structuring fee and incurred certain other customary costs and expenses in connection with obtaining the Deutsche Bank credit facility.

Borrowings under the Deutsche Bank credit facility are subject to compliance with a borrowing base, and the amount of funds advanced to Dunlap Funding varies depending upon the types of assets in Dunlap Funding’s portfolio.

The occurrence of certain events described as “Investment Manager Events of Default” in the loan financing and servicing agreement which governs the Deutsche Bank credit facility triggers (i) a requirement that Dunlap Funding obtain the consent of Deutsche Bank prior to entering into any transaction with respect to portfolio assets and (ii) the right of Deutsche Bank to direct Dunlap Funding to enter into transactions with respect to any portfolio assets, in each case in Deutsche Bank’s sole discretion. Investment Manager Events of Default include non-performance of any obligation under the transaction documents by us, and other events with respect to Dunlap Funding, us or GDFM, that are adverse to Deutsche Bank and the other secured parties under the Deutsche Bank credit facility.

In connection with the Deutsche Bank credit facility, Dunlap Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The Deutsche Bank credit facility contains events of default customary for similar financing transactions, including: (a) the failure to make principal or interest payments within two

 

89


Table of Contents

business days of when due; (b) the aggregate principal amount of the advances exceeds the borrowing base and is not cured within two business days; (c) the insolvency or bankruptcy of Dunlap Funding or us; (d) a change of control of Dunlap Funding; (e) the failure of Dunlap Funding to qualify as a bankruptcy-remote entity; and (f) the minimum equity condition contained in the Deutsche Bank credit facility is not satisfied and such condition is not cured within two business days. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, Deutsche Bank may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Deutsche Bank credit facility immediately due and payable. During the continuation of an event of default, Dunlap Funding must pay interest at a default rate.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $250,000 and $25,000, respectively, was outstanding under the Deutsche Bank credit facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the Deutsche Bank credit facility approximates its fair value. We incurred costs of $2,923 in connection with obtaining the facility, which we have recorded as deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheets and amortize to interest expense over the life of the facility. As of December 31, 2015, $2,314 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the components of total interest expense for the Deutsche Bank credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Direct interest expense

   $         4,385       $             27   

Non-usage and make whole fees (1)

     209         109   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     586         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 5,180       $ 159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Dunlap Funding was subject to a make whole fee for the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of the level of its utilization of the Deutsche Bank credit facility during such period and, accordingly, Dunlap Funding accrued such fee. Due to increased utilization of the Deutsche Bank credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2015, Dunlap Funding was not subject to the make whole fee during such period and, as a result, the accrual of such fee was reversed during the period.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the Deutsche Bank credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $ 3,282      $             —     

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $     153,833      $ 25,000   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage and administration fees) (3)

     2.79     4.98

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage and administration fees) (3)

     2.95     8.41

 

(1) Interest under the Deutsche Bank credit facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on December 18, 2014.

 

(2) Average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2014 are calculated for the period since we commenced borrowings thereunder to December 31, 2014.

 

(3) Excludes the effect of the make-whole fee. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded a make-whole fee of $54.

 

90


Table of Contents

Borrowings of Dunlap Funding will be considered borrowings by us for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

JPM Credit Facility

On May 8, 2015, our wholly-owned, special purpose financing subsidiary, Jefferson Square Funding, entered into a senior-secured term loan credit facility, or the JPM credit facility, with JPM, as administrative agent, each of the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, as collateral agent, and Virtus Group, LP as collateral administrator. On March 1, 2016, Jefferson Square Funding entered into an amendment with JPM to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of loans extended to Jefferson Square Funding under the JPM credit facility by $50,000 to $350,000, plus an option, with the consent of Jefferson Square Funding, JPM, as administrative agent, and the lenders at the time, to further increase the aggregate principal amount by an additional $50,000 prior to April 30, 2016 and (ii) increase the applicable interest rate from LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.50% to LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.6875%.

We may contribute cash, loans or bonds to Jefferson Square Funding from time to time, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the JPM credit facility, and will retain a residual interest in any assets contributed through our ownership of Jefferson Square Funding or will receive fair market value for any assets sold to Jefferson Square Funding. Jefferson Square Funding may purchase additional assets from various sources. Jefferson Square Funding has appointed us to manage its portfolio of assets pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement. Jefferson Square Funding’s obligations to JPM under the JPM credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Jefferson Square Funding, including its portfolio of assets. The obligations of Jefferson Square Funding under the JPM credit facility are non-recourse to us, and our exposure under the JPM credit facility is limited to the value of our investment in Jefferson Square Funding.

Borrowings under the JPM credit facility accrued interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum as of December 31, 2015. Interest is payable in arrears beginning on October 25, 2015 and each quarter thereafter. Between September 8, 2015 and November 10, 2015, Jefferson Square Funding was subject to a non-usage fee of 1.00% per annum to the extent the aggregate principal amount available under the JPM credit facility had not been borrowed. Any amounts borrowed under the JPM credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on May 8, 2019.

Borrowings under the JPM credit facility are subject to a compliance condition which will be satisfied at any given time if the outstanding advances to Jefferson Square Funding by the lenders minus the amount of principal and certain interest proceeds in Jefferson Square Funding’s accounts is less than or equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the net asset value of Jefferson Square Funding’s portfolio of assets.

In connection with the JPM credit facility, Jefferson Square Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The JPM credit facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including: (a) the failure to make principal payment when due or any other payments under the JPM credit facility within two business days of when due; (b) the insolvency or bankruptcy of Jefferson Square Funding or us; (c) a change of control of Jefferson Square Funding shall have occurred; (d) the transaction documents are amended in a manner materially adverse to JPM, as administrative agent, without JPM’s consent; and (e) GDFM or an affiliate thereof ceases to be our investment sub-adviser. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, JPM may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the JPM credit facility immediately due and payable.

The occurrence of events of default (as described above) or events defined as “Coverage Events” in the loan agreement governing the JPM credit facility triggers (i) a requirement that Jefferson Square Funding obtain the consent of JPM prior to entering into any sale or disposition with respect to portfolio assets and (ii) certain rights of JPM to direct Jefferson Square Funding to enter into sales or dispositions with respect to any portfolio assets, in each case, in JPM’s sole discretion.

 

91


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, $300,000 was outstanding under the JPM credit facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the JPM credit facility approximates its fair value. We incurred costs of $144 in connection with obtaining the JPM credit facility, which we have recorded as deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheets and amortize to interest expense over the life of the JPM credit facility. As of December 31, 2015, $125 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the components of total interest expense for the JPM credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,  2015
 

Direct interest expense

   $                 3,597   

Non-usage fees

     124   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     19   
  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 3,740   
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the JPM credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $                 1,947   

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $ 194,103   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     2.82

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     2.90

 

(1) Interest under the JPM credit facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on October 25, 2015.

 

(2) Average borrowings are calculated for the period since we commenced borrowing thereunder to December 31, 2015.

Borrowings of Jefferson Square Funding will be considered borrowings by us for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

Goldman Facility

On June 18, 2015, we, through two wholly-owned, special-purpose financing subsidiaries, Germantown Funding and Society Hill Funding, entered into a debt financing arrangement with Goldman pursuant to which up to $300,000 is available to us. We elected to structure the financing in the manner described more fully below in order to, among other things, obtain such financing at a lower cost than would be available through alternative arrangements.

We may sell and/or contribute assets to Germantown Funding from time to time pursuant to an Amended and Restated Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, between us and Germantown Funding, or the Sale and Contribution agreement. The assets held by Germantown Funding secure the obligations of Germantown Funding under Floating Rate Notes, or the Notes to be issued from time to time by Germantown Funding to Society Hill Funding pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2015, with Citibank, as trustee, or the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued by Germantown Funding from time to time is $500,000. Society Hill Funding will purchase the Notes to be issued by Germantown Funding from time to time at a purchase price equal to their par value.

Interest on the Notes under the Indenture will accrue at three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00% per annum. Principal and any unpaid interest on the Notes will be due and payable on the stated maturity date of October 15, 2027.

 

92


Table of Contents

Society Hill Funding, in turn, has entered into a repurchase transaction with Goldman, pursuant to the terms of a master repurchase agreement and the related annex and master confirmation thereto, each dated as of June 18, 2015 and effective as of July 15, 2015, or collectively, the Goldman facility. Pursuant to the Goldman facility, on one or more occasions beginning July 15, 2015 to, but excluding the date that is ten business days prior to, July 15, 2019, Goldman will purchase Notes held by Society Hill Funding for an aggregate purchase price equal to 60% of the principal amount of Notes purchased. Subject to certain conditions, the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased under the Goldman facility is $500,000. Accordingly, the aggregate maximum amount payable to Society Hill Funding under the Goldman facility will not exceed $300,000.

Society Hill Funding will repurchase the Notes sold to Goldman under the Goldman facility no later than July 15, 2019. The repurchase price paid by Society Hill Funding to Goldman will be equal to the purchase price paid by Goldman for the repurchased Notes, plus financing fees accrued at the applicable pricing rate under the Goldman facility. Up until November 15, 2015, financing fees were accrued on the aggregate purchase price paid by Goldman for such Notes. Thereafter, financing fees have accrued, and will continue to accrue, on $300,000 (even if the aggregate purchase price paid for Notes purchased by Goldman at that time is less than that amount), unless and until the outstanding amount is reduced in accordance with the terms of the Goldman facility. If the Goldman facility is accelerated prior to July 15, 2019 due to an event of default or the failure of Germantown Funding to commit to sell any underlying assets that become defaulted obligations within 30 days, then Society Hill Funding must pay to Goldman a fee equal to the present value of the aggregate amount of the financing fees that would have been payable to Goldman from the date of acceleration through July 15, 2019 had the acceleration not occurred. The financing fee under the Goldman facility is equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread of up to 2.50% per annum for the relevant period.

Goldman may require Society Hill Funding to post cash collateral if the market value of the Notes (measured by reference to the market value of Germantown Funding’s portfolio of assets), together with any posted cash collateral, is less than the required margin amount under the Goldman facility; provided, however, that Society Hill Funding will not be required to post cash collateral with Goldman until such market value has declined at least 10% from the initial market value of the Notes. In addition, if the market value of any underlying asset held in Germantown Funding’s portfolio of assets is less than 70% of the initial market value of such underlying asset, Goldman may require Society Hill Funding to post additional cash collateral in an amount equal to 15% of the outstanding principal balance of such underlying asset. In each such event, in order to satisfy these requirements, Society Hill Funding intends to borrow funds from us pursuant to an Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, between Society Hill Funding, as borrower, and us, as lender, or the Revolving Credit Agreement. We may, in our sole discretion, make such loans from time to time to Society Hill Funding pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement may not exceed $300,000 and will accrue interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus a spread of 0.75% per annum.

Under the Goldman facility, Society Hill Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar transactions. The Goldman facility contains events of default customary for similar financing transactions, including: (a) failure to transfer the Notes to Goldman on the applicable purchase date or repurchase the Notes from Goldman on the applicable repurchase date; (b) failure to pay certain fees and make-whole amounts when due; (c) failure to post cash collateral as required; (d) the occurrence of insolvency events with respect to Society Hill Funding; and (e) the admission by Society Hill Funding of its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of its obligations under the Goldman facility.

In connection with the Notes and the Indenture, Germantown Funding also entered into (i) an Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement with us, as investment manager, dated as of June 18, 2015 (the “Management Agreement”), pursuant to which we will manage the assets of Germantown Funding; and (ii) a Collateral Administration Agreement with Virtus Group, LP or Virtus, as collateral administrator, dated as of June 18, 2015, pursuant to which Virtus will perform certain administrative services with respect to the assets of Germantown Funding.

 

93


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $482,000 had been purchased by Society Hill Funding from Germantown Funding and subsequently sold to Goldman under the Goldman facility for aggregate proceeds of $289,200. Society Hill Funding intends to enter into additional repurchase transactions under the Goldman facility with respect to the remaining $18,000 in principal amount of Notes (assuming Germantown Funding issues the maximum amount of Notes). The carrying amount outstanding under the Goldman facility approximates its fair value. We funded each purchase of the Notes by Society Hill Funding through a capital contribution to Society Hill Funding. As of December 31, 2015, Society Hill Funding’s liability under the Goldman facility was $289,200, plus $1,714 of accrued interest expense. The Notes issued by Germantown Funding and purchased by Society Hill Funding eliminate in consolidation on our financial statements.

As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of assets held by Germantown Funding was $570,514.

We incurred costs of $1,590 in connection with obtaining the Goldman facility, which we have recorded as deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheets and amortize to interest expense over the life of the Goldman facility. As of December 31, 2015, $1,408 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the components of total interest expense for the Goldman facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Direct interest expense

   $                 1,714   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     182   
  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 1,896   
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the Goldman facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $                 —     

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $ 200,553   

Effective interest rate on borrowings

     2.87

Weighted average interest rate

     3.27

 

(1) Interest under the Goldman facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on January 15, 2016.

 

(2) Average borrowings are calculated for the period since we commenced borrowing thereunder to December 31, 2015.

Borrowings under the Goldman facility will be considered borrowings by us for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

Capital One Credit Facility

On August 13, 2015, our wholly-owned, special purpose financing subsidiary, Chestnut Hill Funding LLC, or Chestnut Hill Funding, entered into a revolving credit facility, or the Capital One credit facility, with Capital One, National Association, or Capital One, as administrative agent, hedge counterparty, lead arranger and sole bookrunner, each of the conduit lenders and institutional lenders from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent, account bank and collateral custodian under the Capital One credit facility. The Capital One credit facility provides for borrowings in an aggregate principal amount up to $150,000 on a committed basis.

 

94


Table of Contents

We may contribute cash or loans to Chestnut Hill Funding from time to time and will retain a residual interest in any assets contributed through our ownership of Chestnut Hill Funding or will receive fair market value for any assets sold to Chestnut Hill Funding. Chestnut Hill Funding may purchase additional assets from various sources. Chestnut Hill Funding has appointed us to manage its portfolio of assets pursuant to the terms of a collateral management agreement. Chestnut Hill Funding’s obligations to Capital One under the Capital One credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Chestnut Hill Funding, including its portfolio of assets. The obligations of Chestnut Hill Funding under the Capital One credit facility are non-recourse to us, and our exposure under the Capital One credit facility is limited to the value of our investment in Chestnut Hill Funding.

Borrowings under the Capital One credit facility accrue interest at a rate equal to LIBOR for each 1-month, 2-month or 3-month interest period, as elected by Chestnut Hill Funding, in each case plus an applicable spread ranging between 1.75% and 2.50% per annum, depending on the composition of the portfolio of assets for the relevant period. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. Chestnut Hill Funding will be subject to (a) a non-usage fee to the extent it has not borrowed the aggregate principal amount available under the Capital One credit facility and (b) beginning February 13, 2016, a make-whole fee to the extent it has borrowed less than 60% of the aggregate principal amount available under the Capital One credit facility. Any amounts borrowed under the Capital One credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on August 13, 2020.

Borrowings under the Capital One credit facility are subject to compliance with a borrowing base, pursuant to which the amount of funds advanced to Chestnut Hill Funding varies depending upon the types of assets in Chestnut Hill Funding’s portfolio.

In connection with the Capital One credit facility, Chestnut Hill Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The Capital One credit facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including: (a) the failure to make principal, interest or other payments after any applicable grace period; (b) a cross-default to other indebtedness of Chestnut Hill Funding or us; (c) the occurrence of a bankruptcy event with respect to us, Chestnut Hill Funding, FSIC III Advisor or GDFM; (d) our failure to maintain an asset coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 2:1; (e) our failure to have a net asset value of at least $200,000; (f) a borrowing base deficiency that is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Capital One credit facility; (g) a change of control; (h) the resignation or removal of FSIC III Advisor, GDFM or us as collateral manager; and (i) the failure of Chestnut Hill Funding to maintain a trailing six-months interest coverage ratio of at least 1.5:1. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, Capital One and/or the requisite lenders may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Capital One credit facility immediately due and payable. During the continuation of an event of default, Chestnut Hill Funding must pay interest at a default rate.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of certain events described as “Facility Amortization Events” in the loan and security agreement governing the Capital One credit facility, Capital One and/or the requisite lenders may elect to suspend Chestnut Hill Funding’s right to borrow under the Capital One credit facility and apply all income on Chestnut Hill Funding’s portfolio assets to prepay the outstanding principal amount under the Capital One credit facility.

As of December 31, 2015, $94,700 was outstanding under the Capital One credit facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the Capital One credit facility approximates its fair value. We incurred costs of $1,382 in connection with obtaining the Capital One credit facility, which we have recorded as deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheets and amortize to interest expense over the life of the Capital One credit facility. As of December 31, 2015, $1,277 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

 

95


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the components of total interest expense for the Capital One credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Direct interest expense

   $                     412   

Non-usage fees

     136   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     105   
  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 653   
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the Capital One credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $ —     

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $                 53,034   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     3.13

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     4.00

 

(1) Interest under the Capital One credit facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on January 15, 2016.

 

(2) Average borrowings are calculated for the period since we commenced borrowing thereunder to December 31, 2015.

Borrowings of Chestnut Hill Funding will be considered borrowings by us for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

RIC Status and Distributions

We have elected to be subject to tax as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, make distributions of an amount at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for distributions paid, each tax year. As long as the distributions are declared by the later of the fifteenth day of the ninth month following the close of a tax year or the due date of the tax return for such tax year, including extensions, distributions paid up to twelve months after the current tax year can be carried back to the prior tax year for determining the distributions paid in such tax year. We intend to make sufficient distributions to our stockholders to qualify for and maintain our RIC tax status each tax year. We are also subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise taxes on certain undistributed income unless we make distributions in a timely manner to our stockholders generally of an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income, which is the excess of capital gains in excess of capital losses, or “capital gain net income” (adjusted for certain ordinary losses), for the one-year period ending October 31 of that calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for the preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. Any distribution declared by us during October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following calendar year, will be treated as if it had been paid by us, as well as received by our U.S. stockholders, on December 31 of the calendar year in which the distribution was declared. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions. If we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our first distribution was declared for stockholders of record as of April 8, 2014. Subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors, we currently intend to declare regular cash distributions on a weekly or monthly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. We will calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the period using record and declaration dates and each stockholder’s distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept such stockholder’s subscription for shares of our common stock. From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of our common stock at the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any future distributions to stockholders are subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors.

During certain periods, our distributions may exceed our earnings. As a result, it is possible that a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital. A return of capital generally is a return of a stockholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities and will be made after deducting the fees and expenses payable in connection with our continuous public offering, including any fees payable to FSIC III Advisor. Each year a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the sources of the distributions will be mailed to our stockholders. No portion of the distributions paid during the tax years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 represented a return of capital.

We intend to continue to make our regular distributions in the form of cash, out of assets legally available for distribution, unless stockholders elect to receive their cash distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. Any distributions reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to a U.S. stockholder.

The following table reflects the cash distributions per share that we declared and paid on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Distribution  

For the Year Ended December 31,

   Per Share      Amount  

2014

   $ 0.5249       $ 21,526   

2015

   $ 0.7000       $ 118,228   

On November 9, 2015 and March 7, 2016, our board of directors declared regular weekly cash distributions for January 2016 through March 2016 and April 2016 through June 2016, respectively, each in the amount of $0.013461 per share. These distributions have been or will be paid monthly to stockholders of record as of weekly record dates previously determined by our board of directors.

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our stockholders. As a result, if we make a cash distribution, our stockholders will receive the distribution in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. However, certain state authorities or regulators may impose restrictions from time to time that may prevent or limit a stockholder’s ability to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan.

Under the distribution reinvestment plan, cash distributions to participating stockholders are reinvested in additional shares of our common stock at a purchase price equal to 90% of what the public offering price per share would have been as of the date of issuance had we not closed the IBD Channel in February 2016 (which price is equal to the Institutional offering price on the date of issuance). Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders who elect to participate in our distribution reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes. Stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares of common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of our shares of common stock.

We may fund our cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds legally available to us, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the

 

97


Table of Contents

sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets and dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from available sources to make distributions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all.

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from our offering proceeds or borrowings. For a period of time following commencement of our continuous public offering, which time period may be significant, substantial portions of our distributions have been, and may in the future, be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by FSIC III Advisor, that are subject to repayment by us within three years. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees are not based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or Franklin Square Holdings continues to make such reimbursements or waivers of such fees. Our future repayments of amounts reimbursed or waived by Franklin Square Holdings or its affiliates will reduce the distributions that stockholders would otherwise receive in the future. Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods. No portion of the distributions paid during the year ended December 31, 2015 was funded through the reimbursement of operating expenses by Franklin Square Holdings. For the year ended December 31, 2014, if Franklin Square Holdings had not reimbursed certain of our expenses, approximately 16% of the aggregate amount of distributions paid during such period would have been funded from offering proceeds or borrowings.

The following table reflects the sources of the cash distributions on a tax basis that we have paid on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Source of Distribution

   Distribution
Amount
     Percentage     Distribution
Amount
     Percentage  

Offering proceeds

   $         —                   —        $         —                   —     

Borrowings

     —           —          —           —     

Net investment income (prior to expense reimbursement) (1)

     118,228         100     17,970         84

Short-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets

     —           —          87         0

Long-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets

     —           —          —           —     

Non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets

     —           —          —           —     

Distributions on account of preferred and common equity

     —           —          —           —     

Expense reimbursement from sponsor

     —           —          3,469         16
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 118,228         100   $ 21,526         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, 94.1% and 98.3%, respectively, of our gross investment income was attributable to cash income earned, 4.4% and 1.7%, respectively, was attributable to non-cash accretion of discount and 1.5% and 0.0%, respectively, was attributable to PIK interest.

Our net investment income on a tax basis for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $127,179 and $21,439, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had $8,951 and $0, respectively, of undistributed net investment income on a tax basis.

See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our distributions for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

98


Table of Contents

The difference between our GAAP-basis net investment income and our tax-basis net investment income is primarily due to the tax-basis deferral and amortization of organization costs incurred prior to the commencement of our investment operations, the reclassification of unamortized original issue discount and prepayment fees recognized upon prepayment of loans from income for GAAP purposes to realized gains for tax purposes, the reversal of non-deductible excise taxes, the inclusion of a portion of the periodic net settlement payments due on our TRS in tax-basis net investment income and the accretion of discount on the TRS.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between GAAP-basis net investment income and tax-basis net investment income during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

GAAP-basis net investment income

   $ 110,367      $         18,994   

Tax-basis deferral and amortization of organization costs

     (17     51   

Reclassification of unamortized original issue discount and prepayment fees

     (766     (19

Excise taxes

     95        —     

Tax-basis net investment income portion of total return swap payments

             14,508        2,046   

Accretion of discount on total return swap

     1,645        359   

Other miscellaneous differences

     1,347        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-basis net investment income

   $ 127,179      $ 21,439   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

We may make certain adjustments to the classification of stockholders’ equity as a result of permanent book-to-tax differences. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we increased accumulated distributions in excess of net investment income by $14,689 and reduced capital in excess of par value and accumulated undistributed net realized gains on investments and total return swap by $115 and $14,574, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we increased accumulated distributions in excess of net investment income by $2,035 and reduced capital in excess of par value and accumulated undistributed net realized gains on investments and total return swap by $8 and $2,027, respectively.

The determination of the tax attributes of our distributions is made annually as of the end of our fiscal year based upon our taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. The actual tax characteristics of distributions to stockholders are reported to stockholders annually on Form 1099-DIV.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the components of accumulated earnings on a tax basis were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Distributable ordinary income (income and short-term capital gains)

   $               8,951      $                 —     

Unamortized organization costs

     (223     (240

Capital loss carryover (1)

     (24,037     —     

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and total return swap (2)

     (218,419     (28,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (233,728   $ (28,851
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Under the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010, net capital losses recognized for tax years beginning after December 22, 2010, may be carried forward indefinitely, and their character is retained as short-term or long-term losses. As of December 31, 2015, we had short-term and long-term capital loss carryforwards available to offset future realized capital gains of $22,515 and $1,522, respectively.

 

(2) As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the gross unrealized appreciation on our investments and TRS was $4,582 and $8,892, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the gross unrealized depreciation on our investments and TRS was $223,001 and $37,503, respectively.

 

99


Table of Contents

The aggregate cost of our investments, including the accretion of discount on the TRS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes totaled $2,937,122 and $719,048 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The aggregate net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on a tax basis, including our TRS, was $(218,419) and $(28,611) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Critical accounting policies are those that require the application of management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often because of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and that may change in subsequent periods. In preparing the financial statements, management has made estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. In preparing the financial statements, management has utilized available information, including our past history, industry standards and the current economic environment, among other factors, in forming its estimates and judgments, giving due consideration to materiality. Actual results may differ from these estimates. In addition, other companies may utilize different estimates, which may impact the comparability of our results of operations to those of companies in similar businesses. As we execute our operating plans, we will describe additional critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements in addition to those discussed below.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

We determine the net asset value of our investment portfolio each quarter. Securities are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. In connection with that determination, FSIC III Advisor provides our board of directors with portfolio company valuations which are based on relevant inputs, including, but not limited to, indicative dealer quotes, values of like securities, recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts, and valuations prepared by independent third-party valuation services.

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure , or ASC Topic 820, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, clarifies the definition of fair value and requires companies to expand their disclosure about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial recognition. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, we undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

our quarterly fair valuation process begins with FSIC III Advisor’s management team reviewing and documenting valuations of each portfolio company or investment, which valuations may be obtained from an independent third-party valuation service, if applicable;

 

   

FSIC III Advisor’s management team then provides the valuation committee with the preliminary valuations for each portfolio company or investment;

 

   

preliminary valuations are then discussed with the valuation committee;

 

100


Table of Contents
   

the valuation committee reviews the preliminary valuations and FSIC III Advisor’s management team, together with our independent third-party valuation services, if applicable, supplement the preliminary valuations to reflect any comments provided by the valuation committee;

 

   

following its review, the valuation committee will recommend that our board of directors approve our fair valuations; and

 

   

our board of directors discusses the valuations and determines the fair value of each such investment in our portfolio in good faith based on various statistical and other factors, including the input and recommendation of FSIC III Advisor, the valuation committee and any independent third-party valuation services, if applicable.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our consolidated financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations and any change in such valuations on our consolidated financial statements. In making its determination of fair value, our board of directors may use any approved independent third-party pricing or valuation services. However, our board of directors is not required to determine fair value in accordance with the valuation provided by any single source, and may use any relevant data, including information obtained from FSIC III Advisor or any approved independent third-party valuation or pricing service that our board of directors deems to be reliable in determining fair value under the circumstances. Below is a description of factors that FSIC III Advisor’s management team, any approved independent third-party valuation services and our board of directors may consider when determining the fair value of our investments.

Valuation of fixed income investments, such as loans and debt securities, depends upon a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates for like securities, expected volatility in future interest rates, call features, put features and other relevant terms of the debt. For investments without readily available market prices, we may incorporate these factors into discounted cash flow models to arrive at fair value. Other factors that may be considered include the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, the fair market value of the borrower in relation to the face amount of its outstanding debt and the quality of collateral securing our debt investments.

For convertible debt securities, fair value generally approximates the fair value of the debt plus the fair value of an option to purchase the underlying security (i.e., the security into which the debt may convert) at the conversion price. To value such an option, a standard option pricing model may be used.

Our equity interests in portfolio companies for which there is no liquid public market are valued at fair value. Our board of directors, in its determination of fair value, may consider various factors, such as multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. All of these factors may be subject to adjustments based upon the particular circumstances of a portfolio company or our actual investment position. For example, adjustments to EBITDA may take into account compensation to previous owners or acquisition, recapitalization, restructuring or other related items.

FSIC III Advisor’s management team, any approved independent third-party valuation services and our board of directors may also consider private merger and acquisition statistics, public trading multiples discounted for illiquidity and other factors, valuations implied by third-party investments in the portfolio companies or industry practices in determining fair value. FSIC III Advisor’s management team, any approved independent third-party valuation services and our board of directors may also consider the size and scope of a portfolio company and its specific strengths and weaknesses, and may apply discounts or premiums, where and as appropriate, due to the higher (or lower) financial risk and/or the smaller size of portfolio companies relative to comparable firms, as well as such other factors as our board of directors, in consultation with FSIC III Advisor’s management team and any approved independent third-party valuation services, if applicable, may consider relevant in assessing fair value. Generally, the value of our equity interests in public companies for which market quotations are readily available is based upon the most recent closing public market price. Portfolio securities that carry certain restrictions on sale are typically valued at a discount from the public market value of the security.

 

101


Table of Contents

When we receive warrants or other equity securities at nominal or no additional cost in connection with an investment in a debt security, the cost basis in the investment will be allocated between the debt securities and any such warrants or other equity securities received at the time of origination. Our board of directors subsequently values these warrants or other equity securities received at their fair value.

The fair values of our investments are determined in good faith by our board of directors. Our board of directors is solely responsible for the valuation of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to our valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process. Our board of directors has delegated day-to-day responsibility for implementing our valuation policy to FSIC III Advisor’s management team, and has authorized FSIC III Advisor’s management team to utilize independent third-party valuation and pricing services that have been approved by our board of directors. The valuation committee is responsible for overseeing FSIC III Advisor’s implementation of the valuation process.

Our investments as of December 31, 2015 consisted primarily of debt investments that were acquired directly from the issuer. Forty senior secured loan investments, two senior secured bond investments and seven subordinated debt investments, for which broker quotes were not available, were valued by independent valuation firms, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, prevailing interest rates for like investments, expected cash flows, call features, anticipated prepayments and other relevant terms of the investments. All of our equity/other investments were also valued by independent valuation firms, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, contractual rights ascribed to such investments, as well as various income scenarios and multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. Two senior secured loan investments, which were newly issued and purchased near December 31, 2015, were valued at cost, as our board of directors determined that the cost of each such investment was the best indication of its fair value. Except as described above, we valued our other investments by using the midpoint of the prevailing bid and ask prices from dealers on the date of the relevant period end, which were provided by independent third-party pricing services and screened for validity by such services.

Our investments as of December 31, 2014 consisted primarily of debt investments that were traded on a private over-the-counter market for institutional investors. Twelve senior secured loan investments and two subordinated debt investments, for which broker quotes were not available, were valued by an independent valuation firm, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, prevailing interest rates for like investments, expected cash flows, call features, anticipated prepayments and other relevant terms of the investments. Except as described below, all of our equity/other investments were valued by the same independent valuation firm, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, contractual rights ascribed to such investments, as well as various income scenarios and multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. Three senior secured loan investments, one collateralized security and one equity/other investment, each of which were newly issued and purchased near December 31, 2014, were valued at cost, as our board of directors determined that the cost of each such investment was the best indication of its fair value. Except as described above, we valued our other investments by using the midpoint of the prevailing bid and ask prices from dealers on the date of the relevant period end, which were provided by an independent third-party pricing service and screened for validity by such service.

We value the TRS in accordance with the TRS Agreement. Pursuant to the TRS Agreement, the value of the TRS is based on the increase or decrease in the value of the loans underlying the TRS, together with accrued interest income, interest expense and certain other expenses incurred under the TRS. The loans underlying the TRS are valued by Citibank. Citibank bases its valuation on the indicative bid prices provided by an independent third-party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that market participants may be willing to pay. These valuations are sent to us for review and testing. Our valuation committee and board of directors review and approve the value of the TRS, as well as the value of the loans underlying the TRS, on a quarterly basis as part of their quarterly determination of net asset value. To the extent our valuation committee or board of directors has

 

102


Table of Contents

any questions or concerns regarding the valuation of the loans underlying the TRS, such valuation is discussed or challenged pursuant to the terms of the TRS Agreement. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information on the TRS.

We periodically benchmark the bid and ask prices we receive from the third-party pricing services and/or dealers, as applicable, against the actual prices at which we purchase and sell our investments. Based on the results of the benchmark analysis and the experience of our management in purchasing and selling these investments, we believe that these prices are reliable indicators of fair value. However, because of the private nature of this marketplace (meaning actual transactions are not publicly reported), we believe that these valuation inputs are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. We may also use other methods, including the use of an independent valuation firm, to determine fair value for securities for which we cannot obtain prevailing bid and ask prices through third-party pricing services or independent dealers, or where our board of directors otherwise determines that the use of such other methods is appropriate. We periodically benchmark the valuations provided by the independent valuation firms against the actual prices at which we purchase and sell our investments. The valuation committee and our board of directors reviewed and approved the valuation determinations made with respect to these investments in a manner consistent with our valuation policy.

Revenue Recognition

Security transactions are accounted for on the trade date. We record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. We record dividend income on the ex-dividend date. We do not accrue as a receivable interest or dividends on loans and securities if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such income. Our policy is to place investments on non-accrual status when there is reasonable doubt that interest income will be collected. We consider many factors relevant to an investment when placing it on or removing it from non-accrual status including, but not limited to, the delinquency status of the investment, economic and business conditions, the overall financial condition of the underlying investment, the value of the underlying collateral, bankruptcy status, if any, and any other facts or circumstances relevant to the investment. If there is reasonable doubt that we will receive any previously accrued interest, then the interest income will be written-off. Payments received on non-accrual investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon the collectability of the remaining principal and interest. Non-accrual investments may be restored to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are likely to remain current based on our judgment.

Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount are capitalized and we amortize such amounts as interest income over the respective term of the loan or security. Upon the prepayment of a loan or security, any unamortized loan origination fees and original issue discount are recorded as interest income. Structuring and other non-recurring upfront fees are recorded as fee income when earned. We record prepayment premiums on loans and securities as fee income when we receive such amounts.

Net Realized Gains or Losses, Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation and Net Change in Unrealized Gains or Losses on Foreign Currency

Gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated by using the specific identification method. We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized fees. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses when gains or losses are realized. Net change in unrealized gains or losses on foreign currency reflects the change in the value of receivables or accruals during the reporting period due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

103


Table of Contents

Capital Gains Incentive Fee

Pursuant to the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the incentive fee on capital gains is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of such agreement). Such fee will equal 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains (i.e., our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. On a quarterly basis, we accrue for the capital gains incentive fee by calculating such fee as if it were due and payable as of the end of such period.

While the investment advisory and administrative services agreement neither includes nor contemplates the inclusion of unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee, pursuant to an interpretation of an American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid for investment companies, we include unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee expense and related accrued capital gains incentive fee. This accrual reflects the incentive fees that would be payable to FSIC III Advisor if our entire portfolio was liquidated at its fair value as of the balance sheet date even though FSIC III Advisor is not entitled to an incentive fee with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized.

Based on an interpretation of the applicable language in the Advisers Act by the staff of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC, we “look through” our TRS (which is described more fully in “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Citibank Total Return Swap”) in calculating the capital gains incentive fee. Under this “look through” methodology, the portion of the net settlement payments received by us pursuant to the TRS which would have represented net investment income to us had we held the loans underlying the TRS directly is treated as net investment income subject to the subordinated incentive fee on income payable to FSIC III Advisor pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, rather than as realized capital gains in accordance with GAAP, and any unrealized depreciation on individual loans underlying the TRS further reduces the capital gains incentive fee payable to FSIC III Advisor with respect to realized gains. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K for a discussion of the TRS.

Subordinated Income Incentive Fee

Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, FSIC III Advisor may also be entitled to receive a subordinated incentive fee on income. The subordinated incentive fee on income, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of our “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter and is subject to a hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on adjusted capital equal to 1.875% per quarter, or an annualized hurdle rate of 7.5%. For purposes of this fee, “adjusted capital” means cumulative gross proceeds generated from sales of our common stock (including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan) reduced for amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program. As a result, FSIC III Advisor will not earn this part of the incentive fee for any quarter until our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter exceeds the hurdle rate of 1.875%. Once our pre-incentive fee net investment income in any quarter exceeds the hurdle rate, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to a “catch-up” fee equal to the amount of the pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, until our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter equals 2.34375%, or 9.375% annually, of adjusted capital. Thereafter, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive 20.0% of pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Organization Costs

Organization costs include, among other things, the cost of incorporating, including the cost of legal services and other fees pertaining to our organization. These costs are expensed as incurred. See also “—Related Party Transactions.”

 

104


Table of Contents

Offering Costs

Offering costs primarily include, among other things, marketing expenses and printing, legal and due diligence fees and other costs pertaining to our continuous public offering of shares of our common stock. We have charged offering costs against capital in excess of par value on the consolidated balance sheet. See also “—Related Party Transactions.”

Uncertainty in Income Taxes

We evaluate our tax positions to determine if the tax positions taken meet the minimum recognition threshold in connection with accounting for uncertainties in income tax positions taken or expected to be taken for the purposes of measuring and recognizing tax benefits or liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. Recognition of a tax benefit or liability with respect to an uncertain tax position is required only when the position is “more likely than not” to be sustained assuming examination by taxing authorities. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax liabilities as income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we did not incur any interest or penalties.

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into an agreement with FSIC III Advisor to provide us with investment advisory and administrative services. Payments for investment advisory services under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement are equal to (a) an annual base management fee based on the average weekly value of our gross assets and (b) an incentive fee based on our performance. FSIC III Advisor, and to the extent it is required to provide such services, GDFM, are reimbursed for administrative expenses and/or organization and offering costs incurred on our behalf, as applicable. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included herein and “—Related Party Transactions—Compensation of the Investment Adviser and Dealer Manager” for a discussion of this agreement and for the amount of fees and expenses accrued under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we incurred $39,493 and $6,323, respectively, in base management fees and $2,045 and $435, respectively, in administrative services expenses under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement. In addition, FSIC III Advisor is eligible to receive incentive fees based on the performance of our portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we accrued a subordinated incentive fee on income of $20,222 and $0, respectively, based on the performance of our portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid FSIC III Advisor $8,397 in subordinated incentive fee on income. As of December 31, 2015, a subordinated incentive fee on income of $11,825 was payable to FSIC III Advisor. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not accrue any capital gains incentive fees based on the performance of our portfolio, and we did not pay any capital gains incentive fees to FSIC III Advisor during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not have any accrued capital gains incentive fees.

A summary of our significant contractual payment obligations related to the repayment of our outstanding indebtedness at December 31, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less than 1 year      1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5 years  

BNP Facility (1)

   $ 155,755       $         155,755         —           —           —     

Deutsche Bank Credit Facility (2)

   $ 250,000         —           —         $ 250,000         —     

JPM Credit Facility (3)

   $ 300,000         —           —         $ 300,000         —     

Goldman Facility (4)

   $ 289,200       $ 289,200         —           —           —     

Capital One Credit Facility (5)

   $ 94,700         —           —         $ 94,700         —     

 

105


Table of Contents

 

(1) At December 31, 2015, $44,245 remained unused under the BNP facility. The BNP facility generally is terminable upon 270 days’ notice by either party. As of December 31, 2015, neither Burholme Funding nor BNPP had provided notice of its intent to terminate the facility.

 

(2) At December 31, 2015, $0 remained unused under the Deutsche Bank credit facility. Amounts outstanding under the Deutsche Bank credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on September 22, 2019.

 

(3) At December 31, 2015, $0 remained unused under the JPM credit facility. Amounts outstanding under the JPM credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on May 8, 2019.

 

(4) At December 31, 2015, $10,800 remained unused under the Goldman facility. Amounts outstanding under the Goldman facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on July 15, 2019.

 

(5) At December 31, 2015, $55,300 remained unused under the Capital One credit facility. Amounts outstanding under the Capital One credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on August 13, 2020.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We currently have no off-balance sheet arrangements, including any risk management of commodity pricing or other hedging practices.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest, or ASU 2015-03, to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs in the financial statements. Under existing guidance, debt issuance costs are recognized as a deferred charge and presented as an asset on the balance sheet. The amendments to the guidance require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized liability for indebtedness be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that liability, consistent with debt discounts. In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest , or ASU 2015-15, to update the guidance to include SEC staff views regarding the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. Given the absence of authoritative guidance within ASU 2015-03 for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC has indicated that it would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by the amendments to the guidance. The amendments to the FASB codification guidance are to be applied retrospectively with applicable disclosures for a change in accounting principle upon transition. For public entities, the amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We are currently assessing the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

Related Party Transactions

Compensation of the Investment Adviser and Dealer Manager

Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, FSIC III Advisor is entitled to an annual base management fee of 2.0% of the average weekly value of our gross assets and an incentive fee based on our performance. We commenced accruing fees under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement on April 2, 2014, upon commencement of our investment operations. Management fees are paid on a quarterly basis in arrears. FSIC III Advisor has agreed, effective one year following the IBD Channel closing, to waive a portion of the base management fee so that the fee received equals 1.75% of our average weekly gross assets.

 

106


Table of Contents

The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of our “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter and is subject to a hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on adjusted capital, equal to 1.875% per quarter, or an annualized hurdle rate of 7.5%. For purposes of this fee, “adjusted capital” means cumulative gross proceeds generated from sales of our common stock (including proceeds from our distribution reinvestment plan) reduced for amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program. As a result, FSIC III Advisor will not earn this incentive fee for any quarter until our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter exceeds the hurdle rate of 1.875%. Once our pre-incentive fee net investment income in any quarter exceeds the hurdle rate, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to a “catch-up” fee equal to the amount of the pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, until our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter equals 2.34375%, or 9.375% annually, of adjusted capital. This “catch-up” feature allows FSIC III Advisor to recoup the fees foregone as a result of the existence of the hurdle rate. Thereafter, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

The second part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains, is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement). This fee equals 20.0% of our incentive fee capital gains (i.e., our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. We accrue for the capital gains incentive fee, which, if earned, is paid annually. We accrue the capital gains incentive fee based on net realized and unrealized gains; however, under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the fee payable to FSIC III Advisor is based on realized gains and no such fee is payable with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Capital Gains Incentive Fee” for a discussion of the treatment of the TRS with respect to the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee.

We reimburse FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to our administration and operations, including FSIC III Advisor’s allocable portion of the compensation and related expenses of certain personnel of Franklin Square Holdings, our sponsor and an affiliate of FSIC III Advisor, providing administrative services to us on behalf of FSIC III Advisor. The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that we estimate we would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor allocates the cost of such services to us based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Our board of directors reviews the methodology employed in determining how the expenses are allocated to us and the proposed allocation of administrative expenses among us and certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor. Our board of directors then assesses the reasonableness of such reimbursements for expenses allocated to us based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to us of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, our board of directors considers whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, our board of directors compares the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of our net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs. We do not reimburse FSIC III Advisor for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of FSIC III Advisor.

Under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, we, either directly or through reimbursement to FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates, are responsible for our organization and offering costs in an amount up to 1.5% of gross proceeds raised in our continuous public offering. Organization and offering costs primarily include legal, accounting, printing and other expenses relating to our continuous public offering, including costs associated with technology integration between our systems and those of our selected broker-dealers, marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of FSIC III Advisor’s personnel, employees of

 

107


Table of Contents

our affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing our common stock, which includes the development of marketing materials and presentations, training and educational meetings, and generally coordinating the marketing process for us.

Prior to satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement and for a period of time thereafter, Franklin Square Holdings funded certain of our organization and offering costs. Following this period, we have paid certain of our organization and offering costs directly and reimbursed FSIC III Advisor for offering costs incurred by FSIC III Advisor on our behalf, including marketing expenses, salaries and other direct expenses of FSIC III Advisor’s personnel and employees of its affiliates while engaged in registering and marketing our shares of common stock. Organization and offering costs funded directly by Franklin Square Holdings were recorded by us as a contribution to capital. The offering costs were offset against capital in excess of par value on the consolidated financial statements and the organization costs were charged to expense as incurred by us. All other offering costs, including costs incurred directly by us, amounts reimbursed to FSIC III Advisor for ongoing offering costs and any reimbursements paid to Franklin Square Holdings for organization and offering costs previously funded, are recorded as a reduction of capital.

Since June 7, 2013 (Inception) through December 31, 2014, Franklin Square Holdings funded $3,801 in offering and organization costs, all of which were reimbursed during the period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014. The reimbursements were recorded as a reduction of capital. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Franklin Square Holdings did not fund any of our offering and organization costs. As of December 31, 2015, no amounts remain reimbursable to FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates under this arrangement.

The dealer manager for our continuous public offering is FS 2 , which is one of our affiliates. Prior to the IBD Channel closing, the dealer manager was entitled to receive selling commissions and dealer manager fees in connection with the sale of shares of common stock in our continuous public offering, all or a portion of which could be re-allowed to selected broker-dealers. Following the IBD Channel closing, the dealer manager has waived its right to receive any selling commissions or dealer manager fees in connection with shares of our common stock sold pursuant to our continuous public offering and, as a result, no selling commissions or dealer manager fees will be paid to the dealer manager from that date forward.

The following table describes the fees and expenses we accrued under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement and the dealer manager fees FS 2 received under the dealer manager agreement during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

            Year Ended
December 31,
 

Related Party

  Source Agreement   Description   2015     2014  

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and
Administrative Services
Agreement
  Base Management Fee (1)   $ 39,493      $ 6,323   

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and
Administrative Services
Agreement
  Subordinated Incentive Fee on  Income (2)   $ 20,222      $ —     

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and
Administrative Services
Agreement
  Administrative Services Expenses (3)   $ 2,045      $ 435   

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and
Administrative Services
Agreement
  Offering Costs (4)   $ 3,504      $ 2,494   

FS 2

  Dealer Manager Agreement   Dealer Manager Fee (5)   $ 22,411      $ 16,845   

 

108


Table of Contents

 

(1) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $598 and $2,559, respectively, in base management fees were applied to offset the liability of Franklin Square Holdings under the expense reimbursement agreement (see “—Overview—Expense Reimbursement”) and $28,648 and $0, respectively, in net base management fees were paid to FSIC III Advisor. As of December 31, 2015, $14,011 in base management fees were payable to FSIC III Advisor.

 

(2) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $8,397 and $0, respectively, of subordinated incentive fees on income were paid to FSIC III Advisor. As of December 31, 2015, a subordinated incentive fee on income of $11,825 was payable to FSIC III Advisor.

 

(3) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $1,875 and $384, respectively, of the accrued administrative services expenses related to the allocation of costs of administrative personnel for services rendered to us by FSIC III Advisor and the remainder related to other reimbursable expenses. We paid $1,493 and $232 in administrative services expenses to FSIC III Advisor during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(4) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we incurred offering costs of $6,200, $4,479, $1,619, respectively, of which $3,504, $2,494 and $110, respectively, generally related to the reimbursement of marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of FSIC III Advisor’s employees and employees of its affiliates while engaged in registering and marketing our shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates directly funded $1,993 and $1,808, respectively, of our organization and offering costs. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, we paid $3,801 and $0, respectively, to FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates for organization and offering costs previously funded.

 

(5)

Represents aggregate dealer manager fees retained by FS 2 and not re-allowed to selected broker-dealers.

Capital Contributions by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM

In October 2013, pursuant to a private placement, Michael C. Forman and David J. Adelman, the principals of FSIC III Advisor, contributed an aggregate of $200, which was used in its entirety to purchase 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represented the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, excluding selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares of common stock for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains our investment adviser.

In April 2014, pursuant to a private placement, Messrs. Forman (through an affiliated entity) and Adelman purchased 111,111 additional shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represented the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, excluding selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares of common stock for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains our investment adviser. In connection with the same private placement, certain members of our board of directors and other individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor purchased 640,194 shares of common stock, and certain individuals and entities affiliated with GDFM purchased 558,334 shares of common stock, in each case at a price of $9.00 per share, which represented the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, excluding selling commissions and dealer manager fees. In connection with the private placement, we sold an aggregate of 1,309,639 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $11,787 upon satisfying the minimum offering requirement on April 2, 2014. As of March 1, 2016, we have issued an aggregate of 1,821,692 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $16,339 to members of our board of directors and other individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM, including shares of common stock sold to Messrs. Forman and Adelman in October 2013 and shares sold in the private placement completed in April 2014.

Expense Reimbursement

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse us for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid

 

109


Table of Contents

from our offering proceeds or borrowings. See “—Overview—Expense Reimbursement” for a detailed description of the expense reimbursement agreement.

As of December 31, 2014, $598 of reimbursements were payable to us from Franklin Square Holdings. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we did not accrue any amounts for expense reimbursements that Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to pay. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we did not receive any cash reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings, but offset $598 in management fees payable by us to FSIC III Advisor under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement against reimbursements due from Franklin Square Holdings. As of December 31, 2015, we had no reimbursements due from Franklin Square Holdings.

As discussed above, under the expense reimbursement agreement, amounts reimbursed to us by Franklin Square Holdings may become subject to repayment by us in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we accrued $3,469 for expense recoupments payable to Franklin Square Holdings of which $3,251 was paid. As of December 31, 2015, we had $218 of expense recoupments due to Franklin Square Holdings and no further amounts remain subject to repayment by us to Franklin Square Holdings in the future.

Franklin Square Holdings is controlled by our chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, and its vice-chairman, David J. Adelman. There can be no assurance that the expense reimbursement agreement will remain in effect or that Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse any portion of our expenses in future quarters.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team is comprised of substantially the same personnel as the senior management teams of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FSIC IV Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC, the investment advisers to certain other BDCs and a closed-end management investment company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings. As a result, such personnel provide investment advisory services to us and each of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. While none of FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FSIC IV Advisor, LLC or FS Global Advisor, LLC is currently making private corporate debt investments for clients other than us, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV or FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, respectively, any, or all, may do so in the future. In the event that FSIC III Advisor undertakes to provide investment advisory services to other clients in the future, it intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with our investment objectives and strategies, if necessary, so that we will not be disadvantaged in relation to any other client of FSIC III Advisor or its management team. In addition, even in the absence of FSIC III Advisor retaining additional clients, it is possible that some investment opportunities may be provided to FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV and/or FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund rather than to us.

See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our related party transactions and relationships, including our exemptive relief order from the SEC.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2015, 76.8% of our portfolio investments (based on fair value) paid variable interest rates, 20.8% paid fixed interest rates and 2.4% were non-income producing equity or other investments. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to any variable rate investments we hold and to

 

110


Table of Contents

declines in the value of any fixed rate investments we hold. However, many of our variable rate investments provide for an interest rate floor, which may prevent our interest income from increasing until benchmark interest rates increase beyond a threshold amount. To the extent that a substantial portion of our investments may be in variable rate investments, an increase in interest rates beyond this threshold would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the hurdle rate applicable to the subordinated incentive fee on income, and may result in a substantial increase in our net investment income and to the amount of incentive fees payable to FSIC III Advisor with respect to our increased pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Pursuant to the terms of the TRS between Center City Funding and Citibank, Center City Funding pays fees to Citibank at a floating rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum on the utilized notional amount of the loans subject to the TRS in exchange for the right to receive the economic benefit of a pool of loans having a maximum notional amount of $500,000. Pursuant to the terms of the BNP facility, Deutsche Bank credit facility, JPM credit facility, Goldman facility and the Capital One credit facility, borrowings are at a floating rate based on LIBOR. To the extent that any present or future credit facilities or other financing arrangements that we or any of our subsidiaries enter into are based on a floating interest rate, we will be subject to risks relating to changes in market interest rates. In periods of rising interest rates when we or our subsidiaries have such debt outstanding, or financing arrangements in effect, our interest expense would increase, which could reduce our net investment income, especially to the extent we hold fixed rate investments.

The following table shows the effect over a twelve-month period of changes in interest rates on our interest income, interest expense and net interest income, assuming no changes in the composition of our investment portfolio, including the accrual status of our investments, and our financing arrangements in effect as of December 31, 2015:

 

Basis Point Change in Interest Rates

   Increase (Decrease)
in Interest Income (1)
     Increase (Decrease)
in Interest Expense
    Increase (Decrease)
in Net Interest
Income
     Percentage
Change in Net
Interest Income
 

Down 60 basis points

   $ 1,071       $ (6,233   $     7,304                   2.7

No change

     —           —          —           —     

Up 100 basis points

     12,052         10,389        1,663         0.6

Up 300 basis points

     56,078         31,166        24,912         9.2

Up 500 basis points

         100,166                 51,943        48,223         17.7

 

(1) Assumes no defaults or prepayments by portfolio companies over the next twelve months. Includes the net effect of the change in interest rates on the unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the TRS. Pursuant to the TRS, Center City Funding receives from Citibank all interest payable in respect of the loans included in the TRS and pays to Citibank interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum on the utilized notional amount of the loans subject to the TRS. As of December 31, 2015, 96.3% of the loans underlying the TRS (based on fair value) paid variable interest rates.

We expect that our long-term investments will be financed primarily with equity and debt. If deemed prudent, we may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to minimize our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not engage in interest rate hedging activities.

In addition, we may have risk regarding portfolio valuation. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

 

111


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     113   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     114   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     115   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

     116   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

     117   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December  31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

     118   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

     119   

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

     120   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     133   

 

112


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the preparation of our annual financial statements, management has conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013 (“COSO”). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls. Based on this evaluation, we have concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

113


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

FS Investment Corporation III

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

We have audited FS Investment Corporation III’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. FS Investment Corporation III’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, FS Investment Corporation III maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of FS Investment Corporation III, including the consolidated schedules of investments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013 and our report dated March 11, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

March 11, 2016

 

114


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

FS Investment Corporation III

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of FS Investment Corporation III (the “Company”), including the consolidated schedules of investments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 by correspondence with the custodians and brokers, or by other appropriate auditing procedures where replies from custodians and brokers were not received. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FS Investment Corporation III as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations, their cash flows and the changes in their net assets for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), FS Investment Corporation III’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 11, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of FS Investment Corporation III’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

March 11, 2016

 

115


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Assets

    

Investments, at fair value (amortized cost—$2,934,525 and $718,689, respectively)

   $ 2,744,630      $ 695,805   

Cash

     142,393        204,480   

Due from counterparty

     118,000        85,500   

Receivable for investments sold and repaid

     3,696        13   

Interest receivable

     22,451        12,091   

Receivable for common shares purchased

     20,189        22,139   

Reimbursement due from sponsor (1)

     —          598   

Deferred financing costs

     5,124        1,230   

Receivable due on total return swap (2)

     1,830        1,410   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     173        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,058,486      $ 1,023,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Unrealized depreciation on total return swap (2)

   $ 25,927      $ 5,368   

Payable for investments purchased

     7,546        57,523   

Repurchase agreement payable (3)

     289,200        —     

Credit facilities payable

     800,455        112,100   

Stockholder distributions payable

     88        90   

Management fees payable

     14,011        3,764   

Subordinated income incentive fees payable (4)

     11,825        —     

Expense recoupment payable to sponsor (1)

     218        —     

Administrative services expense payable

     755        203   

Interest payable

     5,753        249   

Directors’ fees payable

     207        154   

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

     7,459        1,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,163,444        180,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies ($0 and $3,469, respectively) (5)

    
    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 550,000,000 shares authorized, 241,270,590 and 97,578,402 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     241        98   

Capital in excess of par value

     2,128,529        871,330   

Accumulated net realized losses on investments and total return swap (6)

     (24,135     —     

Accumulated undistributed (distributions in excess of) net investment income (6)

     6,229        (599

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and total return swap

     (215,822     (28,252
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,895,042        842,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,058,486      $ 1,023,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value per share of common stock at year end

   $ 7.85      $ 8.63   

 

(1) See Note 4 for a discussion of expense reimbursements paid to the Company by its investment adviser and affiliates and recoupment of such amounts payable by the Company to its investment adviser and affiliates.

 

(2) See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company’s total return swap agreement.

 

(3) See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company’s repurchase transaction.

 

(4) See Note 2 and Note 4 for a discussion of the methodology employed by the Company in calculating the subordinated income incentive fees.

 

(5) See Note 9 for a discussion of the Company’s commitments and contingencies.

 

(6) See Note 5 for a discussion of the sources of distributions paid by the Company.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

116


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

    

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Period from
June 7, 2013
(Inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     2015     2014    

Investment income

      

Interest income

   $             160,967      $             17,639      $                 —     

Fee income

     34,227        7,416        —     

Dividend income

     55        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     195,249        25,055        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Management fees

     39,493        6,323        —     

Subordinated income incentive fees (1)

     20,222        —          —     

Administrative services expenses

     2,045        435        —     

Stock transfer agent fees

     1,532        522        —     

Accounting and administrative fees

     691        136        —     

Organization costs

     —          64        189   

Interest expense

     13,746        371        —     

Directors’ fees

     822        305        —     

Other general and administrative expenses

     2,767        1,374        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     81,318        9,530        189   

Less: Expense reimbursement from sponsor (2)

     —          (3,469     —     

Add: Expense recoupment to sponsor (2)

     3,469        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     84,787        6,061        189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss) before taxes

     110,462        18,994        (189

Excise taxes

     95        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income (loss)

     110,367        18,994        (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized and unrealized gain/loss

      

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     (24,122     170        —     

Net realized gain (loss) on total return swap (3)

     14,561        1,944        —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     (167,011     (22,884     —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on total return swap (3)

     (20,559     (5,368     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and total return swap

     (197,131     (26,138     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (86,764   $ (7,144   $ (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share information—basic and diluted

      

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations (Earnings per Share)

   $ (0.51   $ (0.23   $ (8.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     170,395,623        31,450,610        22,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 2 and Note 4 for a discussion of the methodology employed by the Company in calculating the subordinated income incentive fees.

 

(2) See Note 4 for a discussion of expense reimbursements paid to the Company by its investment adviser and affiliates and recoupment of such amounts payable by the Company to its investment adviser and affiliates.

 

(3) See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company’s total return swap agreement.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

117


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets

(in thousands)

 

 

 

    

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Period from
June 7, 2013
(Inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     2015     2014    

Operations

      

Net investment income (loss)

   $ 110,367      $     18,994      $ (189

Net realized gain (loss) on investments and total return swap (1)

     (9,561     2,114        —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     (167,011     (22,884     —     

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on total return swap (1)

     (20,559     (5,368     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

     (86,764     (7,144     (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholder distributions (2)

      

Distributions from net investment income

     (118,228     (21,439     —     

Distributions from net realized gain on investments

     —          (87     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from stockholder distributions

     (118,228     (21,526     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital share transactions (3)

      

Issuance of common stock

     1,206,250        866,057        200   

Reinvestment of stockholder distributions

     63,285        11,313        —     

Repurchases of common stock

     (5,878     (36     —     

Offering costs

     (6,200     (4,479     (1,619

Payments to investment adviser for offering and organization costs (4)

     —          (3,801     —     

Capital contributions of investment adviser

     —          1,993        1,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from capital share transactions

     1,257,457        871,047        389   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase in net assets

     1,052,465        842,377        200   

Net assets at beginning of period

         842,577        200        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets at end of period

   $ 1,895,042      $ 842,577      $ 200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated undistributed (distributions in excess of) net investment income (2)

   $ 6,229      $ (599   $               (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company’s total return swap agreement.

 

(2) See Note 5 for a discussion of the sources of distributions paid by the Company.

 

(3) See Note 3 for a discussion of the Company’s capital share transactions.

 

(4) See Note 4 for a discussion of reimbursements payable by the Company to its investment adviser and affiliates.

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

118


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
June 7, 2013
(Inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     2015     2014    

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (86,764   $ (7,144   $             —     

Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Purchases of investments

     (2,647,079     (797,312     —     

Paid-in-kind interest

     (2,977     (10     —     

Proceeds from sales and repayments of investments

     419,262        79,229        —     

Net realized (gain) loss on investments

     24,122        (170     —     

Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments

     167,011        22,884        —     

Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on total return swap (1)

     20,559        5,368        —     

Accretion of discount

     (9,164     (426     —     

Organization costs

     —          64        —     

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     1,152        63        —     

(Increase) decrease in due from counterparty

     (32,500     (85,500     —     

(Increase) decrease in receivable for investments sold and repaid

     (3,683     (13     —     

(Increase) decrease in expense reimbursement due from sponsor (2)

     598        (598     —     

(Increase) decrease in interest receivable

     (10,360     (12,091     —     

(Increase) decrease in receivable due on total return swap (1)

     (420     (1,410     —     

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

     (173     —          —     

Increase (decrease) in payable for investments purchased

     (49,977     57,523        —     

Increase (decrease) in management fees payable

     10,247        3,764        —     

Increase (decrease) in expense recoupment payable to sponsor (2)

     218        —          —     

Increase (decrease) in subordinated income incentive fees payable

     11,825        —          —     

Increase (decrease) in administrative services expense payable

     552        203        —     

Increase (decrease) in interest payable

     5,504        249        —     

Increase (decrease) in directors’ fees payable

     53        154        —     

Increase (decrease) in other accrued expenses and liabilities

     6,221        1,238        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,175,773     (733,935     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Issuance of common stock

     1,208,200        843,918        200   

Reinvestment of stockholder distributions

     63,285        11,313        —     

Repurchases of common stock

     (5,878     (36     —     

Offering costs

     (6,200     (2,550     —     

Payments to investment adviser for offering and organization costs (3)

     —          (3,801     —     

Stockholder distributions

     (118,230     (21,436     —     

Borrowings under credit facilities (4)

     688,355        112,100        —     

Borrowings under repurchase agreement (5)

     289,200        —          —     

Deferred financing costs paid

     (5,046     (1,293     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,113,686        938,215        200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in cash

     (62,087     204,280        200   

Cash at beginning of period

     204,480        200        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $     142,393      $     204,480      $ 200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities

      

Offering and organization costs financed by capital contributions of investment adviser

   $ —        $ 1,993      $ 1,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Local taxes paid

   $ 59      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company’s total return swap agreement.

 

(2) See Note 4 for a discussion of expense reimbursements paid to the Company by its investment adviser and affiliates and recoupment of such amounts payable by the Company to its investment adviser and affiliates.

 

(3) See Note 4 for a discussion of reimbursements payable by the Company to its investment adviser and affiliates.

 

(4) See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company’s credit facilities. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid $7,090 and $59, respectively, in interest expense on the credit facilities.

 

(5) See Note 8 for a discussion of the Company’s repurchase transaction. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company paid $0 in interest expense pursuant to the repurchase agreement.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

119


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien—99.1%

               

5 Arch Income Fund 2, LLC

  (j)(p)   Diversified Financials   10.5%       11/18/21      $ 8,343      $ 8,530      $ 8,342   

5 Arch Income Fund 2, LLC

  (j)(l)(p)   Diversified Financials   10.5%       11/18/21        124,657        124,657        124,657   

Acision Finance LLC

  (f)(i)   Software & Services   L+975   1.0%     12/15/18        27,664        26,775        27,387   

Aeneas Buyer Corp.

    Health Care Equipment & Services   L+500   1.0%     12/18/21        500        500        500   

Aeneas Buyer Corp.

  (l)   Health Care Equipment & Services   L+500   1.0%     12/18/21        500        500        500   

Aeneas Buyer Corp.

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Health Care Equipment & Services   L+813   1.0%     12/18/21        133,500        133,500        133,500   

Aeneas Buyer Corp.

  (l)   Health Care Equipment & Services   L+750   1.0%     12/18/21        26,700        26,700        26,700   

Allen Systems Group, Inc.

    Software & Services   L+789, 1.2% PIK (1.2% Max PIK)   1.0%     4/30/20        15,884        15,884        16,043   

Altus Power America, Inc.

    Energy   L+750   1.5%     10/10/21        1,724        1,724        1,707   

Altus Power America, Inc.

  (l)   Energy   L+750   1.5%     10/10/21        1,401        1,401        1,387   

AqGen Ascensus, Inc.

  (h)   Diversified Financials   L+450   1.0%     12/5/22        4,706        4,425        4,424   

AqGen Ascensus, Inc.

  (h)(l)   Diversified Financials   L+450   1.0%     12/5/22        294        277        276   

Aspect Software, Inc.

  (h)(i)   Software & Services   L+550, 0.3% PIK (0.3% Max PIK)   1.8%     5/7/16        20,454        20,367        18,937   

Atlas Aerospace LLC

  (f)(g)   Capital Goods   L+807   1.0%     5/8/19        28,000        28,000        27,860   

Atlas Aerospace LLC

  (l)   Capital Goods   L+750   1.0%     5/8/19        10,667        10,667        10,613   

ATX Networks Corp.

  (h)(i)(j)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+600   1.0%     6/11/21        9,950        9,812        9,801   

BenefitMall Holdings, Inc.

  (g)(h)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+725   1.0%     11/24/20        34,650        34,650        34,304   

BenefitMall Holdings, Inc.

  (l)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+725   1.0%     11/24/20        12,727        12,727        12,600   

Blue Coat Holdings, Inc.

  (l)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+350   1.0%     5/22/20        2,045        2,045        1,919   

Blueprint Sub, Inc.

    Software & Services   L+450   1.0%     5/7/21        1,842        1,842        1,842   

Blueprint Sub, Inc.

  (l)   Software & Services   L+450   1.0%     5/7/21        1,842        1,842        1,842   

Blueprint Sub, Inc.

  (f)(g)(h)   Software & Services   L+750   1.0%     5/7/21        70,589        70,589        70,364   

Blueprint Sub, Inc.

  (l)   Software & Services   L+750   1.0%     5/7/21        9,211        9,211        9,181   

BMC Software Finance, Inc.

  (l)   Software & Services   L+400       9/10/18        10,000        10,000        9,250   

Cactus Wellhead, LLC

  (f)(i)   Energy   L+600   1.0%     7/31/20        11,618        10,906        8,394   

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc.

  (f)(j)(m)   Consumer Services   5.2%       3/1/17        5,223        5,060        4,474   

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc.

  (f)(j)(m)   Consumer Services   6.0%       3/1/17        1,649        1,604        1,416   

CEVA Group Plc

  (j)(l)   Transportation   L+500       3/19/19        15,000        13,330        12,975   

CITGO Holding, Inc.

  (f)   Energy   L+850   1.0%     5/12/18        10,305        9,838        10,262   

Corner Investment PropCo, LLC

  (f)   Consumer Services   L+975   1.3%     11/2/19        12,299        12,568        12,037   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

120


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Emerging Markets Communications, LLC

  (g)   Telecommunication Services   L+575   1.0%     7/1/21      $ 16,915      $ 16,217      $ 15,942   

Fairway Group Acquisition Co.

  (i)   Food & Staples Retailing   L+400   1.0%     8/17/18        5,405        4,890        4,360   

Fox Head, Inc.

  (f)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+850   1.0%     12/19/20        1,714        1,714        1,722   

Greystone Bridge Manager LLC

  (j)   Diversified Financials   L+1050       5/1/20        47,140        47,379        46,197   

Greystone Bridge Manager LLC

  (j)(l)   Diversified Financials   L+1050       5/1/20        5,647        5,647        5,534   

H.M. Dunn Co., Inc.

  (f)   Capital Goods   L+809   1.0%     3/26/21        9,000        9,000        8,910   

H.M. Dunn Co., Inc.

  (l)   Capital Goods   L+725   1.0%     3/26/21        3,214        3,214        3,182   

Harvey Industries, Inc.

  (g)(h)   Capital Goods   L+800   1.0%     10/1/21        28,000        28,000        28,000   

Hybrid Promotions, LLC

  (f)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+850   1.0%     12/19/20        6,286        6,286        6,314   

Industrial Group Intermediate Holdings, LLC

  (g)   Materials   L+800   1.3%     5/31/20        6,977        6,977        6,907   

JMC Acquisition Merger Corp.

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Capital Goods   L+858   1.0%     11/6/21        83,500        83,500        83,500   

JMC Acquisition Merger Corp.

  (l)   Capital Goods   L+750   1.0%     11/6/21        15,127        15,127        15,127   

JSS Holdings, Inc.

  (h)   Capital Goods   L+650   1.0%     8/31/21        11,850        11,120        11,198   

Latham Pool Products, Inc.

  (g)(h)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+775   1.0%     6/29/21        45,000        45,000        44,100   

Mood Media Corp.

  (f)(j)   Media   L+600   1.0%     5/1/19        358        355        341   

Murray Energy Corp.

  (i)   Energy   L+650   1.0%     4/16/20        10,292        10,019        6,631   

Navistar, Inc.

  (j)(k)   Capital Goods   L+550   1.0%     8/7/20        6,000        5,230        5,315   

Nobel Learning Communities, Inc.

    Consumer Services   L+450   1.0%     4/27/20        3,634        3,634        3,634   

Nobel Learning Communities, Inc.

  (l)   Consumer Services   L+450   1.0%     4/27/20        7,547        7,547        7,547   

Nobel Learning Communities, Inc.

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Consumer Services   L+845   1.0%     4/27/21        84,472        84,472        84,173   

Panda Temple Power, LLC

  (f)   Energy   L+625   1.0%     3/6/22        14,888        14,621        12,282   

PHRC License, LLC

  (f)   Consumer Services   L+900   1.5%     8/14/20        14,856        14,856        14,708   

Pittsburgh Glass Works, LLC

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Automobiles & Components   L+916   1.0%     11/25/21        91,924        91,924        91,924   

Polymer Additives, Inc.

  (f)(i)   Materials   L+838   1.0%     12/20/21        18,920        18,920        19,299   

Production Resource Group, LLC

  (f)(i)   Media   L+750   1.0%     7/23/19        52,500        52,362        53,025   

Propulsion Acquisition, LLC

  (h)(i)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+600   1.0%     7/13/21        12,091        11,179        11,789   

PSKW, LLC

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Health Care Equipment & Services   L+842   1.0%     11/25/21        154,000        154,000        154,104   

Reddy Ice Corp.

  (i)   Food, Beverage & Tobacco   L+550   1.3%     5/1/19        5,217        4,703        4,303   

Roadrunner Intermediate Acquisition Co., LLC

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Health Care Equipment & Services   L+800   1.0%     9/22/21        104,344        104,344        104,020   

Rogue Wave Software, Inc.

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Software & Services   L+804   1.0%     9/25/21        116,900        116,900        115,439   

Sequential Brands Group, Inc.

  (f)(h)(i)(j)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+825       12/4/21        130,000        130,000        128,700   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

121


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Serena Software, Inc.

  (f)   Software & Services   L+650   1.0%     4/14/20      $ 1,476      $ 1,453      $ 1,409   

ServiceMaster Co., LLC

  (l)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+325       7/1/19        2,500        2,500        2,075   

Sorenson Communications, Inc.

  (f)   Telecommunication Services   L+575   2.3%     4/30/20        4,950        4,931        4,962   

Sports Authority, Inc.

  (f)   Retailing   L+600   1.5%     11/16/17        3,263        3,270        1,069   

Stardust Finance Holdings, Inc.

  (h)(j)   Materials   L+550   1.0%     3/14/22        3,137        3,067        3,051   

Stonewall Gas Gathering LLC

  (h)(i)   Capital Goods   L+775   1.0%     1/28/22        13,521        12,925        13,488   

SunGard Availability Services Capital, Inc.

  (l)   Software & Services   L+450       3/8/18        7,000        5,539        5,705   

SunGard Availability Services Capital, Inc.

  (f)(h)(i)   Software & Services   L+500   1.0%     3/29/19        25,065        23,322        21,869   

Sunnova Asset Portfolio 5 Holdings, LLC

    Energy   12.0% PIK (12.0% Max PIK)       11/14/21        21,651        21,239        21,164   

Sunnova Asset Portfolio 5 Holdings, LLC

  (l)   Energy   12.0% PIK (12.0% Max PIK)       11/14/21        620        620        606   

Transplace Texas, LP

  (f)(g)(h)(i)   Transportation   L+747   1.0%     9/16/21        147,000        147,000        145,714   

TTM Technologies, Inc.

  (h)(j)(k)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+500   1.0%     5/31/21        2,500        2,316        2,269   

U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc.

  (f)   Transportation   L+1000, 0.0% PIK (1.5% Max PIK)   1.5%     5/30/19        13,309        13,309        13,309   

UTEX Industries, Inc.

  (f)   Energy   L+400   1.0%     5/21/21        758        755        522   

Vertellus Performance Chemicals LLC

  (f)(g)   Materials   L+950   1.0%     1/30/20        42,000        42,000        39,723   

Warren Resources, Inc.

  (g)   Energy   L+850   1.0%     5/22/20        29,675        29,675        24,185   

Waste Pro USA, Inc.

  (f)(g)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+750   1.0%     10/15/20        30,360        30,360        30,815   

Waste Pro USA, Inc.

  (l)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+750   1.0%     10/15/20        3,333        3,333        3,383   

Weight Watchers International, Inc.

  (i)(j)   Consumer Services   L+300       4/2/16        24,241        23,375        23,881   

Winchester Electronics Corp.

    Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+800   1.0%     11/17/20        2,871        2,871        2,814   

Winchester Electronics Corp.

  (g)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+850   1.0%     11/17/20        21,818        21,818        21,382   

Zeta Interactive Holdings Corp.

  (g)(h)(i)   Software & Services   L+750   1.0%     7/9/21        50,394        50,394        50,333   

Zeta Interactive Holdings Corp.

  (l)   Software & Services   L+750   1.0%     7/9/21        10,892        10,892        10,879   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

                2,176,032        2,146,328   

Unfunded Loan Commitments

                (267,776     (267,776
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

                1,908,256        1,878,552   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

122


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien—14.0%

               

AdvancePierre Foods, Inc.

    Food, Beverage & Tobacco   L+825   1.3%     10/10/17      $ 894      $ 904      $ 880   

Alison US LLC

  (j)   Capital Goods   L+850   1.0%     8/29/22        6,389        6,162        5,191   

American Energy—Marcellus, LLC

    Energy   L+750   1.0%     8/4/21        6,667        6,583        156   

Arena Energy, LP

    Energy   L+1000   1.0%     1/24/21        15,000        15,000        13,812   

Ascent Resources—Utica, LLC

    Energy   L+950, 2.0% PIK (2.0% Max PIK)   1.5%     9/30/18        671        669        601   

Atlas Resource Partners, L.P.

  (g)   Energy   L+900   1.0%     2/23/20        33,000        32,150        26,395   

BBB Industries US Holdings, Inc.

  (f)(g)   Automobiles & Components   L+875   1.0%     11/3/22        25,000        23,652        23,750   

BlackBrush Oil & Gas, L.P.

  (i)   Energy   L+650   1.0%     7/30/21        8,850        8,795        7,094   

BRG Sports, Inc.

  (g)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+925   1.0%     4/15/22        3,563        3,543        3,277   

Byrider Finance, LLC

    Automobiles & Components   L+1000   1.3%     8/22/20        3,333        3,333        3,267   

CDS U.S. Intermediate Holdings, Inc.

  (f)(j)   Media   L+825   1.0%     7/10/23        10,000        9,858        9,500   

Chief Exploration & Development LLC

    Energy   L+650   1.0%     5/16/21        991        913        665   

ColourOz Investment 2 LLC

  (j)   Materials   L+725   1.0%     9/5/22        1,143        1,135        1,097   

Compuware Corp.

  (f)(g)   Software & Services   L+825   1.0%     12/15/22        17,000        15,408        15,385   

Crossmark Holdings, Inc.

    Media   L+750   1.3%     12/21/20        1,500        1,230        848   

EagleView Technology Corp.

  (i)   Software & Services   L+825   1.0%     7/14/23        15,385        15,162        14,750   

Emerald Performance Materials, LLC

    Materials   L+675   1.0%     8/1/22        2,553        2,542        2,427   

Fieldwood Energy LLC

    Energy   L+713   1.3%     9/30/20        5,835        4,254        931   

Gruden Acquisition, Inc.

  (i)   Transportation   L+850   1.0%     8/18/23        10,000        9,516        9,525   

Inmar, Inc.

  (h)   Software & Services   L+700   1.0%     1/27/22        5,008        5,003        4,733   

Jazz Acquisition, Inc.

    Capital Goods   L+675   1.0%     6/19/22        1,998        2,008        1,798   

Jonah Energy LLC

    Energy   L+650   1.0%     5/12/21        3,739        3,363        2,374   

MD America Energy, LLC

  (i)   Energy   L+850   1.0%     8/4/19        8,298        7,975        6,942   

National Surgical Hospitals, Inc.

  (g)   Health Care Equipment & Services   L+900   1.0%     6/1/23        5,000        5,000        4,849   

Neff Rental LLC

  (f)   Capital Goods   L+625   1.0%     6/9/21        24,318        24,433        20,184   

Nielsen & Bainbridge, LLC

  (g)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+925   1.0%     8/15/21        5,558        5,482        5,475   

Peak 10, Inc.

  (i)   Software & Services   L+725   1.0%     6/17/22        12,000        11,896        11,100   

Printpack Holdings, Inc.

  (g)   Materials   L+875   1.0%     5/28/21        10,000        9,833        9,750   

Spencer Gifts LLC

  (g)(i)   Retailing   L+825   1.0%     6/29/22        27,000        26,882        27,135   

Stardust Finance Holdings, Inc.

  (h)(j)   Materials   L+950   1.0%     3/13/23        24,875        23,924        24,005   

Templar Energy LLC

    Energy   L+750   1.0%     11/25/20        5,000        4,619        606   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

123


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Ultima US Holdings LLC

  (j)   Capital Goods   L+850   1.0%     12/31/20      $ 3,000      $ 2,980      $ 2,985   

UTEX Industries, Inc.

    Energy   L+725   1.0%     5/20/22        1,273        1,267        834   

Vantage Energy II, LLC

    Energy   L+750   1.0%     5/8/17        2,000        2,000        1,940   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

                297,474        264,261   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Bonds—4.0%

               

American Energy—Woodford, LLC

  (e)(m)(n)   Energy   12.0% PIK (12.0% Max PIK)       12/30/20        2,788        2,022        397   

Aspect Software, Inc.

  (e)   Software & Services   10.6%       5/15/17        22,645        21,097        18,597   

Avaya Inc.

  (e)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   10.5%       3/1/21        36,124        30,644        12,373   

Comstock Resources, Inc.

  (e)(r)   Energy   10.0%       3/15/20        2,500        2,500        1,153   

Global A&T Electronics Ltd.

  (e)(j)   Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equipment   10.0%       2/1/19        12,550        11,851        9,915   

iHeartCommunications, Inc.

  (e)   Media   10.6%       3/15/23        3,500        3,500        2,428   

Lightstream Resources Ltd.

  (j)   Energy   9.9%       6/15/19        5,377        5,376        4,489   

Logan’s Roadhouse, Inc.

  (e)(f)   Consumer Services   4.0%, 10.5% PIK (10.5% Max PIK)       10/15/17        10,683        8,523        8,913   

Modular Space Corp.

  (e)   Capital Goods   10.3%       1/31/19        740        754        297   

SandRidge Energy, Inc.

  (e)   Energy   8.8%       6/1/20        11,700        11,675        3,572   

Sorenson Communications, Inc.

  (e)   Telecommunication Services   9.0%, 0.0% PIK (9.0% Max PIK)       10/31/20        11,820        11,407        11,044   

Tembec Industries Inc.

  (e)(j)(r)   Materials   9.0%       12/15/19        3,715        3,715        2,419   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Bonds

                113,064        75,597   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subordinated Debt—23.8%

               

Algeco Scotsman Global Finance Plc

  (e)(j)(r)   Commercial & Professional Services   10.8%       10/15/19        11,100        9,435        4,346   

Alta Mesa Holdings, LP

  (e)   Energy   9.6%       10/15/18        950        697        334   

Atlas Energy Holdings Operating Co., LLC

  (e)   Energy   7.8%       1/15/21        1,000        728        200   

Bellatrix Exploration Ltd.

  (e)(j)   Energy   8.5%       5/15/20        10,000        9,821        6,737   

Builders FirstSource, Inc.

  (e)(j)   Capital Goods   10.8%       8/15/23        7,850        7,850        7,796   

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.

  (j)   Energy   7.8%       4/15/23        10,300        10,228        9,015   

Canbriam Energy Inc.

  (e)(j)   Energy   9.8%       11/15/19        20,300        20,112        18,372   

CEC Entertainment, Inc.

  (e)(r)   Consumer Services   8.0%       2/15/22        28,184        27,774        26,810   

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

  (e)(r)   Commercial & Professional Services   11.0%       3/15/21        70,139        71,107        55,410   

Communications Sales & Leasing, Inc.

  (e)(j)(r)   Real Estate   8.3%       10/15/23        2,000        1,944        1,707   

Eclipse Resources Corp.

  (e)(j)   Energy   8.9%       7/15/23        9,175        8,990        4,415   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

124


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

EV Energy Partners, L.P.

    Energy   8.0%       4/15/19      $ 2,150      $ 1,901      $ 1,070   

Genesis Energy, L.P.

  (e)(j)   Energy   6.8%       8/1/22        7,250        7,155        6,099   

Global Jet Capital Inc.

    Commercial & Professional Services   15.0% PIK (15.0% Max PIK)       1/30/25        635        635        635   

Global Jet Capital Inc.

    Commercial & Professional Services   15.0% PIK (15.0% Max PIK)       4/30/25        4,030        4,030        4,030   

Global Jet Capital Inc.

    Commercial & Professional Services   15.0% PIK (15.0% Max PIK)       9/3/25        828        828        828   

Global Jet Capital Inc.

    Commercial & Professional Services   15.0% PIK (15.0% Max PIK)       9/29/25        779        779        779   

Global Jet Capital Inc.

  (j)   Commercial & Professional Services   15.0% PIK (15.0% Max PIK)       12/4/25        51,713        51,713        51,713   

Global Jet Capital Inc.

  (j)   Commercial & Professional Services   15.0% PIK (15.0% Max PIK)       12/9/25        8,458        8,458        8,458   

Greatbatch Ltd.

  (e)(j)   Health Care Equipment & Services   9.1%       11/1/23        1,900        1,900        1,883   

Jupiter Resources Inc.

  (e)(j)(r)   Energy   8.5%       10/1/22        31,850        28,426        12,780   

Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.

  (e)   Transportation   7.9%       7/31/23        10,780        10,780        10,645   

Legacy Reserves LP

  (e)   Energy   6.6%       12/1/21        5,000        3,988        1,081   

Legacy Reserves LP

  (e)   Energy   8.0%       12/1/20        1,000        865        201   

Navistar International Corp.

  (e)(j)(r)   Capital Goods   8.3%       11/1/21        33,585        30,899        22,723   

NewStar Financial, Inc.

  (f)(j)   Diversified Financials   8.3%, 0.0% PIK (8.8% Max PIK)       12/4/24        68,750        54,502        50,188   

Northern Oil and Gas, Inc.

  (e)(r)   Energy   8.0%       6/1/20        3,150        3,008        2,099   

P.F. Chang’s China Bistro, Inc.

  (e)(r)   Consumer Services   10.3%       6/30/20        63,695        64,210        53,066   

PriSo Acquisition Corp.

  (e)(r)   Capital Goods   9.0%       5/15/23        30,050        29,934        28,848   

Production Resource Group, LLC

  (e)   Media   8.9%       5/1/19        22,740        18,853        16,970   

Scientific Games International, Inc.

  (e)(j)   Consumer Services   8.1%       9/15/18        6,163        4,850        4,554   

Sorenson Communications, Inc.

    Telecommunication Services   13.0%, 0.0% PIK (13.0% Max PIK)       10/31/21        8,983        9,432        9,345   

SunGard Availability Services Capital, Inc.

  (e)(r)   Software & Services   8.8%       4/1/22        16,400        11,042        9,984   

Talos Production LLC

  (e)   Energy   9.8%       2/15/18        4,500        4,131        1,856   

TI Group Automotive Systems, LLC

  (e)(j)(r)   Automobiles & Components   8.8%       7/15/23        10,275        10,275        9,466   

York Risk Services Holding Corp.

  (e)   Insurance   8.5%       10/1/22        9,050        8,208        7,251   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Subordinated Debt

                539,488        451,694   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collateralized Securities—0.4%

               

NewStar Clarendon 2014-1A Class D

  (j)   Diversified Financials   L+435       1/25/27        730        684        664   

NewStar Clarendon 2014-1A Class Subord. B

  (j)   Diversified Financials   13.6%       1/25/27        8,310        7,497        6,943   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Collateralized Securities

                8,181        7,607   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

125


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Number of
Shares
    Cost     Fair
Value (d)
 

Equity/Other—3.5%

               

5 Arches, LLC, Common Equity

  (j)(m)(o)   Diversified Financials           33,163      $ 875      $ 875   

ACP FH Holdings GP, LLC, Common Equity

  (m)   Consumer Durables & Apparel           11,429        11        11   

ACP FH Holdings, LP, Common Equity

  (m)   Consumer Durables & Apparel           1,131,428        1,131        1,127   

Altus Power America Holdings, LLC, Preferred Equity

    Energy           574,759        573        1,063   

Altus Power America Management, LLC, Class B Units

  (m)(q)   Energy           83        —          —     

Global Jet Capital Holdings, LP, Preferred Equity

  (j)(m)   Commercial & Professional Services           27,956,962        27,957        27,957   

Harvey Holdings, LLC, Common Equity

  (m)   Capital Goods           2,000,000        2,000        1,900   

Industrial Group Intermediate Holdings, LLC, Common Equity

  (m)(o)   Materials           173,554        174        286   

JMC Acquisition Holdings, LLC, Common Equity

  (m)   Capital Goods           8,068        8,068        8,068   

NewStar Financial, Inc., Warrants, 11/4/2024

  (j)(m)(s)   Diversified Financials           3,000,000        15,057        14,760   

Sequential Brands Group, Inc., Common Equity

  (j)(m)   Consumer Durables & Apparel           125,391        1,693        857   

Sunnova Holdings, LLC, Common Equity

  (m)   Energy           93,041        2,166        2,559   

Zeta Interactive Holdings Corp., Preferred Equity

  (m)   Software & Services           1,051,348        8,357        8,686   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity/Other

                68,062        68,149   

Unfunded Contingent Warrant Commitment

  (t)                 (1,230
               

 

 

 

Net Equity/Other

                  66,919   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS—144.8%

              $ 2,934,525        2,744,630   
             

 

 

   

LIABILITIES IN EXCESS OF OTHER ASSETS—(44.8%)

                  (849,588
               

 

 

 

NET ASSETS—100.0%

                $ 1,895,042   
               

 

 

 

 

Total Return Swap

                      Notional
Amount
        Unrealized
Depreciation
 

Citibank TRS Facility (Note 8)

  (j)           $ 394,680        $ (25,927
               

 

 

 

 

(a) Security may be an obligation of one or more entities affiliated with the named company.

 

(b) Certain variable rate securities in the Company’s portfolio bear interest at a rate determined by a publicly disclosed base rate plus a basis point spread. As of December 31, 2015, the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, was 0.61% and the U.S. Prime Lending Rate, or Prime, was 3.50%.

 

(c) Denominated in U.S. dollars unless otherwise noted.

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

126


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

(d) Fair value determined by the Company’s board of directors (see Note 7).

 

(e) Security or portion thereof held within Burholme Funding LLC, or Burholme Funding, and is pledged as collateral supporting the amounts outstanding under the prime brokerage facility with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc., or BNPP. Securities held within Burholme Funding may be rehypothecated from time to time as permitted under Rule 15c-1(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, subject to the terms and conditions governing the prime brokerage facility with BNPP (see Note 8).

 

(f) Security or portion thereof held within Dunlap Funding LLC, or Dunlap Funding, and is pledged as collateral supporting the amounts outstanding under a revolving credit facility with Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, or Deutsche Bank (see Note 8).

 

(g) Security or portion thereof held within Jefferson Square Funding LLC, or Jefferson Square Funding, and is pledged as collateral supporting the amounts outstanding under a term loan credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, or JPM (see Note 8).

 

(h) Security or portion thereof held within Chestnut Hill Funding LLC, or Chestnut Hill Funding, and is pledged as collateral supporting the amounts outstanding under a revolving credit facility with Capital One, National Association (see Note 8).

 

(i) Security or portion thereof held within Germantown Funding LLC, or Germantown Funding, and is pledged as collateral supporting the amounts outstanding under the notes issued to Society Hill Funding LLC, or Society Hill Funding, pursuant to an indenture with Citibank, N.A., or Citibank, as trustee (see Note 8).

 

(j) The investment is not a qualifying asset under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. A business development company may not acquire any asset other than qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. As of December 31, 2015, 83.6% of the Company’s total assets represented qualifying assets. In addition, as described in Note 8, the Company also calculates its compliance with the qualifying asset test on a “look through” basis by disregarding the value of the Company’s total return swap and treating each loan underlying the total return swap as either a qualifying asset or non-qualifying asset based on whether the obligor is an eligible portfolio company. On this basis, 80.7% of the Company’s total assets represented qualifying assets as of December 31, 2015.

 

(k) Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2015.

 

(l) Security is an unfunded commitment. The stated rate reflects the spread disclosed at the time of commitment and may not indicate the actual rate received upon funding.

 

(m) Security is non-income producing.

 

(n) Security was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2015.

 

(o) Security held within FSIC III Investments, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

(p) Security held within IC III Arches Investments, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

(q) Security held within IC III Altus Investments, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

(r) Security or portion thereof held within Burholme Funding has been rehypothecated under Rule 15c-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act, subject to the terms and conditions governing the prime brokerage facility with BNPP (see Note 8). As of December 31, 2015 the fair value of securities rehypothecated by BNPP was $144,041.

 

(s) Includes 250,000 NewStar Financial, Inc., or NewStar, warrants, which is the maximum number of warrants that the Company will forfeit in the event that the Company declines to fund additional subordinated debt investments in NewStar in an amount not to exceed $6,250, upon the request of NewStar.

 

(t) Represents the maximum number of NewStar warrants that the Company will forfeit in the event that the Company declines to fund additional subordinated debt investments in NewStar in an amount not to exceed $6,250, upon the request of NewStar.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

127


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

As of December 31, 2014

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien—33.0%

               

Acision Finance LLC

  (f)(g)(h)   Software & Services   L+975   1.0%     12/15/18      $ 29,120      $ 27,955      $ 28,829   

Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc.

  (f)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+325   1.0%     7/23/21        2,102        2,097        2,085   

Allen Systems Group, Inc.

    Software & Services   L+1425   1.0%     12/14/17        644        719        794   

Allen Systems Group, Inc.

    Software & Services   L+1625   1.0%     12/14/17        15,419        17,212        19,010   

Altus Power America, Inc.

    Energy   L+750   1.5%     10/10/21        762        762        762   

Altus Power America, Inc.

  (i)   Energy   L+750   1.5%     10/10/21        2,363        2,363        2,363   

BenefitMall Holdings, Inc.

    Commercial & Professional Services   L+725   1.0%     11/24/20        35,000        35,000        35,000   

BenefitMall Holdings, Inc.

  (i)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+725   1.0%     11/24/20        12,728        12,728        12,728   

BMC Software Finance, Inc.

  (i)   Software & Services   L+400       9/10/18        10,000        10,000        9,250   

Cactus Wellhead, LLC

  (f)   Energy   L+600   1.0%     7/31/20        9,726        9,543        7,902   

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc.

  (f)(g)   Consumer Services   L+575       3/1/17        5,223        4,948        4,582   

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc.

  (f)(g)   Consumer Services   L+675       3/1/17        1,649        1,574        1,449   

Corner Investment PropCo, LLC

  (f)   Consumer Services   L+975   1.3%     11/2/19        12,992        13,344        12,927   

Fairway Group Acquisition Co.

    Food & Staples Retailing   L+400   1.0%     8/17/18        2,735        2,372        2,352   

Fox Head, Inc.

  (f)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+850   1.0%     12/19/20        1,714        1,714        1,714   

Hybrid Promotions, LLC

  (f)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+850   1.0%     12/19/20        6,286        6,286        6,286   

Industrial Group Intermediate Holdings, LLC

    Materials   L+800   1.3%     5/31/20        6,947        6,947        6,947   

Mood Media Corp.

  (f)(g)   Media   L+600   1.0%     5/1/19        361        358        355   

PHRC License, LLC

  (f)   Consumer Services   L+900   1.5%     8/14/20        15,000        15,000        14,850   

Polymer Additives, Inc.

  (f)   Materials   L+838   1.0%     12/20/21        18,920        18,920        18,920   

Production Resource Group, LLC

  (f)   Media   L+750   1.0%     7/23/19        20,000        20,000        20,100   

Sable International Finance Ltd.

  (g)(h)   Media   L+550   1.0%     11/25/16        5,133        5,056        5,120   

Serena Software, Inc.

  (f)   Software & Services   L+650   1.0%     4/14/20        2,000        1,964        1,991   

The ServiceMaster Co., LLC

  (h)(i)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+325       7/1/19        2,500        2,500        2,439   

Sorenson Communications, Inc.

  (f)   Telecommunication Services   L+575   2.3%     4/30/20        5,000        4,977        5,050   

Southcross Holdings Borrower LP

  (f)   Energy   L+500   1.0%     8/4/21        316        314        283   

The Sports Authority, Inc.

  (f)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+600   1.5%     11/16/17        3,263        3,274        2,896   

SunGard Availability Services Capital, Inc.

  (f)(h)   Software & Services   L+500   1.0%     3/29/19        3,230        2,853        2,893   

Sunnova Asset Portfolio 5 Holdings, LLC

    Energy   12.0% PIK (12.0% Max PIK)       11/14/21        5,410        5,410        5,410   

Sunnova Asset Portfolio 5 Holdings, LLC

  (i)   Energy   12.0% PIK (12.0% Max PIK)       11/14/21        9,600        9,600        9,600   

The Telx Group, Inc.

  (f)   Software & Services   L+350   1.0%     4/9/20        2,488        2,476        2,425   

U.S. Xpress Enterprises, Inc.

  (f)   Transportation   L+850, 1.5% PIK (1.5% Max PIK)   1.5%     5/30/19        14,963        14,963        14,963   

UTEX Industries, Inc.

  (f)   Energy   L+400   1.0%     5/21/21        765        762        708   

Waste Pro USA, Inc.

  (f)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+750   1.0%     10/15/20        30,667        30,667        30,667   

Waste Pro USA, Inc.

  (i)   Commercial & Professional Services   L+750   1.0%     10/15/20        3,333        3,333        3,333   

Winchester Electronics Corp.

    Technology Hardware & Equipment   Prime+750       11/17/20        21,818        21,818        21,818   

Winchester Electronics Corp.

  (i)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   Prime+700       11/17/20        7,268        7,268        7,268   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

                327,077        326,069   

Unfunded Loan Commitments

                (47,792     (47,792
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

                279,285        278,277   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

128


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2014

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien—20.3%

             

Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc.

    Commercial & Professional Services   L+650   1.0%     7/25/22      $ 4,236      $ 4,206      $ 4,203   

Affordable Care, Inc.

    Health Care Equipment & Services   L+925   1.3%     12/26/19        2,216        2,230        2,194   

Alison US LLC

  (g)   Capital Goods   L+850   1.0%     8/29/22        6,389        6,142        5,982   

American Energy—Marcellus, LLC

    Energy   L+750   1.0%     8/4/21        6,667        6,572        6,133   

BBB Industries US Holdings, Inc.

  (f)   Automobiles & Components   L+875   1.0%     11/3/22        25,000        23,523        23,875   

BlackBrush Oil & Gas, L.P.

    Energy   L+650   1.0%     7/30/21        8,850        8,786        7,345   

BRG Sports, Inc.

    Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+925   1.0%     4/15/22        3,563        3,540        3,589   

Byrider Finance, LLC

    Automobiles & Components   L+1000   1.3%     8/22/20        3,333        3,333        3,333   

Chief Exploration & Development LLC

    Energy   L+650   1.0%     5/16/21        1,129        1,119        1,022   

ColourOz Investment 2 LLC

  (g)   Materials   L+725   1.0%     9/5/22        1,143        1,134        1,086   

Compuware Corp.

  (f)(h)   Software & Services   L+825   1.0%     12/9/22        10,000        8,700        9,250   

Emerald Performance Materials, LLC

    Materials   L+675   1.0%     8/1/22        2,553        2,541        2,489   

Fieldwood Energy LLC

  (h)   Energy   L+713   1.3%     9/30/20        4,000        3,040        2,953   

Inmar, Inc.

    Software & Services   L+700   1.0%     1/27/22        5,008        5,003        4,902   

Jazz Acquisition, Inc.

    Capital Goods   L+675   1.0%     6/19/22        1,998        2,009        1,956   

MD America Energy, LLC

    Energy   L+850   1.0%     8/4/19        12,500        11,920        12,000   

Neff Rental LLC

  (f)   Capital Goods   L+625   1.0%     6/9/21        24,084        24,259        24,189   

Nielsen & Bainbridge, LLC

    Consumer Services   L+925   1.0%     8/15/21        5,000        4,929        4,925   

Peak 10, Inc.

    Software & Services   L+725   1.0%     6/17/22        12,000        11,885        11,640   

Pelican Products, Inc.

    Capital Goods   L+825   1.0%     4/9/21        188        186        185   

Printpack Holdings, Inc.

    Materials   L+875   1.0%     5/28/21        10,000        9,812        9,950   

Sequential Brands Group, Inc.

  (f)   Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+800   1.0%     8/15/20        15,000        15,000        15,000   

Templar Energy LLC

    Energy   L+750   1.0%     11/25/20        5,000        4,561        3,615   

UTEX Industries, Inc.

    Energy   L+725   1.0%     5/20/22        1,273        1,267        1,152   

Vantage Energy II, LLC

    Energy   L+750   1.0%     5/8/17        2,000        2,000        1,990   

Vouvray US Finance LLC

  (g)   Transportation   L+750   1.0%     12/27/21        5,714        5,660        5,557   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

                173,357        170,515   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Bonds—5.1%

             

Aspect Software, Inc.

  (e)   Software & Services   10.6%       5/15/17        2,000        1,993        1,900   

Avaya Inc.

  (e)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   10.5%       3/1/21        14,550        12,189        12,549   

Caesars Entertainment Resort Properties, LLC

  (e)   Consumer Services   8.0%       10/1/20        5,000        5,187        4,925   

Caesars Entertainment Resort Properties, LLC

  (e)(h)   Consumer Services   11.0%       10/1/21        4,000        3,551        3,660   

Global A&T Electronics Ltd.

  (g)   Technology Hardware & Equipment   10.0%       2/1/19        5,000        4,548        4,510   

Logan’s Roadhouse, Inc.

  (e)(f)(h)(l)   Consumer Services   10.8%       10/15/17        9,150        6,828        6,783   

Modular Space Corp.

  (e)   Capital Goods   10.3%       1/31/19        740        757        644   

Tembec Industries Inc.

  (e)(g)(l)   Materials   9.0%       12/15/19        8,200        8,200        8,118   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Bonds

                43,253        43,089   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

129


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2014

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Rate (b)   Floor   Maturity     Principal
Amount (c)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (d)
 

Subordinated Debt—21.4%

             

Acosta HoldCo, Inc.

  (e)   Consumer Services   7.8%       10/1/22      $ 6,000      $ 6,000      $ 6,090   

Algeco Scotsman Global Finance Plc

  (e)(g)   Commercial & Professional Services   10.8%       10/15/19        5,000        4,306        4,329   

American Energy—Woodford, LLC

  (e)   Energy   9.0%       9/15/22        3,750        3,599        2,358   

Armored AutoGroup Inc.

  (e)(l)   Household & Personal Products   9.3%       11/1/18        5,022        5,192        5,047   

BWAY Holding Co.

  (e)   Materials   9.1%       8/15/21        6,250        6,212        6,281   

Canbriam Energy Inc.

  (g)   Energy   9.8%       11/15/19        9,800        9,221        9,261   

CEC Entertainment, Inc.

  (e)(l)   Consumer Services   8.0%       2/15/22        8,000        7,655        7,800   

Elizabeth Arden, Inc.

  (e)(g)(l)   Household & Personal Products   7.4%       3/15/21        4,540        3,991        4,199   

FLY Leasing Ltd.

  (e)(g)   Capital Goods   6.4%       10/15/21        2,700        2,700        2,659   

Global Jet Capital, Inc.

    Commercial & Professional Services   8.0% PIK (8.0% Max PIK)       1/30/15        313        313        313   

Jupiter Resources Inc.

  (e)(g)   Energy   8.5%       10/1/22        17,400        16,259        13,050   

Kindred Healthcare, Inc.

  (e)(g)   Health Care Equipment & Services   8.0%       1/15/20        2,500        2,500        2,637   

Lightstream Resources Ltd.

  (e)(g)   Energy   8.6%       2/1/20        4,200        3,467        2,960   

NewStar Financial, Inc.

  (f)(g)   Diversified Financials   8.3%, 0.0% PIK (8.8% Max PIK)       12/4/24        50,000        34,997        37,500   

P.F. Chang’s China Bistro, Inc.

  (e)(l)   Consumer Services   10.3%       6/30/20        31,915        32,440        32,075   

RKI Exploration & Production, LLC

  (e)   Energy   8.5%       8/1/21        1,700        1,506        1,386   

RSP Permian, Inc.

  (e)(g)   Energy   6.6%       10/1/22        2,500        2,500        2,347   

Samson Investment Co.

  (e)   Energy   9.8%       2/15/20        14,877        12,410        6,248   

SandRidge Energy, Inc.

  (g)   Energy   7.5%       3/15/21        3,150        1,940        2,044   

SandRidge Energy, Inc.

  (g)   Energy   7.5%       2/15/23        430        259        275   

SandRidge Energy, Inc.

  (e)(g)   Energy   8.1%       10/15/22        3,940        3,260        2,591   

SandRidge Energy, Inc.

  (e)(g)   Energy   8.8%       1/5/20        10,409        9,576        7,104   

SunGard Availability Services Capital, Inc.

  (e)   Software & Services   8.8%       4/1/22        6,000        4,256        3,570   

Talos Production LLC

  (e)   Energy   9.8%       2/15/18        1,500        1,364        1,357   

Teine Energy Ltd.

  (e)(g)   Energy   6.9%       9/30/22        8,950        8,882        7,149   

Warren Resources, Inc.

  (e)   Energy   9.0%       8/1/22        8,800        8,404        5,500   

York Risk Services Holding Corp.

  (e)   Insurance   8.5%       10/1/22        4,050        4,050        4,048   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Subordinated Debt

                197,259        180,178   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collateralized Securities—1.0%

             

NewStar Clarendon 2014-1A Class D

  (g)(h)   Diversified Financials   L+435       1/25/27        730        684        684   

NewStar Clarendon 2014-1A Sub B

  (g)(h)   Diversified Financials   12.5%       1/25/27        8,310        8,223        8,223   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Collateralized Securities

                8,907        8,907   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

130


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2014

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Portfolio Company (a)

  Footnotes   Industry   Number of
Shares
    Cost     Fair
Value (d)
 

Equity/Other—1.8%

               

ACP FH Holdings GP, LLC, Common Equity

  (j)   Consumer Durables & Apparel           11,429      $ 12      $ 12   

ACP FH Holdings, LP, Common Equity

  (j)   Consumer Durables & Apparel           1,131,428        1,131        1,131   

Altus Power America Holdings, Inc., Preferred Equity

  (j)   Energy           253,925        254        254   

Industrial Group Intermediate Holdings, LLC, Common Equity

  (j)(k)   Materials           173,554        174        243   

NewStar Financial, Inc., Warrants

  (g)(j)   Diversified Financials           2,375,000        15,057        15,674   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity/Other

                16,628        17,314   

Unfunded Contingent Warrant Commitment

                  (2,475
               

 

 

 

Net Equity/Other

                  14,839   
             

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS—82.6%

              $ 718,689        695,805   
             

 

 

   

OTHER ASSETS IN EXCESS OF LIABILITIES—17.4%

                  146,772   
               

 

 

 

NET ASSETS—100.0%

                $ 842,577   
               

 

 

 

 

Total Return Swap

                      Notional
Amount
        Unrealized
Depreciation
 

Citibank TRS Facility (Note 8)

  (g)           $ 292,409        $ (5,368
               

 

 

 

 

(a) Security may be an obligation of one or more entities affiliated with the named company.

 

(b) Certain variable rate securities in the Company’s portfolio bear interest at a rate determined by a publicly-disclosed base rate plus a basis point spread. As of December 31, 2014, three-month LIBOR was 0.26% and Prime was 3.25%.

 

(c) Denominated in U.S. dollars unless otherwise noted.

 

(d) Fair value determined by the Company’s board of directors (see Note 7).

 

(e) Security or portion thereof held within Burholme Funding and is pledged as collateral supporting the amounts outstanding under the prime brokerage facility with BNPP. Securities held within Burholme Funding may be rehypothecated from time to time as permitted under Rule 15c-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act subject to the terms and conditions governing the prime brokerage facility with BNPP (see Note 8).

 

(f) Security or portion thereof held within Dunlap Funding and is pledged as collateral supporting the amounts outstanding under a revolving credit facility with Deutsche Bank (see Note 8).

 

(g) The investment is not a qualifying asset under the 1940 Act. A business development company may not acquire any asset other than qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. As of December 31, 2014, 81.8% of the Company’s total assets represented qualifying assets. In addition, as described in Note 8, the Company also calculates its compliance with the qualifying asset test on a “look through” basis by disregarding the value of the Company’s total return swap and treating each loan underlying the total return swap as either a qualifying asset or non-qualifying asset based on whether the obligor is an eligible portfolio company. On this basis, 77.0% of the Company’s total assets represented qualifying assets as of December 31, 2014.

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

131


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

As of December 31, 2014

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

(h) Position or portion thereof unsettled as of December 31, 2014.

 

(i) Security is an unfunded loan commitment.

 

(j) Security is non-income producing.

 

(k) Security held within FSIC III Investments, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

(l) Security or portion thereof held within Burholme Funding has been rehypothecated under Rule 15c-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act, subject to the terms and conditions governing the prime brokerage facility with BNPP (see Note 8). As of December 31, 2014 the fair value of securities rehypothecated by BNPP was $32,934.

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

132


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 1. Principal Business and Organization

FS Investment Corporation III, or the Company, was incorporated under the general corporation laws of the State of Maryland on June 7, 2013 and formally commenced investment operations on April 2, 2014 upon raising gross proceeds in excess of $2,500, or the minimum offering requirement, from sales of shares of its common stock in its continuous public offering to persons who were not affiliated with the Company or the Company’s investment adviser, FSIC III Advisor, LLC, or FSIC III Advisor, a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, and an affiliate of the Company. Prior to satisfying the minimum offering requirement, the Company had no operations except for matters relating to its organization.

The Company is an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. In addition, the Company has elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company, or RIC, as defined under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had seven wholly-owned financing subsidiaries, two wholly-owned subsidiaries through which it holds an interest in non-controlled and non-affiliated portfolio companies and another wholly-owned subsidiary through which it may hold certain investments in portfolio companies from time to time. The consolidated financial statements include both the Company’s accounts and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. One of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries is subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes.

The Company’s investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in senior secured loans and second lien secured loans of private U.S. companies. The Company seeks to generate superior risk-adjusted returns by focusing on debt investments in a broad array of private U.S. companies, including middle market companies, which the Company defines as companies with annual revenues of $50 million to $2.5 billion at the time of investment. The Company may purchase interests in loans or make other debt investments, including investments in senior secured bonds, through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market or directly from the Company’s target companies as primary market or directly originated investments. In connection with the Company’s debt investments, the Company may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The Company may also purchase or otherwise acquire minority interests in target companies, in the form of common or preferred equity or equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for common stock or other equity or the cash value of common stock or other equity. Any such minority interests are generally acquired in conjunction with one of the Company’s debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm. In addition, a portion of the Company’s portfolio may be comprised of corporate bonds, collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, other debt securities and derivatives, including total return swaps and credit default swaps.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation : The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The Company is considered an investment company under GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies. The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

 

133


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Use of Estimates : The preparation of the audited consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Many of the amounts have been rounded, and all amounts are in thousands, except share and per share amounts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents : The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. All cash balances are maintained with high credit quality financial institutions, which are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments : The Company determines the net asset value of its investment portfolio each quarter. Securities are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. In connection with that determination, FSIC III Advisor provides the Company’s board of directors with portfolio company valuations which are based on relevant inputs, including, but not limited to, indicative dealer quotes, values of like securities, recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts, and valuations prepared by independent third-party valuation services.

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure , or ASC Topic 820, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, clarifies the definition of fair value and requires companies to expand their disclosure about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial recognition. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

   

the Company’s quarterly fair valuation process begins with FSIC III Advisor’s management team reviewing and documenting valuations of each portfolio company or investment, which valuations may be obtained from an independent third-party valuation service, if applicable;

 

   

FSIC III Advisor’s management team then provides the valuation committee with the preliminary valuations for each portfolio company or investment;

 

   

preliminary valuations are then discussed with the valuation committee;

 

   

the Company’s valuation committee reviews the preliminary valuations and FSIC III Advisor’s management team, together with its independent third-party valuation services, if applicable, supplement the preliminary valuations to reflect any comments provided by the valuation committee;

 

   

following its review, the valuation committee will recommend that the Company’s board of directors approve the fair valuations; and

 

134


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

   

the Company’s board of directors discusses the valuations and determines the fair value of each such investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on various statistical and other factors, including the input and recommendation of FSIC III Advisor, the valuation committee and any independent third-party valuation services, if applicable.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, these notes to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations and any change in such valuations on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In making its determination of fair value, the Company’s board of directors may use any approved independent third-party pricing or valuation services. However, the Company’s board of directors is not required to determine fair value in accordance with the valuation provided by any single source, and may use any relevant data, including information obtained from FSIC III Advisor or any approved independent third-party valuation or pricing service that the Company’s board of directors deems to be reliable in determining fair value under the circumstances. Below is a description of factors that FSIC III Advisor’s management team, any approved independent third-party valuation services and the Company’s board of directors may consider when determining the fair value of the Company’s investments.

Valuation of fixed income investments, such as loans and debt securities, depends upon a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates for like securities, expected volatility in future interest rates, call features, put features and other relevant terms of the debt. For investments without readily available market prices, the Company may incorporate these factors into discounted cash flow models to arrive at fair value. Other factors that may be considered include the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, the fair market value of the borrower in relation to the face amount of its outstanding debt and the quality of collateral securing the Company’s debt investments.

For convertible debt securities, fair value generally approximates the fair value of the debt plus the fair value of an option to purchase the underlying security (i.e., the security into which the debt may convert) at the conversion price. To value such an option, a standard option pricing model may be used.

The Company’s equity interests in portfolio companies for which there is no liquid public market are valued at fair value. The Company’s board of directors, in its determination of fair value, may consider various factors, such as multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. All of these factors may be subject to adjustments based upon the particular circumstances of a portfolio company or the Company’s actual investment position. For example, adjustments to EBITDA may take into account compensation to previous owners or acquisition, recapitalization, restructuring or other related items.

FSIC III Advisor’s management team, any approved independent third-party valuation services and the Company’s board of directors may also consider private merger and acquisition statistics, public trading multiples discounted for illiquidity and other factors, valuations implied by third-party investments in the portfolio companies or industry practices in determining fair value. FSIC III Advisor’s management team, any approved independent third-party valuation services and the Company’s board of directors may also consider the size and scope of a portfolio company and its specific strengths and weaknesses, and may apply discounts or premiums, where and as appropriate, due to the higher (or lower) financial risk and/or the smaller size of portfolio companies relative to comparable firms, as well as such other factors as the Company’s board of

 

135


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

directors, in consultation with FSIC III Advisor’s management team and any approved independent third-party valuation services, if applicable, may consider relevant in assessing fair value. Generally, the value of the Company’s equity interests in public companies for which market quotations are readily available is based upon the most recent closing public market price. Portfolio securities that carry certain restrictions on sale are typically valued at a discount from the public market value of the security.

When the Company receives warrants or other equity securities at nominal or no additional cost in connection with an investment in a debt security, the cost basis in the investment will be allocated between the debt securities and any such warrants or other equity securities received at the time of origination. The Company’s board of directors subsequently values these warrants or other equity securities received at their fair value.

The fair values of the Company’s investments are determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s board of directors is solely responsible for the valuation of the Company’s portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process. The Company’s board of directors has delegated day-to-day responsibility for implementing its valuation policy to FSIC III Advisor’s management team, and has authorized FSIC III Advisor’s management team to utilize independent third-party valuation and pricing services that have been approved by the Company’s board of directors. The valuation committee is responsible for overseeing FSIC III Advisor’s implementation of the valuation process.

The Company values its total return swap, or TRS, between its wholly-owned financing subsidiary, Center City Funding LLC, or Center City, and Citibank, N.A., or Citibank, in accordance with the agreements between Center City and Citibank that collectively established the TRS, which agreements are collectively referred to herein as the TRS Agreement. Pursuant to the TRS Agreement, the value of the TRS is based on the increase or decrease in the value of the loans underlying the TRS, together with accrued interest income, interest expense and certain other expenses incurred under the TRS. The loans underlying the TRS are valued by Citibank. Citibank bases its valuation on the indicative bid prices provided by an independent third-party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that market participants may be willing to pay. These valuations are sent to the Company for review and testing. The Company’s valuation committee and board of directors review and approve the value of the TRS, as well as the value of the loans underlying the TRS, on a quarterly basis as part of their quarterly determination of net asset value. To the extent the Company’s valuation committee or board of directors has any questions or concerns regarding the valuation of the loans underlying the TRS, such valuation is discussed or challenged pursuant to the terms of the TRS Agreement. See Note 8 for a discussion of the TRS.

Revenue Recognition : Security transactions are accounted for on the trade date. The Company records interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that it expects to collect such amounts. The Company records dividend income on the ex-dividend date. The Company does not accrue as a receivable interest or dividends on loans and securities if it has reason to doubt its ability to collect such income. The Company’s policy is to place investments on non-accrual status when there is reasonable doubt that interest income will be collected. The Company considers many factors relevant to an investment when placing it on or removing it from non-accrual status including, but not limited to, the delinquency status of the investment, economic and business conditions, the overall financial condition of the underlying investment, the value of the underlying collateral, bankruptcy status, if any, and any other facts or circumstances relevant to the investment. If there is reasonable doubt that the Company will receive any previously accrued interest, then the interest income will be written-off. Payments

 

136


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

received on non-accrual investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon the collectability of the remaining principal and interest. Non-accrual investments may be restored to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are likely to remain current based on the Company’s judgment. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount are capitalized and the Company amortizes such amounts as interest income over the respective term of the loan or security. Upon the prepayment of a loan or security, any unamortized loan origination fees and original issue discount are recorded as interest income. Structuring and other non-recurring upfront fees are recorded as fee income when earned. The Company records prepayment premiums on loans and securities as fee income when it receives such amounts.

Net Realized Gains or Losses, Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation and Net Change in Unrealized Gains or Losses on Foreign Currency : Gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated by using the specific identification method. The Company measures realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized fees. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses when gains or losses are realized. Net change in unrealized gains or losses on foreign currency reflects the change in the value of receivables or accruals during the reporting period due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

Capital Gains Incentive Fee : The Company entered into an investment advisory and administrative services agreement with FSIC III Advisor, dated as of December 20, 2013, which was amended and restated on August 6, 2014, and which, as amended and restated, is referred to herein as the investment advisory and administrative services agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the incentive fee on capital gains is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of such agreement). Such fee will equal 20.0% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains (i.e., the Company’s realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. On a quarterly basis, the Company accrues for the capital gains incentive fee by calculating such fee as if it were due and payable as of the end of such period.

While the investment advisory and administrative services agreement neither includes nor contemplates the inclusion of unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee, pursuant to an interpretation of an American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Technical Practice Aid for investment companies, the Company includes unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee expense and related accrued capital gains incentive fee. This accrual reflects the incentive fees that would be payable to FSIC III Advisor if the Company’s entire portfolio was liquidated at its fair value as of the balance sheet date even though FSIC III Advisor is not entitled to an incentive fee with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized.

Based on an interpretation of the applicable language in the Advisers Act by the staff of the Division of Investment Management of the SEC, the Company “looks through” its TRS, in calculating the capital gains incentive fee. Under this “look through” methodology, the portion of the net settlement payments received by the Company pursuant to the TRS which would have represented net investment income to the Company had the Company held the loans underlying the TRS directly is treated as net investment income subject to the

 

137


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

subordinated incentive fee on income payable to FSIC III Advisor pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, rather than as realized capital gains in accordance with GAAP, and any unrealized depreciation on individual loans underlying the TRS further reduces the capital gains incentive fee payable to FSIC III Advisor with respect to realized gains. See Note 8 for a discussion of the TRS.

Subordinated Income Incentive Fee : Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, FSIC III Advisor may also be entitled to receive a subordinated incentive fee on income. The subordinated incentive fee on income, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of the Company’s “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter and is subject to a hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on adjusted capital equal to 1.875% per quarter, or an annualized hurdle rate of 7.5%. For purposes of this fee, “adjusted capital” means cumulative gross proceeds generated from sales of the Company’s common stock (including proceeds from its distribution reinvestment plan) reduced for amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to the Company’s share repurchase program. As a result, FSIC III Advisor will not earn this part of the incentive fee for any quarter until the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter exceeds the hurdle rate of 1.875%. Once the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income in any quarter exceeds the hurdle rate, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to a “catch-up” fee equal to the amount of the pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, until the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter equals 2.34375% of adjusted capital, or 9.375% annually. Thereafter, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive 20.0% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income.

Income Taxes: The Company has elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intends to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements, as well as distribute to its stockholders, for each tax year, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income,” which is generally the Company’s net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, determined without regard to any deduction for distributions paid. As a RIC, the Company will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that it distributes to its stockholders. The Company intends to make distributions in an amount sufficient to qualify for and maintain its RIC tax status each tax year and to not pay any U.S. federal income taxes on income so distributed. The Company is also subject to nondeductible federal excise taxes if it does not distribute in respect of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of net ordinary income, 98.2% of any capital gain net income, if any, and any recognized and undistributed income from prior years for which it paid no U.S. federal income taxes. The Company accrued $95 and $0 in estimated excise taxes payable in respect of income received during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not pay any amounts in excise taxes.

Uncertainty in Income Taxes: The Company evaluates its tax positions to determine if the tax positions taken meet the minimum recognition threshold in connection with accounting for uncertainties in income tax positions taken or expected to be taken for the purposes of measuring and recognizing tax benefits or liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Recognition of a tax benefit or liability with respect to an uncertain tax position is required only when the position is “more likely than not” to be sustained assuming examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax liabilities as income tax expense in its consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013 the Company did not incur any interest or penalties.

 

138


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken on federal and state income tax returns for all open tax years, and has concluded that no provision for income tax for uncertain tax positions is required in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s federal and state income and federal excise tax returns for tax years for which the applicable statutes of limitations have not expired are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state departments of revenue.

Distributions: Distributions to the Company’s stockholders are recorded as of the record date. Subject to the sole discretion of the Company’s board of directors and applicable legal restrictions, the Company currently intends to declare regular cash distributions on a weekly or monthly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed or deemed distributed at least annually.

Organization Costs : Organization costs include, among other things, the cost of incorporating, including the cost of legal services and other fees pertaining to the Company’s organization. These costs are expensed as incurred (see Note 4).

Offering Costs : Offering costs primarily include, among other things, marketing expenses and printing, legal, and due diligence fees and other costs pertaining to the Company’s continuous public offering of shares of its common stock. The Company has charged offering costs against capital in excess of par value on the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 4).

Reclassifications : Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 have been reclassified to conform to the classifications used to prepare the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015. These reclassifications had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as previously reported.

Note 3. Share Transactions

Below is a summary of transactions with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Gross Proceeds from Offering

     137,078,118      $ 1,324,880        96,364,376      $ 954,837   

Reinvestment of Distributions

     7,283,080        63,285        1,195,854        11,313   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Proceeds

     144,361,198        1,388,165        97,560,230        966,150   

Commissions and Dealer Manager Fees

     —          (118,630     —          (88,780
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Proceeds to Company

     144,361,198        1,269,535        97,560,230        877,370   

Share Repurchase Program

     (669,010     (5,878     (4,050     (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Proceeds to Company from Share Transactions

     143,692,188      $ 1,263,657        97,556,180      $ 877,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Status of Continuous Public Offering

Since commencing its continuous public offering and through March 1, 2016, the Company has issued 256,536,930 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $2,479,905. As of March 1, 2016, the Company had

 

139


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 3. Share Transactions (continued)

 

raised total gross proceeds of $2,491,892, including $200 of seed capital contributed by the principals of FSIC III Advisor in October 2013 and $11,787 in proceeds raised in a private placement completed in April 2014 from the principals of FSIC III Advisor, certain members of the Company’s board of directors and other individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC, or GDFM, the Company’s investment sub-adviser (see Note 4).

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company issued 144,361,198 and 97,560,230 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $1,388,165 and $966,150 at an average price per share of $9.62 and $9.90, respectively. The gross proceeds received during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, include reinvested stockholder distributions of $63,285 and $11,313 for which the Company issued 7,283,080 and 1,195,854 shares of common stock, respectively. During the period from January 1, 2016 to March 1, 2016, the Company issued 15,925,141 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of $137,377 at an average price per share of $8.63.

The proceeds from the issuance of common stock as presented on the Company’s consolidated statements of changes in net assets and consolidated statements of cash flows are presented net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees of $118,630 and $88,780 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The Company is currently offering shares of its common stock pursuant to its continuous public offering only to persons who purchase through investment advisors whose contracts for investment advisory and related services include a fixed or “wrap” fee or other asset-based fee arrangement, who are collectively referred to herein as Advisors, and to certain affiliated investors who purchase through FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC, or FS 2 , the Company’s dealer manager. Sales of shares of the Company’s common stock through Advisors is referred to herein as the Institutional Channel. In February 2016, the Company closed its continuous public offering to investors investing through the IBD Channel, or the IBD Channel closing. As used herein, the IBD Channel refers to sales of shares of the Company’s common stock through broker-dealers that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and other properly licensed financial securities firms, who are collectively referred to herein as selected broker-dealers. Historically, sales through the IBD Channel have constituted the majority of shares sold in the Company’s continuous public offering.

Prior to the IBD Channel closing, shares of the Company’s common stock in its continuous public offering were subject to a sales load of up to 10.0% of the public offering price, which consisted of selling commissions and dealer manager fees of up to 7.0% and 3.0%, respectively, of the public offering price. Following the IBD Channel closing, shares of common stock in its continuous public offering have been sold at an Institutional offering price that does not include any selling commissions or dealer manager fees.

Share Repurchase Program

The Company intends to continue to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to its share repurchase program. The first such tender offer commenced in August 2014, and the repurchase occurred in connection with the Company’s October 1, 2014 weekly closing. The Company’s board of directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making its determination regarding whether to cause the Company to offer to repurchase shares and under what terms:

 

   

the effect of such repurchases on the Company’s qualification as a RIC (including the consequences of any necessary asset sales);

 

140


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 3. Share Transactions (continued)

 

   

the liquidity of the Company’s assets (including fees and costs associated with disposing of assets);

 

   

the Company’s investment plans and working capital requirements;

 

   

the relative economies of scale with respect to the Company’s size;

 

   

the Company’s history in repurchasing shares of common stock or portions thereof; and

 

   

the condition of the securities markets.

The Company currently intends to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock it can repurchase with the proceeds it receives from the issuance of shares of common stock under its distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, the Company may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, the Company will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each calendar quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that the Company offers to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above. The Company currently intends to offer to repurchase such shares of common stock on each date of repurchase at a price equal to 90% of what the public offering price would have been on the date of repurchase had the Company not closed the IBD Channel in February 2016 (which price is equal to the Institutional offering price on the date of repurchase). In months in which the Company repurchases shares of common stock pursuant to its share repurchase program, it expects to conduct repurchases on the same date that it holds its first weekly closing in such month for the sale of shares of common stock in its continuous public offering. The Company’s board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time upon 30 days’ notice.

The following table provides information concerning the Company’s repurchases of shares of its common stock pursuant to its share repurchase program during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

For the Three Months Ended

   Repurchase Date    Shares
Repurchased
     Percentage
of Shares
Tendered
That Were
Repurchased
    Repurchase
Price Per
Share
     Aggregate
Consideration
for
Repurchased
Shares
 

Fiscal 2014

             

September 30, 2014

   October 1, 2014      4,050         100   $ 9.000       $ 36   

Fiscal 2015

             

December 31, 2014

   January 7, 2015      16,692         100   $ 8.865       $ 148   

March 31, 2015

   April 1, 2015      60,626         100   $ 8.955       $ 543   

June 30, 2015

   July 8, 2015      316,818         100   $ 8.955       $ 2,837   

September 30, 2015

   October 7, 2015      274,874         100   $ 8.550       $ 2,350   

On January 6, 2016, the Company repurchased 569,282 shares of common stock (representing 100% of the shares of common stock tendered for repurchase) at $8.145 per share for aggregate consideration totaling $4,637.

 

141


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 4. Related Party Transactions

Compensation of the Investment Adviser and Dealer Manager

Pursuant to the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, FSIC III Advisor is entitled to an annual base management fee of 2.0% of the average weekly value of the Company’s gross assets and an incentive fee based on the Company’s performance. The Company commenced accruing fees under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement on April 2, 2014, upon commencement of the Company’s investment operations. Management fees are paid on a quarterly basis in arrears. FSIC III Advisor has agreed, effective one year following the IBD Channel closing, to waive a portion of the base management fee so that the fee received equals 1.75% of the Company’s average weekly gross assets.

The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of the Company’s “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter and is subject to a hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on adjusted capital, equal to 1.875% per quarter, or an annualized hurdle rate of 7.5%. For purposes of this fee, “adjusted capital” means cumulative gross proceeds generated from sales of the Company’s common stock (including proceeds from its distribution reinvestment plan) reduced for amounts paid for share repurchases pursuant to the Company’s share repurchase program. As a result, FSIC III Advisor will not earn this incentive fee for any quarter until the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter exceeds the hurdle rate of 1.875%. Once the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income in any quarter exceeds the hurdle rate, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to a “catch-up” fee equal to the amount of the pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate, until the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for such quarter equals 2.34375%, or 9.375% annually, of adjusted capital. This “catch-up” feature allows FSIC III Advisor to recoup the fees foregone as a result of the existence of the hurdle rate. Thereafter, FSIC III Advisor will be entitled to receive 20.0% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income.

The second part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the incentive fee on capital gains, is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement). This fee equals 20.0% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains (i.e., the Company’s realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception, calculated as of the end of the applicable period, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. The Company accrues for the capital gains incentive fee, which, if earned, is paid annually. The Company accrues the capital gains incentive fee based on net realized and unrealized gains; however, under the terms of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the fee payable to FSIC III Advisor is based on realized gains and no such fee is payable with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized. See Note 2 for a discussion of the treatment of the TRS with respect to the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee.

The Company reimburses FSIC III Advisor for expenses necessary to perform services related to the Company’s administration and operations, including FSIC III Advisor’s allocable portion of the compensation and related expenses of certain personnel of Franklin Square Holdings, L.P., or Franklin Square Holdings, the Company’s sponsor and an affiliate of FSIC III Advisor, providing administrative services to the Company on behalf of FSIC III Advisor. The amount of this reimbursement is set at the lesser of (1) FSIC III Advisor’s actual costs incurred in providing such services and (2) the amount that the Company estimates it would be required to pay alternative service providers for comparable services in the same geographic location. FSIC III Advisor

 

142


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 4. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

allocates the cost of such services to the Company based on factors such as assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. The Company’s board of directors reviews the methodology employed in determining how the expenses are allocated to the Company and the proposed allocation of administrative expenses among the Company and certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor. The Company’s board of directors then assesses the reasonableness of such reimbursements for expenses allocated to the Company based on the breadth, depth and quality of such services as compared to the estimated cost to the Company of obtaining similar services from third-party service providers known to be available. In addition, the Company’s board of directors considers whether any single third-party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost and quality. Finally, the Company’s board of directors compares the total amount paid to FSIC III Advisor for such services as a percentage of the Company’s net assets to the same ratio as reported by other comparable BDCs. The Company does not reimburse FSIC III Advisor for any services for which it receives a separate fee, or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of FSIC III Advisor.

Under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement, the Company, either directly or through reimbursement to FSIC III Advisor or its affiliates, is responsible for its organization and offering costs in an amount up to 1.5% of gross proceeds raised in the Company’s continuous public offering. Organization and offering costs primarily include legal, accounting, printing and other expenses relating to the Company’s continuous public offering, including costs associated with technology integration between the Company’s systems and those of its selected broker-dealers, marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of FSIC III Advisor’s personnel, employees of its affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing the Company’s common stock, which includes the development of marketing materials and presentations, training and educational meetings, and generally coordinating the marketing process for the Company.

Prior to satisfaction of the minimum offering requirement and for a period of time thereafter, Franklin Square Holdings funded certain of the Company’s organization and offering costs. Following this period, the Company has paid certain of its organization and offering costs directly and reimbursed FSIC III Advisor for offering costs incurred by FSIC III Advisor on the Company’s behalf, including marketing expenses, salaries and other direct expenses of FSIC III Advisor’s personnel and employees of its affiliates while engaged in registering and marketing the Company’s shares of common stock. Organization and offering costs funded directly by Franklin Square Holdings were recorded by the Company as a contribution to capital. The offering costs were offset against capital in excess of par value on the consolidated financial statements and the organization costs were charged to expense as incurred by the Company (see Note 2). All other offering costs, including costs incurred directly by the Company, amounts reimbursed to FSIC III Advisor for ongoing offering costs and any reimbursements paid to Franklin Square Holdings for organization and offering costs previously funded, are recorded as a reduction of capital.

Since June 7, 2013 (Inception) through December 31, 2014, Franklin Square Holdings funded $3,801 in offering and organization costs, all of which were reimbursed during the period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014. The reimbursements were recorded as a reduction of capital. During the year ended December 31, 2015, Franklin Square Holdings did not fund any of the Company’s offering and organization costs. As of December 31, 2015, no amounts remain reimbursable to FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates under this arrangement.

 

143


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 4. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

The dealer manager for the Company’s continuous public offering is FS 2 , which is one of the Company’s affiliates. Prior to the IBD Channel closing, the dealer manager was entitled under the dealer manager agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and among the Company, FSIC III Advisor and FS 2 , or the dealer manager agreement, to receive selling commissions and dealer manager fees in connection with the sale of shares of common stock in the Company’s continuous public offering, all or a portion of which could be re-allowed to selected broker-dealers. Following the IBD Channel closing, the dealer manager has waived its right to receive any selling commissions or dealer manager fees in connection with shares of the Company’s common stock sold pursuant to the Company’s continuous public offering and, as a result, no selling commissions or dealer manager fees will be paid to the dealer manager from that date forward.

The following table describes the fees and expenses the Company accrued under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement and the dealer manager fees FS 2 received under the dealer manager agreement during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

            Year Ended
December 31,
 

Related Party

 

Source Agreement

  Description   2015      2014  

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement   Base Management Fee (1)   $ 39,493       $ 6,323   

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement   Subordinated Incentive Fee on
Income
(2)
  $ 20,222       $ —     

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement   Administrative Services  Expenses (3)   $ 2,045       $ 435   

FSIC III Advisor

  Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement   Offering Costs (4)   $ 3,504       $ 2,494   

FS 2

  Dealer Manager Agreement   Dealer Manager Fee (5)   $ 22,411       $ 16,845   

 

(1) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $598 and $2,559, respectively, in base management fees were applied to offset the liability of Franklin Square Holdings under the expense reimbursement agreement (see “—Expense Reimbursement” below) and $28,648 and $0, respectively, in net base management fees were paid to FSIC III Advisor. As of December 31, 2015, $14,011 in base management fees were payable to FSIC III Advisor.

 

(2) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $8,397 and $0, respectively, of subordinated incentive fees on income were paid to FSIC III Advisor. As of December 31, 2015, a subordinated incentive fee on income of $11,825 was payable to FSIC III Advisor.

 

(3) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $1,875 and $384, respectively, of the accrued administrative services expenses related to the allocation of costs of administrative personnel for services rendered to the Company by FSIC III Advisor and the remainder related to other reimbursable expenses. The Company paid $1,493 and $232 in administrative services expenses to FSIC III Advisor during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

144


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 4. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

(4) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, the Company incurred offering costs of $6,200, $4,479, $1,619, respectively, of which $3,504, $2,494 and $110, respectively, generally related to the reimbursement of marketing expenses, salaries and direct expenses of FSIC III Advisor’s employees and employees of its affiliates while engaged in registering and marketing the Company’s shares of common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates directly funded $1,993 and $1,808, respectively, of the Company’s organization and offering costs. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013, the Company paid $3,801 and $0, respectively, to FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates for organization and offering costs previously funded.

 

(5)

Represents aggregate dealer manager fees retained by FS 2 and not re-allowed to selected broker-dealers.

Capital Contributions by FSIC III Advisor and GDFM

In October 2013, pursuant to a private placement, Michael C. Forman and David J. Adelman, the principals of FSIC III Advisor, contributed an aggregate of $200, which was used in its entirety to purchase 22,222 shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represented the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, excluding selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares of common stock for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains the Company’s investment adviser.

In April 2014, pursuant to a private placement, Messrs. Forman (through an affiliated entity) and Adelman purchased 111,111 additional shares of common stock at $9.00 per share, which represented the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, excluding selling commissions and dealer manager fees. The principals will not tender these shares of common stock for repurchase as long as FSIC III Advisor remains the Company’s investment adviser. In connection with the same private placement, certain members of the Company’s board of directors and other individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor purchased 640,194 shares of common stock, and certain individuals and entities affiliated with GDFM purchased 558,334 shares of common stock, in each case at a price of $9.00 per share, which represented the initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, excluding selling commissions and dealer manager fees. In connection with the private placement, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,309,639 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $11,787 upon satisfying the minimum offering requirement on April 2, 2014. As of March 1, 2016, the Company has issued an aggregate of 1,821,692 shares of common stock for aggregate proceeds of $16,339 to members of the Company’s board of directors and other individuals and entities affiliated with FSIC III Advisor and GDFM, including shares of common stock sold to Messrs. Forman and Adelman in October 2013 and shares sold in the private placement completed in April 2014.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

FSIC III Advisor’s senior management team is comprised of substantially the same personnel as the senior management teams of FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC, FSIC IV Advisor, LLC and FS Global Advisor, LLC, the investment advisers to certain other BDCs and a closed-end management investment company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings. As a result, such personnel provide investment advisory services to the Company and each of FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV and FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund. While none of FSIC III Advisor, FB Income Advisor, LLC, FS Investment Advisor, LLC, FSIC II Advisor, LLC,

 

145


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 4. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

FSIC IV Advisor, LLC or FS Global Advisor, LLC is currently making private corporate debt investments for clients other than the Company, FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV or FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund, respectively, any, or all, may do so in the future. In the event that FSIC III Advisor undertakes to provide investment advisory services to other clients in the future, it intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with the Company’s investment objectives and strategies, if necessary, so that the Company will not be disadvantaged in relation to any other client of FSIC III Advisor or its management team. In addition, even in the absence of FSIC III Advisor retaining additional clients, it is possible that some investment opportunities may be provided to FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV and/or FS Global Credit Opportunities Fund rather than to the Company.

Exemptive Relief

As a BDC, the Company is subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making its investments. For example, BDCs generally are not permitted to co-invest with certain affiliated entities in transactions originated by the BDC or its affiliates in the absence of an exemptive order from the SEC. However, BDCs are permitted to, and may, simultaneously co-invest in transactions where price is the only negotiated point. In an order dated June 4, 2013, the SEC granted exemptive relief to affiliates of the Company, upon which the Company may rely, and which permits the Company, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to co-invest in certain privately negotiated investment transactions with certain affiliates of FSIC III Advisor, including FS Investment Corporation, FS Energy and Power Fund, FS Investment Corporation II, FS Investment Corporation IV and any future BDCs that are advised by FSIC III Advisor or its affiliated investment advisers, or collectively the Company’s co-investment affiliates. The Company believes this relief has and may continue to enhance its ability to further its investment objectives and strategies. The Company believes this relief may also increase favorable investment opportunities for it, in part, by allowing the Company to participate in larger investments, together with its co-investment affiliates, than would be available to the Company if such relief had not been obtained. Because the Company’s affiliates did not seek exemptive relief to engage in co-investment transactions with GDFM and its affiliates, the Company is permitted to co-invest with GDFM and its affiliates only in accordance with existing regulatory guidance.

Expense Reimbursement

Pursuant to the expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and between Franklin Square Holdings and the Company, or the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to reimburse the Company for expenses in an amount that is sufficient to ensure that no portion of the Company’s distributions to stockholders will be paid from its offering proceeds or borrowings. However, because certain investments the Company may make, including preferred and common equity investments, may generate dividends and other distributions to the Company that are treated for tax purposes as a return of capital, a portion of the Company’s distributions to stockholders may also be deemed to constitute a return of capital to the extent that the Company may use such dividends or other distribution proceeds to fund its distributions to stockholders. Under those circumstances, Franklin Square Holdings will not reimburse the Company for the portion of such distributions to stockholders that represent a return of capital, as the purpose of the expense reimbursement arrangement is not to prevent tax-advantaged distributions to stockholders.

 

146


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 4. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

Under the expense reimbursement agreement, Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse the Company for expenses in an amount equal to the difference between the Company’s cumulative distributions paid to its stockholders in each quarter, less the sum of the Company’s net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts are not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) in each quarter.

Pursuant to the expense reimbursement agreement, the Company has a conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for any amounts funded by Franklin Square Holdings under such agreement if (and only to the extent that), during any fiscal quarter occurring within three years of the date on which Franklin Square Holdings funded such amount, the sum of the Company’s net investment company taxable income, net capital gains and the amount of any dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies (to the extent not included in net investment company taxable income or net capital gains) exceeds the regular cash distributions paid by the Company to its stockholders; provided, however, that (i) the Company will only reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings with respect to any calendar quarter to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement paid during such fiscal year) does not cause “other operating expenses” (as defined below) (on an annualized basis and net of any expense support payments received by the Company during such fiscal year) to exceed the lesser of (A) 1.75% of the Company’s average net assets attributable to shares of its common stock for the fiscal year-to-date period after taking such payments into account and (B) the percentage of the Company’s average net assets attributable to shares of its common stock represented by “other operating expenses” during the fiscal year in which such expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings was made (provided, however, that this clause (B) shall not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an expense support payment from Franklin Square Holdings made during the same fiscal year) and (ii) the Company will not reimburse Franklin Square Holdings for expense support payments made by Franklin Square Holdings for any calendar quarter if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company at the time of such reimbursement payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company at the time Franklin Square Holdings made the expense support payment to which such reimbursement payment relates. The Company is not obligated to pay interest on the reimbursements it is required to make to Franklin Square Holdings under the expense reimbursement agreement. “Other operating expenses” means the Company’s total “operating expenses” (as defined below), excluding base management fees, incentive fees, offering and organization expenses, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses. “Operating expenses” means all operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with GAAP for investment companies.

The Company or Franklin Square Holdings may terminate the expense reimbursement agreement at any time. Franklin Square Holdings has indicated that it expects to continue such reimbursements until it deems that the Company has achieved economies of scale sufficient to ensure that it bears a reasonable level of expenses in relation to its income. The specific amount of expenses reimbursed by Franklin Square Holdings, if any, will be determined at the end of each quarter. Upon termination of the expense reimbursement agreement by Franklin Square Holdings, Franklin Square Holdings will be required to fund any amounts accrued thereunder as of the date of termination. Similarly, the Company’s conditional obligation to reimburse Franklin Square Holdings pursuant to the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement shall survive the termination of such agreement by either party.

 

147


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 4. Related Party Transactions (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2014, $598 of reimbursements were payable to the Company from Franklin Square Holdings. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not accrue any amounts for expense reimbursements that Franklin Square Holdings has agreed to pay. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not receive any cash reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings, but offset $598 in management fees payable by the Company to FSIC III Advisor under the investment advisory and administrative services agreement against reimbursements due from Franklin Square Holdings. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no reimbursements due from Franklin Square Holdings.

As discussed above, under the expense reimbursement agreement, amounts reimbursed to the Company by Franklin Square Holdings may become subject to repayment by the Company in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company accrued $3,469 for expense recoupments payable to Franklin Square Holdings of which $3,251 was paid. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $218 of expense recoupments due to Franklin Square Holdings and no further amounts remain subject to repayment by the Company to Franklin Square Holdings in the future.

Franklin Square Holdings is controlled by the Company’s chairman, president and chief executive officer, Michael C. Forman, and its vice-chairman, David J. Adelman. There can be no assurance that the expense reimbursement agreement will remain in effect or that Franklin Square Holdings will reimburse any portion of the Company’s expenses in future quarters.

FS Benefit Trust

FS Benefit Trust, or FS Trust, was formed as a Delaware statutory trust for the purpose of awarding equity incentive compensation to employees of Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, FS Trust purchased $231 and $31, respectively, of the Company’s shares at a purchase price equal to 90% of the offering price in effect on the applicable purchase date (which price included the maximum sales load of 10.0% that was historically imposed on sales of the Company’s common stock in its continuous public offering through the IBD Channel before the IBD Channel closing).

Note 5. Distributions

The following table reflects the cash distributions per share that the Company declared and paid on its common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Distribution  

For the Year Ended December 31,

   Per Share      Amount  

2014

   $ 0.5249       $ 21,526   

2015

   $ 0.7000       $ 118,228   

The Company currently declares regular cash distributions on a weekly basis and pays such distributions on a monthly basis. On November 9, 2015 and March 7, 2016, the Company’s board of directors declared regular weekly cash distributions for January 2016 through March 2016 and April 2016 through June 2016, respectively, each in the amount of $0.013461 per share. These distributions have been or will be paid monthly to stockholders of record as of weekly record dates previously determined by the Company’s board of directors. The timing and amount of any future distributions to stockholders are subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of the Company’s board of directors.

 

148


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 5. Distributions (continued)

 

The Company has adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for its stockholders. As a result, if the Company makes a cash distribution, its stockholders will receive the distribution in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock. However, certain state authorities or regulators may impose restrictions from time to time that may prevent or limit a stockholder’s ability to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan.

Under the distribution reinvestment plan, cash distributions to participating stockholders are reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price equal to 90% of what the public offering price per share would have been as of the date of issuance had the Company not closed the IBD Channel in February 2016 (which price is equal to the Institutional offering price on the date of issuance). Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders who elect to participate in the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes. Stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares of common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the Company’s shares of common stock.

The Company may fund its cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds legally available to it, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets and dividends or other distributions paid to the Company on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense reimbursements from Franklin Square Holdings. The Company has not established limits on the amount of funds it may use from available sources to make distributions. During certain periods, the Company’s distributions may exceed its earnings. As a result, it is possible that a portion of the distributions the Company makes may represent a return of capital. A return of capital generally is a return of a stockholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from the Company’s investment activities. Each year a statement on Form 1099-DIV identifying the sources of the distributions (i.e., paid from ordinary income, paid from net capital gains on the sale of securities, and/or a return of capital, which is a nontaxable distribution) will be mailed to the Company’s stockholders. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all. No portion of the distributions paid during the tax years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 represented a return of capital.

For a period of time following commencement of the Company’s continuous public offering, which time period may be significant, substantial portions of the Company’s distributions have been, and may in the future, be funded through the reimbursement of certain expenses by Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates, including through the waiver of certain investment advisory fees by FSIC III Advisor, that are subject to repayment by the Company within three years. The purpose of this arrangement is to ensure that no portion of the Company’s distributions to stockholders will be paid from offering proceeds or borrowings. Any such distributions funded through expense reimbursements or waivers of advisory fees are not based on the Company’s investment performance, and can only be sustained if the Company achieves positive investment performance in future periods and/or Franklin Square Holdings continues to make such reimbursements or waivers of such fees. The Company’s future repayments of amounts reimbursed or waived by Franklin Square Holdings or its affiliates will reduce the distributions that stockholders would otherwise receive in the future. Franklin Square Holdings and its affiliates have no obligation to waive advisory fees or otherwise reimburse expenses in future periods. No portion of the distributions paid during the year ended December 31, 2015 was funded through the reimbursement of operating expenses by Franklin Square Holdings. For the year ended

 

149


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 5. Distributions (continued)

 

December 31, 2014, if Franklin Square Holdings had not reimbursed certain of the Company’s expenses, approximately 16% of the aggregate amount of distributions paid during such period would have been funded from offering proceeds or borrowings.

The following table reflects the sources of the cash distributions on a tax basis that the Company has paid on its common stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Source of Distribution

   Distribution
Amount
     Percentage     Distribution
Amount
     Percentage  

Offering proceeds

   $ —                   —        $ —                   —     

Borrowings

     —           —          —           —     

Net investment income (prior to expense reimbursement) (1)

     118,228         100     17,970         84

Short-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets

     —           —          87         0

Long-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets

     —           —          —           —     

Non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets

     —           —          —           —     

Distributions on account of preferred and common equity

     —           —          —           —     

Expense reimbursement from sponsor

     —           —          3,469         16
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   118,228         100   $   21,526         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, 94.1% and 98.3%, respectively, of the Company’s gross investment income was attributable to cash income earned, 4.4% and 1.7%, respectively, was attributable to non-cash accretion of discount and 1.5% and 0.0%, respectively, was attributable to paid-in-kind, or PIK, interest.

The Company’s net investment income on a tax basis for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $127,179 and $21,439, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had $8,951 and $0, respectively, of undistributed net investment income on a tax basis.

The difference between the Company’s GAAP-basis net investment income and its tax-basis net investment income is primarily due to the tax-basis deferral and amortization of organization costs incurred prior to the commencement of the Company’s investment operations, the reclassification of unamortized original issue discount and prepayment fees recognized upon prepayment of loans from income for GAAP purposes to realized gains for tax purposes, the reversal of non-deductible excise taxes, the inclusion of a portion of the periodic net settlement payments due on the Company’s TRS in tax-basis net investment income and the accretion of discount on the TRS.

 

150


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 5. Distributions (continued)

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between GAAP-basis net investment income and tax-basis net investment income during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

GAAP-basis net investment income

   $         110,367      $           18,994   

Tax-basis deferral and amortization of organization costs

     (17     51   

Reclassification of unamortized original issue discount and prepayment fees

     (766     (19

Excise taxes

     95        —     

Tax-basis net investment income portion of total return swap payments

     14,508        2,046   

Accretion of discount on total return swap

     1,645        359   

Other miscellaneous differences

     1,347        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-basis net investment income

   $ 127,179      $ 21,439   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company may make certain adjustments to the classification of stockholders’ equity as a result of permanent book-to-tax differences. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company increased accumulated distributions in excess of net investment income by $14,689, and reduced capital in excess of par value and accumulated undistributed net realized gains on investments and total return swap by $115 and $14,574, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company increased accumulated distributions in excess of net investment income by $2,035, and reduced capital in excess of par value and accumulated undistributed net realized gains on investments and total return swap by $8 and $2,027, respectively.

The determination of the tax attributes of the Company’s distributions is made annually as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year based upon the Company’s taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. The actual tax characteristics of distributions to stockholders are reported to stockholders annually on Form 1099-DIV.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the components of accumulated earnings on a tax basis were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Distributable ordinary income (income and short-term capital gains)

   $             8,951      $               —     

Unamortized organization costs

     (223     (240

Capital loss carryover (1)

     (24,037     —     

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and total return swap (2)

     (218,419     (28,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (233,728   $ (28,851
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Under the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010, net capital losses recognized for tax years beginning after December 22, 2010, may be carried forward indefinitely, and their character is retained as short-term or long-term losses. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had short-term and long-term capital loss carryforwards available to offset future realized capital gains of $22,515 and $1,522, respectively.

 

(2) As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the gross unrealized appreciation on the Company’s investments and TRS was $4,582 and $8,892, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the gross unrealized depreciation on the Company’s investments and TRS was $223,001 and $37,503, respectively.

 

151


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 5. Distributions (continued)

 

The aggregate cost of the Company’s investments, including the accretion of discount on the TRS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes totaled $2,937,122 and $719,048 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The aggregate net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on a tax basis, including the Company’s TRS, was $(218,419) and $(28,611) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Note 6. Investment Portfolio

The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
 

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

  $ 1,908,256      $ 1,878,552        68   $ 279,285      $ 278,277        40

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

    297,474        264,261        10     173,357        170,515        25

Senior Secured Bonds

    113,064        75,597        3     43,253        43,089        6

Subordinated Debt

    539,488        451,694        17     197,259        180,178        26

Collateralized Securities

    8,181        7,607        0     8,907        8,907        1

Equity/Other

    68,062        66,919        2     16,628        14,839        2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,934,525      $ 2,744,630               100   $ 718,689      $ 695,805                100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amortized cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums and/or accretion of discounts, as applicable, on investments.

The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 to include, on a look-through basis, the investments underlying the TRS, as disclosed in Note 8. The investments underlying the TRS had a notional amount and market value of $394,680 and $365,214, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and $292,409 and $285,847, respectively, as of December 31, 2014:

 

    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
    Amortized
Cost (1)
    Fair Value     Percentage
of Portfolio
 

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

  $ 2,242,195      $ 2,186,548        70   $ 544,214      $ 537,045        55

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

    358,215        321,479        10     200,837        197,594        20

Senior Secured Bonds

    113,064        75,597        3     43,253        43,089        4

Subordinated Debt

    539,488        451,694        15     197,259        180,178        18

Collateralized Securities

    8,181        7,607        0     8,907        8,907        1

Equity/Other

    68,062        66,919        2     16,628        14,839        2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 3,329,205      $ 3,109,844                100   $ 1,011,098      $ 981,652                100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amortized cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums and/or accretion of discounts, as applicable, on investments.

 

152


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 6. Investment Portfolio (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company did not “control” and was not an “affiliated person” of any of its portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, the Company would be presumed to “control” a portfolio company if it owned 25% or more of its voting securities or it had the power to exercise control over the management or policies of such portfolio company, and would be an “affiliated person” of a portfolio company if it owned 5% or more of its voting securities.

The Company’s investment portfolio may contain loans and other unfunded arrangements that are in the form of lines of credit, revolving credit facilities, delayed draw credit facilities or other investments, pursuant to which the Company may be required to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with the terms of the underlying agreements. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had twenty-one unfunded debt investments with aggregate unfunded commitments of $267,776 and two unfunded commitments to purchase up to $467 and $369, respectively, in shares of preferred stock of Altus Power America Holdings, LLC and common equity of Sunnova Holdings, LLC. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had seven unfunded debt investments with aggregate unfunded commitments of $47,792. The Company maintains sufficient cash on hand, available borrowings and liquid securities to fund such unfunded commitments should the need arise. For additional details regarding the Company’s unfunded debt and equity investments, see the Company’s consolidated schedules of investments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The table below describes investments by industry classification and enumerates the percentage, by fair value, of the total portfolio assets in such industries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

Industry Classification

   Fair Value      Percentage
of Portfolio
    Fair Value      Percentage
of  Portfolio
 

Automobiles & Components

   $ 128,407         5   $ 27,208         4

Capital Goods

     277,975         10     35,615         5

Commercial & Professional Services

     274,662         10     76,536         11

Consumer Durables & Apparel

     147,483         5     30,628         4

Consumer Services

     237,666         9     100,066         14

Diversified Financials

     131,049         5     59,606         9

Energy

     224,961         8     115,159         16

Food & Staples Retailing

     4,360         0     2,352         0

Food, Beverage & Tobacco

     5,183         0     —           —     

Health Care Equipment & Services

     398,856         15     4,831         1

Household & Personal Products

     —           —          9,246         1

Insurance

     7,251         0     4,048         1

Materials

     108,964         4     54,034         8

Media

     83,112         3     25,575         4

Real Estate

     1,707         0     —           —     

Retailing

     28,204         1     —           —     

Semiconductors & Semiconductor Equipment

     9,915         0     —           —     

Software & Services

     406,231         15     86,454         12

Technology Hardware & Equipment

     48,513         2     38,877         6

Telecommunication Services

     41,293         1     5,050         1

Transportation

     178,838         7     20,520         3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,744,630                 100   $ 695,805                100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 7. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Under existing accounting guidance, fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive upon selling an investment or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction to a market participant in the principal or most advantageous market for the investment. This accounting guidance emphasizes that valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The Company classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy as defined by current accounting guidance:

Level 1 : Inputs that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 : Inputs that are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 3 : Inputs that are unobservable for an asset or liability.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s investments and total return swap were categorized as follows in the fair value hierarchy:

 

Valuation Inputs

   December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
   Investments      Total Return Swap     Investments      Total Return Swap  

Level 1—Price quotations in active markets

   $ —         $                 —        $ —         $                 —     

Level 2—Significant other observable inputs

     —           —          —           —     

Level 3—Significant unobservable inputs

     2,744,630         (25,927     695,805         (5,368
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   2,744,630       $ (25,927   $   695,805       $ (5,368
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s investments as of December 31, 2015 consisted primarily of debt investments that were acquired directly from the issuer. Forty senior secured loan investments, two senior secured bond investments and seven subordinated debt investments, for which broker quotes were not available, were valued by independent valuation firms, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, prevailing interest rates for like investments, expected cash flows, call features, anticipated prepayments and other relevant terms of the investments. All of the Company’s equity/other investments were also valued by independent valuation firms, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, contractual rights ascribed to such investments, as well as various income scenarios and multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues, or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. Two senior secured loan investments, which were newly issued and purchased near December 31, 2015, were valued at cost, as the Company’s board of directors determined that the cost of each such investment was the best indication of its fair value. Except as described above, the Company valued its other investments by using the midpoint of the prevailing bid and ask prices from dealers on the date of the relevant period end, which were provided by independent third-party pricing services and screened for validity by such services.

 

154


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 7. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

The Company’s investments as of December 31, 2014 consisted primarily of debt investments that were traded on a private over-the-counter market for institutional investors. Twelve senior secured loan investments and two subordinated debt investments, for which broker quotes were not available, were valued by an independent valuation firm, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, prevailing interest rates for like investments, expected cash flows, call features, anticipated prepayments and other relevant terms of the investments. Except as described below, all of the Company’s equity/other investments were valued by the same independent valuation firm, which determined the fair value of such investments by considering, among other factors, contractual rights ascribed to such investments, as well as various income scenarios and multiples of EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues or, in limited instances, book value or liquidation value. Three senior secured loan investments, one collateralized security and one equity/other investment, each of which were newly issued and purchased near December 31, 2014, were valued at cost, as the Company’s board of directors determined that the cost of each such investment was the best indication of its fair value. Except as described above, the Company valued its other investments by using the midpoint of the prevailing bid and ask prices from dealers on the date of the relevant period end, which were provided by an independent third-party pricing service and screened for validity by such service.

The Company values the TRS in accordance with the agreements between Center City Funding and Citibank that collectively established the TRS, which agreements are collectively referred to herein as the TRS Agreement. Pursuant to the TRS Agreement, the value of the TRS is based on the increase or decrease in the value of the loans underlying the TRS, together with accrued interest income, interest expense and certain other expenses incurred under the TRS. The loans underlying the TRS are valued by Citibank. Citibank bases its valuation on the indicative bid prices provided by an independent third-party pricing service. Bid prices reflect the highest price that market participants may be willing to pay. These valuations are sent to the Company for review and testing. The valuation committee of the Company’s board of directors, or the valuation committee, and the board of directors review and approve the value of the TRS, as well as the value of the loans underlying the TRS, on a quarterly basis as part of their quarterly determination of net asset value. To the extent the Company’s valuation committee or board of directors has any questions or concerns regarding the valuation of the loans underlying the TRS, such valuation is discussed or challenged pursuant to the terms of the TRS Agreement. For additional information on the Company’s TRS, see Note 8.

The Company periodically benchmarks the bid and ask prices it receives from the third-party pricing services and/or dealers, as applicable, against the actual prices at which the Company purchases and sells its investments. Based on the results of the benchmark analysis and the experience of the Company’s management in purchasing and selling these investments, the Company believes that these prices are reliable indicators of fair value. However, because of the private nature of this marketplace (meaning actual transactions are not publicly reported), the Company believes that these valuation inputs are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The Company may also use other methods, including the use of an independent valuation firm, to determine fair value for securities for which it cannot obtain prevailing bid and ask prices through third-party pricing services or independent dealers, or where the Company’s board of directors otherwise determines that the use of such other methods is appropriate. The Company periodically benchmarks the valuations provided by the independent valuation firms against the actual prices at which the Company purchases and sells its investments. The valuation committee of the Company’s board of directors and the board of directors reviewed and approved the valuation determinations made with respect to these investments in a manner consistent with the Company’s valuation policy.

 

155


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 7. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

The following is a reconciliation for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 of investments for which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were used in determining fair value:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2015  
    Senior  Secured
Loans—First
Lien
    Senior Secured
Loans—Second
Lien
    Senior
Secured
Bonds
    Subordinated
Debt
    Collateralized
Securities
    Equity/
Other
    Total  

Fair value at beginning of period

  $ 278,277      $ 170,515      $ 43,089      $ 180,178      $ 8,907      $ 14,839      $ 695,805   

Accretion of discount (amortization of premium)

    3,761        1,216        2,254        2,659        (726     —          9,164   

Net realized gain (loss)

    4,790        (345     (3,581     (24,986     —          —          (24,122

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

    (28,696     (30,371     (37,302     (70,713     (574     645        (167,011

Purchases

    1,748,636        196,803        111,984        537,531        —          52,125        2,647,079   

Paid-in-kind interest

    1,206        6        501        1,264        —          —          2,977   

Sales and redemptions

    (129,422     (73,563     (41,348     (174,239                     —          (690     (419,262

Net transfers in or out of Level 3

                   —                           —          —                         —            —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at end of period

  $ 1,878,552      $ 264,261      $ 75,597      $ 451,694      $ 7,607      $ 66,919      $ 2,744,630   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in changes in net assets attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to investments still held at the reporting date

  $ (26,513   $ (32,789   $ (37,546   $ (86,273   $ (574   $ 645      $ (183,050
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 7. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2014  
    Senior Secured
Loans—First
Lien
    Senior Secured
Loans—Second
Lien
    Senior
Secured
Bonds
    Subordinated
Debt
    Collateralized
Securities
    Equity/
Other
    Total  

Fair value at beginning of period

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Accretion of discount (amortization of premium)

    (1     138        84        205        —          —          426   

Net realized gain (loss)

    42        55        (24     97        —          —          170   

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

    (1,008     (2,842     (164     (17,081     —          (1,789     (22,884

Purchases

    323,157        185,253        53,374        209,993        8,907        16,628        797,312   

Paid-in-kind interest

    10        —          —          —          —          —          10   

Sales and redemptions

    (43,923     (12,089     (10,181     (13,036     —          —          (79,229

Net transfers in or out of Level 3

    —          —          —          —            —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at end of period

  $         278,277      $           170,515      $ 43,089      $       180,178      $            8,907      $ 14,839      $ 695,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in changes in net assets attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to investments still held at the reporting date

  $ (1,008   $ (2,842   $ (164   $ (17,081   $ —        $ (1,789   $ (22,884
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in recurring Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

Type of Investment

  Fair Value at
December 31, 2015 (1)
    Valuation
Technique (1)
  Unobservable Input   Range   Weighted
Average

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

  $               1,447,825      Market Comparables   Market Yield (%)   5.5% - 16.0%   9.9%
    8,342      Other (2)   Other (2)   N/A   N/A
    288,385      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   30.0% - 102.0%   93.8%
    134,000      Cost   Cost   100.0% - 100.0%   100.0%

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

    50,864      Market Comparables   Market Yield (%)   10.5% - 19.9%   16.3%
    213,397      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   1.8% - 101.0%   92.0%

Senior Secured Bonds

    13,402      Market Comparables   Market Yield (%)   16.0% - 31.5%   25.1%
      EBITDA Multiples (x)   7.0x - 7.5x   7.3x
    62,195      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   14.0% - 94.4%   68.7%

Subordinated Debt

    50,187      Market Comparables   Market Yield (%)   13.3% - 13.8%   13.5%
    66,443      Other (2)   Other (2)   N/A   N/A
    335,064      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   19.9% - 104.1%   80.8%

Collateralized Securities

    7,607      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   83.5% - 91.0%   84.2%

Equity/Other

    29,401      Market Comparables   EBITDA Multiples (x)   5.8x - 14.3x   9.7x
      Capacity Multiple ($/kW)   $2,000.0 - $2,500.0   $    2,250.0
    Option Valuation Model   Volatility (%)   40.0% - 72.5%   41.6%
    37,518      Other (2)   Other (2)   N/A   N/A
 

 

 

         

Total

  $ 2,744,630           
 

 

 

         

 

(1)

Investments using a market quotes valuation technique were valued by using the midpoint of the prevailing bid and ask prices from dealers on the date of the relevant period end, which were provided by independent third-party pricing services and screened for validity by such services. For investments utilizing a market comparables valuation technique, a significant increase (decrease) in the market yield, in isolation, would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement, and a significant increase (decrease) in any of the valuation multiples, in isolation, would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. For investments utilizing a discounted cash flow valuation technique, a significant increase (decrease) in the discount rate, in isolation, would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value

 

157


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 7. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

  measurement. For investments utilizing an option valuation model valuation technique, a significant increase (decrease) in the volatility, in isolation, would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

 

(2) Fair value based on expected outcome of proposed corporate transactions or other various factors.

 

Type of Investment

  Fair Value at
December 31, 2014
    Valuation
Technique (1)
  Unobservable Input   Range   Weighted
Average

Senior Secured Loans—First Lien

  $               130,417      Market Comparables   Market Yield (%)   8.0% - 12.3%   9.4%
    26,920      Cost   Cost   100.0% - 100.0%   100.0%
    19,804      Other (2)   Other   N/A   N/A
    101,136      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   79.0% - 102.0%   96.5%

Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien

    20,323      Market Comparables   Market Yield (%)   8.5% - 11.5%   9.3%
    150,192      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   71.6% - 101.3%   95.2%

Senior Secured Bonds

    43,089      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   73.5% - 99.5%   89.4%

Subordinated Debt

    37,500      Market Comparables   Market Yield (%)   12.5% - 13.0%   12.8%
    313      Other   Other   N/A   N/A
    142,365      Market Quotes   Indicative Dealer Quotes   41.5% - 106.0%   86.5%

Collateralized Securities

    8,907      Cost   Cost   93.7% - 99.0%   98.6%

Equity/Other

    13,696      Market Comparables   EBITDA Multiples (x)   6.8x - 10.5x   8.5x
    Option Valuation Model   Volatility (%)   37.5% - 40.0%   38.8%
    1,143      Cost   Cost   $1.00 - $1.00   $1.00
 

 

 

         

Total

  $ 695,805           
 

 

 

         

 

(1) Investments using a market quotes valuation technique were valued by using the midpoint of the prevailing bid and ask prices from dealers on the date of the relevant period end, which were provided by independent third-party pricing services and screened for validity by such services. For investments utilizing a market comparables valuation technique, a significant increase (decrease) in the market yield, in isolation, would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement, and a significant increase (decrease) in any of the valuation multiples, in isolation, would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. For investments utilizing an option valuation model valuation technique, a significant increase (decrease) in the volatility, in isolation, would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

 

(2) Fair value based on expected outcome of proposed restructuring of portfolio company.

Note 8. Financing Arrangements

The following table presents summary information with respect to the Company’s outstanding financing arrangements as of December 31, 2015:

 

Arrangement

  Type of Arrangement   Rate   Amount
Outstanding
    Amount
Available
    Maturity Date

Citibank Total Return Swap

  Total Return Swap   L+1.50%   $ 394,680      $ 105,320      N/A (1)

BNP Facility

  Prime Brokerage Facility   L+1.10%   $ 155,755      $ 44,245      September 26,  2016 (2)

Deutsche Bank Credit Facility

  Revolving Credit Facility   L+2.25%   $ 250,000      $ —        September 22, 2019

JPM Credit Facility (3)

  Term Loan Credit Facility   L+2.50%   $ 300,000      $ —        May 8, 2019

Goldman Facility

  Repurchase Agreement   L+2.50%   $ 289,200      $ 10,800      July 15, 2019

Capital One Credit Facility

  Revolving Credit Facility   L+1.75% to L+2.50%   $ 94,700      $ 55,300      August 13, 2020

 

(1) The TRS may be terminated by Center City Funding or by Citibank at any time on or after June 26, 2016, in each case, in whole or in part, upon prior written notice to the other party.

 

158


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

(2) As described below, this facility generally is terminable upon 270 days’ notice by either party. As of December 31, 2015, neither party to the facility had provided notice of its intent to terminate the facility.

 

(3) On March 1, 2016, Jefferson Square Funding entered into an amendment with JPM to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of loans extended to Jefferson Square Funding under this facility by $50,000 to $350,000, plus an option, subject to certain consents, to further increase the aggregate principal amount by an additional $50,000 prior to April 30, 2016, and (ii) increase the applicable interest rate from LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.50% to LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.6875%.

The Company’s average borrowings and weighted average interest rate, including the effect of non-usage fees, for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $458,150 and 2.71%, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s weighted average effective interest rate on borrowings, including the effect of non-usage fees, was 2.72%.

Citibank Total Return Swap

On June 26, 2014, the Company’s wholly-owned financing subsidiary, Center City Funding, entered into a TRS for a portfolio of primarily senior secured floating rate loans with Citibank. On August 25, 2014, Center City Funding entered into an amendment to the TRS to increase the maximum aggregate notional amount of the portfolio of loans subject to the TRS from $100,000 to $200,000, on September 29, 2014, Center City Funding entered into a second amendment to the TRS to increase this amount from $200,000 to $300,000, on January 28, 2015, Center City Funding entered into a third amendment to the TRS to increase this amount from $300,000 to $400,000 and on October 14, 2015, Center City Funding entered into a fifth amendment to the TRS to increase this amount from $400,000 to $500,000. On June 26, 2015, Center City Funding entered into a fourth amendment to the TRS to (1) extend the date that Citibank may terminate the TRS from any time on or after June 26, 2015 to any time on or after June 26, 2016; (2) increase the swap spread over one-month LIBOR Center City Funding pays to Citibank on the utilized notional amount under the TRS from 1.32% per annum to 1.50% per annum; (3) reduce the amount of initial cash collateral Center City Funding is required to post in accordance with the margin requirements of the TRS (generally reduced from 25% to 20% of the notional amount of each loan that becomes subject to the TRS); and (4) decrease the threshold at which Center City Funding is required to post additional cash collateral in accordance with the margin requirements of the TRS in the event of depreciation in the value of the loans underlying the TRS.

A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements.

The TRS with Citibank enables the Company, through its ownership of Center City Funding, to obtain the economic benefit of owning the loans subject to the TRS, without actually owning them, in return for an interest-type payment to Citibank. As such, the TRS is analogous to Center City Funding borrowing funds to acquire loans and incurring interest expense to a lender.

 

159


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

The obligations of Center City Funding under the TRS are non-recourse to the Company and its exposure under the TRS is limited to the value of the Company’s investment in Center City Funding, which generally will equal the value of cash collateral provided by Center City Funding under the TRS. Pursuant to the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding may select a portfolio of loans with a maximum aggregate notional amount (determined at the time each such loan becomes subject to the TRS) of $500,000. Center City Funding is required to initially cash collateralize a specified percentage of the notional amount of each loan (generally 20%) that becomes subject to the TRS in accordance with margin requirements described in the TRS Agreement. Under the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding has agreed not to draw upon, or post as collateral, such cash collateral in respect of other financings or operating requirements prior to the termination of the TRS. Neither the cash collateral required to be posted with Citibank nor any other assets of Center City Funding are available to pay the Company’s debts.

Pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement that the Company has entered into with Center City Funding, the Company acts as the investment manager of the rights and obligations of Center City Funding under the TRS, including selecting the specific loans to be included in the portfolio of loans subject to the TRS. Accordingly, the loans subject to the TRS are selected by the Company in accordance with the Company’s investment objectives and strategy to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding may select any loan or obligation available in the market to be included in the portfolio of loans that meets the obligation criteria set forth in the TRS Agreement.

Each individual loan, and the portfolio of loans taken as a whole, must meet criteria described in the TRS Agreement, including a requirement that substantially all of the loans underlying the TRS be rated by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or Moody’s, and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or S&P, and quoted by a nationally recognized pricing service. Under the terms of the TRS, Citibank, as calculation agent, determines whether there has been a failure to satisfy the portfolio criteria in the TRS. If such failure continues for 30 days following the delivery of notice thereof, then Citibank has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the TRS. Center City Funding receives from Citibank all interest and fees payable in respect of the loans included in the portfolio. Center City Funding pays to Citibank interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum on the utilized notional amount of the loans subject to the TRS. In addition, upon the termination or repayment of any loan subject to the TRS, Center City Funding will either receive from Citibank the appreciation in the value of such loan or pay to Citibank any depreciation in the value of such loan.

Under the terms of the TRS, Center City Funding may be required to post additional cash collateral, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, in the event of depreciation in the value of the underlying loans after such value decreases below a specified amount. The limit on the additional collateral that Center City Funding may be required to post pursuant to the TRS is equal to the difference between the full notional amount of the loans underlying the TRS and the amount of cash collateral already posted by Center City Funding. The amount of collateral required to be posted by Center City Funding is determined primarily on the basis of the aggregate value of the underlying loans.

The Company has no contractual obligation to post any such additional collateral or to make any interest payments to Citibank. The Company may, but is not obligated to, increase its equity investment in Center City Funding for the purpose of funding any additional collateral or payment obligations for which Center City Funding may become obligated during the term of the TRS. If the Company does not make any such additional

 

160


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

investment in Center City Funding and Center City Funding fails to meet its obligations under the TRS, then Citibank will have the right to terminate the TRS and seize the cash collateral posted by Center City Funding under the TRS. In the event of an early termination of the TRS, Center City Funding would be required to pay an early termination fee.

Citibank may terminate the TRS from any time on or after June 26, 2016. Center City Funding may terminate the TRS at any time upon providing no more than 30 days, and no less than 10 days, prior notice to Citibank. Any termination prior to June 26, 2016 will result in payment of an early termination fee to Citibank based on the maximum notional amount of the TRS. Under the terms of the TRS, the early termination fee will equal the present value of a stream of monthly payments which would be owed by Center City Funding to Citibank for the period from the termination date through and including June 26, 2016. Such monthly payments equal the product of (x) 80%, multiplied by (y) the maximum notional amount of the TRS ($500,000), multiplied by (z) 1.50% per annum. If the TRS had been terminated as of December 31, 2015, Center City Funding would have been required to pay an early termination fee of approximately $2,440, based on the maximum notional amount of the TRS of $500,000 as of such date. Other than during the first 90 days and last 30 days of the term of the TRS, Center City Funding is required to pay a minimum usage fee if less than 80% of the maximum notional amount of the TRS is utilized and an unused fee on any amounts unutilized if greater than 80% but less than 100% of the maximum notional amount of the TRS is utilized.

The value of the TRS is based primarily on the valuation of the underlying portfolio of loans subject to the TRS. Pursuant to the terms of the TRS, on each business day, Citibank values each underlying loan in good faith on a mark-to-market basis by determining how much Citibank would receive on such date if it sold the loan in the open market. Citibank reports the mark-to-market values of the underlying loans to Center City Funding.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the fair value of the TRS was $(25,927) and $(5,368), respectively. The net change in fair value of the TRS is reflected as unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on total return swap on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The change in value of the TRS is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on total return swap. As of December 31, 2015, Center City Funding had selected 51 underlying loans with a total notional amount of $394,680 and posted $118,000 in cash collateral held by Citibank (of which only $91,174 was required to be posted), which is reflected in due from counterparty on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2014, Center City Funding had selected 51 underlying loans with a total notional amount of $292,409 and posted $85,500 in cash collateral held by Citibank (of which only $77,272 was required to be posted), which is reflected in due from counterparty on the consolidated balance sheets.

For purposes of the asset coverage ratio test applicable to the Company as a BDC, the Company treats the outstanding notional amount of the TRS, less the initial amount of any cash collateral required to be posted by Center City Funding under the TRS, as a senior security for the life of that instrument. The Company may, however, accord different treatment to the TRS in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

Further, for purposes of Section 55(a) under the 1940 Act, the Company treats each loan underlying the TRS as a qualifying asset if the obligor on such loan is an eligible portfolio company and as a non-qualifying asset if the obligor is not an eligible portfolio company. The Company may, however, accord different treatment to the TRS in the future in accordance with any applicable new rules or interpretations adopted by the staff of the SEC.

 

161


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

The following is a summary of the underlying loans subject to the TRS as of December 31, 2015:

 

Underlying Loan (1)

  Industry   Rate (2)   Floor   Maturity   Notional
Amount
    Market
Value
    Unrealized
Appreciation/
(Depreciation)
 

AdvancePierre Foods, Inc.

  Food, Beverage & Tobacco   L+825   1.3%   10/10/17   $ 7,872      $ 7,616      $                 (256

Alison US LLC (3)

  Capital Goods   L+450   1.0%   8/29/21     7,338        7,240        (98

Alison US LLC (3)

  Capital Goods   L+850   1.0%   8/29/22     2,400        1,969        (431

Alliant Holdings Intermediate, LLC

  Insurance   L+350   1.0%   8/12/22     5,877        5,737        (140

AqGen Ascensus, Inc.

  Diversified Financials   L+450   1.0%   12/5/22     13,270        13,129        (141

AqGen Ascensus, Inc. (5)

  Diversified Financials   L+450   1.0%   12/5/22     830        821        (9

ATX Networks Corp. (3)

  Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+600   1.0%   6/11/21     4,900        4,875        (25

Avaya Inc.

  Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+525   1.0%   5/29/20     9,713        6,850        (2,863

BBB Industries US Holdings, Inc.

  Automobiles & Components   L+500   1.0%   11/3/21     7,781        7,854        73   

Blue Coat Holdings, Inc.

  Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+350   1.0%   5/20/22     8,880        8,583        (297

Brock Holdings III, Inc.

  Energy   L+450   1.5%   3/16/17     1,865        1,855        (10

Builders FirstSource, Inc. (3)

  Capital Goods   L+500   1.0%   7/29/22     11,373        11,344        (29

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc. (3)(4)

  Consumer Services   5.2%     3/1/17     9,628        9,094        (534

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc. (3)(4)

  Consumer Services   6.0%     3/1/17     4,481        4,243        (238

CDS U.S. Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (3)

  Media   L+400   1.0%   7/8/22     5,892        5,557        (335

CDS U.S. Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (3)

  Media   L+825   1.0%   7/10/23     9,850        9,400        (450

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

  Commercial & Professional Services   L+350   1.0%   9/15/20     11,879        11,938        59   

Communications Sales & Leasing, Inc. (3)

  Real Estate   L+400   1.0%   10/24/22     6,040        5,680        (360

Compuware Corp.

  Software & Services   L+525   1.0%   12/15/21     11,286        10,999        (287

Concordia Healthcare Corp. (3)

  Pharmaceuticals, Biotechnology &
Life Sciences
  L+425   1.0%   10/21/21     8,537        8,656        119   

Corner Investment PropCo, LLC

  Consumer Services   L+975   1.3%   11/2/19     6,284        5,965        (319

Curo Health Services Holdings, Inc.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+550   1.0%   2/7/22     8,422        8,401        (21

Drillships Ocean Ventures Inc. (3)

  Transportation   L+450   1.0%   7/25/21     6,566        3,101        (3,465

DTZ U.S. Borrower, LLC (3)

  Real Estate   L+825   1.0%   11/4/22     9,587        9,620        33   

Emerald Performance Materials, LLC

  Materials   L+350   1.0%   7/30/21     965        947        (18

Expro Finservices Sarl (3)

  Energy   L+475   1.0%   9/2/21     6,383        4,304        (2,079

Fairway Group Acquisition Co.

  Food & Staples Retailing   L+400   1.0%   8/17/18     13,823        12,473        (1,350

FHC Health Systems, Inc.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+400   1.0%   12/23/21     9,021        8,657        (364

Inmar, Inc.

  Software & Services   L+700   1.0%   1/27/22     3,439        3,220        (219

IPC Corp.

  Telecommunication Services   L+450   1.0%   8/6/21     9,953        9,586        (367

Jazz Acquisition, Inc.

  Capital Goods   L+350   1.0%   6/19/21     3,281        2,953        (328

Jazz Acquisition, Inc.

  Capital Goods   L+675   1.0%   6/19/22     2,512        2,200        (312

Murray Energy Corp.

  Energy   L+600   1.0%   4/17/17     6,058        4,681        (1,377

Murray Energy Corp.

  Energy   L+650   1.0%   4/16/20     9,983        6,524        (3,459

National Surgical Hospitals, Inc.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+350   1.0%   6/1/22     6,930        6,721        (209

Navistar, Inc. (3)

  Capital Goods   L+550   1.0%   8/7/20     26,327        24,046        (2,281

Neff Rental LLC

  Capital Goods   L+625   1.0%   6/9/21     13,092        12,013        (1,079

Nielsen & Bainbridge, LLC

  Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+500   1.0%   8/15/20     12,766        12,756        (10

Packaging Coordinators, Inc.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+425   1.0%   8/1/21     2,708        2,705        (3

Panda Temple Power, LLC

  Energy   L+625   1.0%   3/6/22     9,727        7,940        (1,787

Payless Inc.

  Retailing   L+400   1.0%   3/11/21     2,647        1,551        (1,096

Phillips-Medisize Corp.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+725   1.0%   6/16/22     2,212        2,100        (112

Physio-Control International, Inc.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+900   1.0%   6/5/23     4,900        4,513        (387

Reddy Ice Corp.

  Food, Beverage & Tobacco   L+550   1.3%   5/1/19     1,332        1,215        (117

Serena Software, Inc.

  Software & Services   L+650   1.0%   4/14/20     6,682        6,209        (473

Spencer Gifts LLC

  Retailing   L+425   1.0%   7/16/21     16,606        16,077        (529

SRAM, LLC

  Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+300   1.0%   4/10/20     1,655        1,643        (12

Stardust Finance Holdings, Inc. (3)

  Materials   L+550   1.0%   3/14/22     7,647        7,569        (78

SunGard Availability Services Capital, Inc.

  Software & Services   L+500   1.0%   3/29/19     3,050        2,995        (55

TTM Technologies, Inc. (3)

  Technology Hardware & Equipment   L+500   1.0%   5/31/21     25,553        24,522        (1,031

Winebow Holdings, Inc.

  Retailing   L+750   1.0%   1/2/22     4,877        4,567        (310
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 394,680      $ 365,214        (29,466
         

 

 

   

 

 

   
    Total TRS Accrued Income and Liabilities:        3,539   
             

 

 

 
      Total TRS Fair Value:      $ (25,927
             

 

 

 

 

162


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

 

(1) Loan may be an obligation of one or more entities affiliated with the named company.

 

(2) The variable rate securities underlying the TRS bear interest at a rate determined by a publicly disclosed base rate plus a basis point spread. As of December 31, 2015, three-month LIBOR was 0.61%.

 

(3) The investment is not a qualifying asset under the 1940 Act. A BDC may not acquire any asset other than qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets.

 

(4) Security is non-income producing.

 

(5) Security is an unfunded commitment.

 

163


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

The following is a summary of the underlying loans subject to the TRS as of December 31, 2014:

 

Underlying Loan (1)

  Industry   Rate (2)   Floor   Maturity   Notional
Amount
    Market
Value
    Unrealized
Appreciation/
(Depreciation)
 

Acosta HoldCo, Inc.

  Consumer Services   L+400   1.0%   9/26/21   $ 6,884      $ 6,927      $                 43   

AECOM Technology Corp. (3)

  Commercial & Professional Services   L+300   0.8%   10/15/21     5,517        5,541        24   

Alison US LLC (3)

  Capital Goods   L+450   1.0%   8/29/21     7,413        7,313        (100

Alison US LLC (3)

  Capital Goods   L+850   1.0%   8/29/22     2,400        2,306        (94

Auris Luxembourg III Sarl (3)

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+450   1.0%   1/17/22     4,137        4,157        20   

BBB Industries US Holdings, Inc.

  Automobiles & Components   L+500   1.0%   11/3/21     12,740        12,870        130   

BWAY Holding Co.

  Materials   L+450   1.0%   8/14/20     3,694        3,713        19   

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc. (3)

  Consumer Services   L+575     3/1/17     9,628        9,055        (573

Caesars Entertainment Operating Co., Inc. (3)

  Consumer Services   L+675     3/1/17     4,481        4,186        (295

CEC Entertainment, Inc.

  Consumer Services   L+300   1.0%   2/12/21     2,906        2,900        (6

Chief Power Finance, LLC

  Energy   L+475   1.0%   12/31/20     4,906        4,919        13   

CITGO Petroleum Corp.

  Energy   L+350   1.0%   7/29/21     1,872        1,875        3   

Compuware Corp

  Software & Services   L+525   1.0%   12/15/21     11,400        11,390        (10

Corner Investment PropCo, LLC

  Consumer Services   L+975   1.3%   11/2/19     6,639        6,431        (208

CT Technologies Intermediate Holdings, Inc.

  Software & Services   L+500   1.0%   12/1/21     834        838        4   

Dealer Tire, LLC

  Automobiles & Components   L+450   1.0%   12/22/21     4,653        4,665        12   

Drillships Ocean Ventures Inc. (3)

  Transportation   L+450   1.0%   7/25/21     6,633        5,360        (1,273

DTZ U.S. Borrower, LLC (3)

  Commercial & Professional Services   L+450   1.0%   11/4/21     7,338        7,370        32   

DTZ U.S. Borrower, LLC (3)

  Commercial & Professional Services   L+825   1.0%   11/4/22     9,587        9,612        25   

Emerald Performance Materials, LLC

  Materials   L+350   1.0%   7/30/21     992        973        (19

Expro Finservices Sarl (3)

  Energy   L+475   1.0%   9/2/21     6,448        5,335        (1,113

Fairway Group Acquisition Co.

  Food & Staples Retailing   L+400   1.0%   8/17/18     12,666        12,221        (445

FHC Health Systems, Inc.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+400   1.0%   12/23/21     3,465        3,456        (9

Green Energy Partners/Stonewall LLC

  Energy   L+550   1.0%   11/13/21     1,650        1,654        4   

Husky Injection Molding Systems Ltd. (3)

  Capital Goods   L+325   1.0%   6/30/21     982        966        (16

IBC Capital Ltd. (3)

  Materials   L+375   1.0%   9/9/21     3,308        3,315        7   

J. Crew Group, Inc.

  Retailing   L+300   1.0%   3/5/21     9,384        9,001        (383

Jazz Acquisition, Inc.

  Capital Goods   L+350   1.0%   6/19/21     5,147        5,099        (48

Jazz Acquisition, Inc.

  Capital Goods   L+675   1.0%   6/19/22     2,512        2,425        (87

JELD-WEN, Inc.

  Capital Goods   L+425   1.0%   10/15/21     10,909        10,876        (33

Neff Rental LLC

  Capital Goods   L+625   1.0%   6/9/21     5,892        5,831        (61

Nielsen & Bainbridge, LLC

  Consumer Services   L+500   1.0%   8/15/20     9,910        9,800        (110

P.F. Chang’s China Bistro, Inc.

  Consumer Services   L+325   1.0%   6/22/19     12,674        12,471        (203

Packaging Coordinators, Inc.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+425   1.0%   8/1/21     7,710        7,493        (217

Packers Holdings, LLC

  Commercial & Professional Services   L+400   1.0%   12/2/21     1,721        1,721        —     

Payless Inc.

  Consumer Durables & Apparel   L+400   1.0%   3/11/21     4,224        3,942        (282

Phillips-Medisize Corp.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+375   1.0%   6/16/21     2,276        2,247        (29

Phillips-Medisize Corp.

  Health Care Equipment & Services   L+725   1.0%   6/16/22     2,212        2,189        (23

Ranpak Corp.

  Materials   L+375   1.0%   10/1/21     1,357        1,349        (8

RGL Reservoir Operations Inc. (3)

  Energy   L+500   1.0%   8/13/21     3,870        3,146        (724

Roundy’s Supermarkets, Inc.

  Food & Staples Retailing   L+475   1.0%   3/3/21     2,725        2,728        3   

Sable International Finance Ltd. (3)

  Media   L+450   1.0%   11/25/16     8,556        8,578        22   

Sable International Finance Ltd. (3)

  Media   L+550   1.0%   11/25/16     3,152        3,184        32   

Scientific Games International, Inc. (3)

  Consumer Services   L+500   1.0%   10/1/21     13,727        13,646        (81

Serena Software, Inc.

  Software & Services   L+650   1.0%   4/14/20     9,056        8,896        (160

The ServiceMaster Co., LLC

  Commercial & Professional Services   L+325   1.0%   7/1/21     7,822        7,735        (87

Spencer Gifts LLC

  Retailing   L+450   1.0%   7/16/21     7,763        7,729        (34

SunGard Availability Services Capital, Inc.

  Software & Services   L+500   1.0%   3/29/19     3,430        3,455        25   

Travelport Finance (Luxembourg) Sarl (3)

  Consumer Services   L+500   1.0%   9/2/21     4,748        4,791        43   

Winebow Holdings, Inc.

  Retailing   L+375   1.0%   7/1/21     3,582        3,451        (131

Winebow Holdings, Inc.

  Retailing   L+750   1.0%   1/2/22     4,877        4,716        (161
         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 292,409      $ 285,847        (6,562
         

 

 

   

 

 

   
    Total TRS Accrued Income and Liabilities:        1,194   
             

 

 

 
      Total TRS Fair Value:      $ (5,368
             

 

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

 

(1) Loan may be an obligation of one or more entities affiliated with the named company.

 

(2) The variable rate securities underlying the TRS bear interest at a rate determined by a publicly-disclosed base rate plus a basis point spread. As of December 31, 2014, the three month LIBOR was 0.26%.

 

(3) The investment is not a qualifying asset under the 1940 Act. A BDC may not acquire any asset other than qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets.

BNP Facility

On October 17, 2014, the Company’s wholly-owned, special-purpose financing subsidiary, Burholme Funding, entered into a committed facility arrangement, or the BNP facility, with BNPP, on behalf of itself and as agent for BNP Paribas, BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd. and BNPP PB, Inc., or, collectively, the BNPP Entities. On March 11, 2015, Burholme Funding entered into an amendment to the BNP facility to increase the maximum commitment financing available to Burholme Funding under the BNP facility to $200,000 from $100,000. The BNP facility was effected through a committed facility agreement by and between Burholme Funding and BNPP, or the committed facility agreement, a U.S. PB agreement by and between Burholme Funding and BNPP, and a special custody and pledge agreement by and among Burholme Funding, BNPP and State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street, as custodian, each dated as of October 17, 2014, and which are collectively referred to herein as the BNP financing agreements.

The Company may contribute securities to Burholme Funding from time to time, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the committed facility agreement, and will retain a residual interest in any securities contributed through its ownership of Burholme Funding or will receive fair market value for any securities sold to Burholme Funding. Burholme Funding may purchase additional securities from various sources. Burholme Funding has appointed the Company to manage its portfolio of securities pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement. Burholme Funding’s obligations to BNPP under the BNP facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Burholme Funding, including its portfolio of securities. Such pledged portfolio of securities is held in a segregated custody account with State Street. The value of securities required to be pledged by Burholme Funding is determined in accordance with the margin requirements described in the BNP financing agreements. The obligations of Burholme Funding under the BNP facility are non-recourse to the Company, and the Company’s exposure under the BNP facility is limited to the value of its investment in Burholme Funding.

Borrowings under the BNP facility accrue interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.10% per annum. Interest is payable monthly in arrears. Burholme Funding will be required to pay a non-usage fee of 0.55% per annum to the extent the aggregate principal amount available under the BNP facility has not been utilized. Burholme Funding may terminate the committed facility agreement upon 270 days’ notice. Absent a default or facility termination event (or the ratings decline described in the following sentence), BNPP is required to provide Burholme Funding with 270 days’ notice prior to terminating or materially amending the committed facility agreement. BNPP has a cancellation right if BNP Paribas’ long-term credit rating declines three or more notches below its highest rating by any of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch Ratings, Inc., during the term of the BNP facility. Upon any such termination, BNPP is required to pay Burholme Funding a fee equal to 0.50% of the maximum amount of financing available on the termination date. Burholme Funding paid an arrangement fee and incurred certain other customary costs and expenses in connection with obtaining the BNP facility.

 

165


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

In connection with the BNP facility, Burholme Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The BNP financing agreements contain the following customary events of default and termination events, among others: (a) the occurrence of a default or similar condition under certain third-party contracts of the Company or Burholme Funding; (b) any change in BNPP’s interpretation of applicable law that, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to BNPP, has the effect of impeding or prohibiting the BNP facility; (c) certain events of insolvency or bankruptcy by the Company or Burholme Funding; (d) specified material reductions in the Company or Burholme Funding’s net asset value; (e) any change in the Company’s fundamental or material investment policies; and (f) the termination of the investment advisory and administrative services agreement or if FSIC III Advisor otherwise ceases to act as the Company’s investment adviser and is not immediately replaced by an affiliate or other investment adviser acceptable to BNPP.

Under the terms of the BNP financing agreements, BNPP has the ability to borrow a portion of the pledged collateral, or collectively, the rehypothecated securities, subject to certain limits. Burholme Funding will receive a fee from BNPP in connection with any rehypothecated securities. Burholme Funding may designate any security within the pledged collateral as ineligible to be a rehypothecated security, provided there are eligible securities within the segregated custody account in an amount equal to the outstanding borrowings owed by Burholme Funding to BNPP. Burholme Funding may recall any rehypothecated security at any time, and BNPP must return such security or equivalent security within a commercially reasonable period. In the event BNPP does not return the security, Burholme Funding will have the right to, among other things, apply and set off an amount equal to 100% of the then-current fair market value of such unreturned rehypothecated security against any outstanding borrowings owed to BNPP under the BNP financing agreements. Rehypothecated securities are marked-to-market daily and if the value of all rehypothecated securities exceeds 100% of the outstanding borrowings owed by Burholme Funding under the BNP financing agreements, BNPP may either reduce the amount of rehypothecated securities to eliminate such excess or deposit into the segregated custody account an amount of cash equal to such excess. Burholme Funding will continue to receive interest and the scheduled repayment of principal balances on rehypothecated securities.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $155,755 and $87,100, respectively, was outstanding under the BNP facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the BNP facility approximates its fair value. The Company incurred costs of $300 in connection with obtaining the facility, which the Company has recorded as deferred financing costs on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and amortizes to interest expense over the life of the facility. As of December 31, 2015, all of the deferred financing costs have been amortized to interest expense.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the components of total interest expense for the BNP facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Direct interest expense

   $                 1,635       $                 106   

Non-usage fees

     382         66   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     260         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 2,277       $ 212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the BNP facility were as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

  $                 1,861      $                 59   

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

  $ 112,589      $ 64,736   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage fees)

    1.87     1.42

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage fees)

    1.77     2.18

 

(1) Interest under the BNP facility is payable monthly in arrears and commenced on November 18, 2014.

 

(2) Average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2014 are calculated for the period since the Company commenced borrowings thereunder to December 31, 2014.

Borrowings of Burholme Funding will be considered borrowings of the Company for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

Deutsche Bank Credit Facility

On December 2, 2014, the Company’s wholly-owned, special-purpose financing subsidiary, Dunlap Funding, entered into a revolving credit facility, or the Deutsche Bank credit facility, with Deutsche Bank, as administrative agent, each of the lenders and other agents from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the collateral agent and collateral custodian under the Deutsche Bank credit facility. On February 24, 2015, Dunlap Funding entered into an amendment to the Deutsche Bank credit facility to increase the aggregate principal amount of available borrowings under the Deutsche Bank credit facility to $150,000 from $100,000, and on March 24, 2015, Dunlap Funding entered into an amendment to the Deutsche Bank credit facility to increase the aggregate principal amount of available borrowings to $200,000 from $150,000 on a committed basis. On September 22, 2015, Dunlap Funding entered into an amendment to the Deutsche Bank credit facility to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of available borrowings to $250,000 from $200,000 on a committed basis and (ii) extend the term of the facility to September 22, 2019.

The Company may contribute assets to Dunlap Funding from time to time and will retain a residual interest in any assets contributed through its ownership of Dunlap Funding or will receive fair market value for any assets sold to Dunlap Funding. Dunlap Funding may purchase additional assets from various sources. Dunlap Funding has appointed the Company to manage its portfolio of assets pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement. Dunlap Funding’s obligations to Deutsche Bank under the Deutsche Bank credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Dunlap Funding, including its portfolio of assets. The obligations of Dunlap Funding under the Deutsche Bank credit facility are non-recourse to the Company, and the Company’s exposure under the Deutsche Bank credit facility is limited to the value of its investment in Dunlap Funding.

Pricing under the Deutsche Bank credit facility is based on LIBOR for a three-month interest period (for each committed lender) or the commercial paper rate of each conduit lender, plus, in each case, a spread of 2.25% per annum. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. Dunlap Funding will be subject to a non-usage fee of 0.50% per annum to the extent the aggregate principal amount available under the Deutsche Bank credit facility

 

167


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

has not been borrowed. In addition, Dunlap Funding is subject to (i) a make-whole fee on a quarterly basis effectively equal to a portion of the spread that would have been payable if the full amount under the Deutsche Bank credit facility had been borrowed, less the non-usage fee accrued during such quarter and (ii) an administration fee. Any amounts borrowed under the Deutsche Bank credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on September 22, 2019. Dunlap Funding paid a structuring fee and incurred certain other customary costs and expenses in connection with obtaining the Deutsche Bank credit facility.

Borrowings under the Deutsche Bank credit facility are subject to compliance with a borrowing base, and the amount of funds advanced to Dunlap Funding varies depending upon the types of assets in Dunlap Funding’s portfolio.

The occurrence of certain events described as “Investment Manager Events of Default” in the loan financing and servicing agreement which governs the Deutsche Bank credit facility triggers (i) a requirement that Dunlap Funding obtain the consent of Deutsche Bank prior to entering into any transaction with respect to portfolio assets and (ii) the right of Deutsche Bank to direct Dunlap Funding to enter into transactions with respect to any portfolio assets, in each case in Deutsche Bank’s sole discretion. Investment Manager Events of Default include non-performance of any obligation under the transaction documents by the Company, and other events with respect to Dunlap Funding, us or GDFM, that are adverse to Deutsche Bank and the other secured parties under the Deutsche Bank credit facility.

In connection with the Deutsche Bank credit facility, Dunlap Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The Deutsche Bank credit facility contains events of default customary for similar financing transactions, including: (a) the failure to make principal or interest payments within two business days of when due; (b) the aggregate principal amount of the advances exceeds the borrowing base and is not cured within two business days; (c) the insolvency or bankruptcy of Dunlap Funding or us; (d) a change of control of Dunlap Funding; (e) the failure of Dunlap Funding to qualify as a bankruptcy-remote entity; and (f) the minimum equity condition contained in the Deutsche Bank credit facility is not satisfied and such condition is not cured within two business days. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, Deutsche Bank may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Deutsche Bank credit facility immediately due and payable. During the continuation of an event of default, Dunlap Funding must pay interest at a default rate.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, $250,000 and $25,000, respectively, was outstanding under the Deutsche Bank credit facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the Deutsche Bank credit facility approximates its fair value. The Company incurred costs of $2,923 in connection with obtaining the facility, which the Company has recorded as deferred financing costs on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and amortizes to interest expense over the life of the facility. As of December 31, 2015, $2,314 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

 

168


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the components of total interest expense for the Deutsche Bank credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Direct interest expense

   $                 4,385       $                 27   

Non-usage and make whole fees (1)

     209         109   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     586         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 5,180       $ 159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Dunlap Funding was subject to a make whole fee for the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of the level of its utilization of the Deutsche Bank credit facility during such period and, accordingly, Dunlap Funding accrued such fee. Due to increased utilization of the Deutsche Bank credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2015, Dunlap Funding was not subject to the make whole fee during such period and, as a result, the accrual of such fee was reversed during the period.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the Deutsche Bank credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $                 3,282      $                 —     

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $ 153,833      $ 25,000   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage and administration fees) (3)

     2.79     4.98

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage and administration fees) (3)

     2.95     8.41

 

(1) Interest under the Deutsche Bank credit facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on December 18, 2014.

 

(2) Average borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2014 are calculated for the period since the Company commenced borrowings thereunder to December 31, 2014.

 

(3) Excludes the effect of the make-whole fee. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded a make-whole fee of $54.

Borrowings of Dunlap Funding will be considered borrowings of the Company for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

JPM Credit Facility

On May 8, 2015, the Company’s wholly-owned, special purpose financing subsidiary, Jefferson Square Funding, entered into a senior-secured term loan credit facility, or the JPM credit facility, with JPM, as administrative agent, each of the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, as collateral agent, and Virtus Group, LP as collateral administrator. On March 1, 2016, Jefferson Square Funding entered into an amendment

 

169


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

with JPM to (i) increase the aggregate principal amount of loans extended to Jefferson Square Funding under the JPM credit facility by $50,000 to $350,000, plus an option, with the consent of Jefferson Square Funding, JPM, as administrative agent, and the lenders at the time, to further increase the aggregate principal amount by an additional $50,000 prior to April 30, 2016 and (ii) increase the applicable interest rate from LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.50% to LIBOR for each three-month interest period plus 2.6875%.

The Company may contribute cash, loans or bonds to Jefferson Square Funding from time to time, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the JPM credit facility, and will retain a residual interest in any assets contributed through its ownership of Jefferson Square Funding or will receive fair market value for any assets sold to Jefferson Square Funding. Jefferson Square Funding may purchase additional assets from various sources. Jefferson Square Funding has appointed the Company to manage its portfolio of assets pursuant to the terms of an investment management agreement. Jefferson Square Funding’s obligations to JPM under the JPM credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Jefferson Square Funding, including its portfolio of assets. The obligations of Jefferson Square Funding under the JPM credit facility are non-recourse to the Company, and the Company’s exposure under the JPM credit facility is limited to the value of the Company’s investment in Jefferson Square Funding.

Borrowings under the JPM credit facility accrued interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum as of December 31, 2015. Interest is payable in arrears beginning on October 25, 2015 and each quarter thereafter. Between September 8, 2015 and November 10, 2015, Jefferson Square Funding was subject to a non-usage fee of 1.00% per annum to the extent the aggregate principal amount available under the JPM credit facility had not been borrowed. Any amounts borrowed under the JPM credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on May 8, 2019.

Borrowings under the JPM credit facility are subject to a compliance condition which will be satisfied at any given time if the outstanding advances to Jefferson Square Funding by the lenders minus the amount of principal and certain interest proceeds in Jefferson Square Funding’s accounts is less than or equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the net asset value of Jefferson Square Funding’s portfolio of assets.

In connection with the JPM credit facility, Jefferson Square Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The JPM credit facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including: (a) the failure to make principal payment when due or any other payments under the JPM credit facility within two business days of when due; (b) the insolvency or bankruptcy of Jefferson Square Funding or the Company; (c) a change of control of Jefferson Square Funding shall have occurred; (d) the transaction documents are amended in a manner materially adverse to JPM, as administrative agent, without JPM’s consent; and (e) GDFM or an affiliate thereof ceases to be the Company’s investment sub-adviser. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, JPM may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the JPM credit facility immediately due and payable.

The occurrence of events of default (as described above) or events defined as “Coverage Events” in the loan agreement governing the JPM credit facility triggers (i) a requirement that Jefferson Square Funding obtain the consent of JPM prior to entering into any sale or disposition with respect to portfolio assets and (ii) certain rights of JPM to direct Jefferson Square Funding to enter into sales or dispositions with respect to any portfolio assets, in each case, in JPM’s sole discretion.

 

170


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2015, $300,000 was outstanding under the JPM credit facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the JPM credit facility approximates its fair value. The Company incurred costs of $144 in connection with obtaining the JPM credit facility, which the Company has recorded as deferred financing costs on its consolidated balance sheets and amortizes to interest expense over the life of the JPM credit facility. As of December 31, 2015, $125 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the components of total interest expense for the JPM credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Direct interest expense

   $               3,597   

Non-usage fees

     124   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     19   
  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 3,740   
  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the JPM credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $ 1,947   

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $           194,103   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     2.82

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     2.90

 

(1) Interest under the JPM credit facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on October 25, 2015.

 

(2) Average borrowings are calculated for the period since the Company commenced borrowing thereunder to December 31, 2015.

Borrowings of Jefferson Square Funding will be considered borrowings of the Company for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

Goldman Facility

On June 18, 2015, the Company, through its two wholly-owned, special-purpose financing subsidiaries, Germantown Funding and Society Hill Funding, entered into a debt financing arrangement with Goldman pursuant to which up to $300,000 is available to the Company. The Company elected to structure the financing in the manner described more fully below in order to, among other things, obtain such financing at a lower cost than would be available through alternative arrangements.

The Company may sell and/or contribute assets to Germantown Funding from time to time pursuant to an Amended and Restated Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, between the Company and Germantown Funding, or the Sale and Contribution agreement. The assets held by Germantown Funding secure the obligations of Germantown Funding under Floating Rate Notes, or the Notes to be issued from time to time

 

171


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

by Germantown Funding to Society Hill Funding pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2015, with Citibank, as trustee, or the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued by Germantown Funding from time to time is $500,000. Society Hill Funding will purchase the Notes to be issued by Germantown Funding from time to time at a purchase price equal to their par value.

Interest on the Notes under the Indenture will accrue at three-month LIBOR plus a spread of 4.00% per annum. Principal and any unpaid interest on the Notes will be due and payable on the stated maturity date of October 15, 2027.

Society Hill Funding, in turn, has entered into a repurchase transaction with Goldman, pursuant to the terms of a master repurchase agreement and the related annex and master confirmation thereto, each dated as of June 18, 2015 and effective as of July 15, 2015, or collectively, the Goldman facility. Pursuant to the Goldman facility, on one or more occasions beginning July 15, 2015 to, but excluding the date that is ten business days prior to, July 15, 2019, Goldman will purchase Notes held by Society Hill Funding for an aggregate purchase price equal to 60% of the principal amount of Notes purchased. Subject to certain conditions, the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased under the Goldman facility is $500,000. Accordingly, the aggregate maximum amount payable to Society Hill Funding under the Goldman facility will not exceed $300,000.

Society Hill Funding will repurchase the Notes sold to Goldman under the Goldman facility no later than July 15, 2019. The repurchase price paid by Society Hill Funding to Goldman will be equal to the purchase price paid by Goldman for the repurchased Notes, plus financing fees accrued at the applicable pricing rate under the Goldman facility. Up until November 15, 2015, financing fees were accrued on the aggregate purchase price paid by Goldman for such Notes. Thereafter, financing fees have accrued, and will continue to accrue, on $300,000 (even if the aggregate purchase price paid for Notes purchased by Goldman at that time is less than that amount), unless and until the outstanding amount is reduced in accordance with the terms of the Goldman facility. If the Goldman facility is accelerated prior to July 15, 2019 due to an event of default or the failure of Germantown Funding to commit to sell any underlying assets that become defaulted obligations within 30 days, then Society Hill Funding must pay to Goldman a fee equal to the present value of the aggregate amount of the financing fees that would have been payable to Goldman from the date of acceleration through July 15, 2019 had the acceleration not occurred. The financing fee under the Goldman facility is equal to three-month LIBOR plus a spread of up to 2.50% per annum for the relevant period.

Goldman may require Society Hill Funding to post cash collateral if the market value of the Notes (measured by reference to the market value of Germantown Funding’s portfolio of assets), together with any posted cash collateral, is less than the required margin amount under the Goldman facility; provided, however, that Society Hill Funding will not be required to post cash collateral with Goldman until such market value has declined at least 10% from the initial market value of the Notes. In addition, if the market value of any underlying asset held in Germantown Funding’s portfolio of assets is less than 70% of the initial market value of such underlying asset, Goldman may require Society Hill Funding to post additional cash collateral in an amount equal to 15% of the outstanding principal balance of such underlying asset. In each such event, in order to satisfy these requirements, Society Hill Funding intends to borrow funds from the Company pursuant to an Uncommitted Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, between Society Hill Funding, as borrower, and the Company, as lender, or the Revolving Credit Agreement. The Company may, in its sole discretion, make such loans from time to time to Society Hill Funding pursuant to the terms of the Revolving

 

172


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement may not exceed $300,000 and will accrue interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus a spread of 0.75% per annum.

Under the Goldman facility, Society Hill Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar transactions. The Goldman facility contains events of default customary for similar financing transactions, including: (a) failure to transfer the Notes to Goldman on the applicable purchase date or repurchase the Notes from Goldman on the applicable repurchase date; (b) failure to pay certain fees and make-whole amounts when due; (c) failure to post cash collateral as required; (d) the occurrence of insolvency events with respect to Society Hill Funding; and (e) the admission by Society Hill Funding of its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of its obligations under the Goldman facility.

In connection with the Notes and the Indenture, Germantown Funding also entered into (i) an Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement with the Company, as investment manager, dated as of June 18, 2015 (the “Management Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company will manage the assets of Germantown Funding; and (ii) a Collateral Administration Agreement with Virtus Group, LP or Virtus, as collateral administrator, dated as of June 18, 2015, pursuant to which Virtus will perform certain administrative services with respect to the assets of Germantown Funding.

As of December 31, 2015, Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $482,000 had been purchased by Society Hill Funding from Germantown Funding and subsequently sold to Goldman under the Goldman facility for aggregate proceeds of $289,200. Society Hill Funding intends to enter into additional repurchase transactions under the Goldman facility with respect to the remaining $18,000 in principal amount of Notes (assuming Germantown Funding issues the maximum amount of Notes). The carrying amount outstanding under the Goldman facility approximates its fair value. The Company funded each purchase of the Notes by Society Hill Funding through a capital contribution to Society Hill Funding. As of December 31, 2015, Society Hill Funding’s liability under the Goldman facility was $289,200, plus $1,714 of accrued interest expense. The Notes issued by Germantown Funding and purchased by Society Hill Funding eliminate in consolidation on the Company’s financial statements.

As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of assets held by Germantown Funding was $570,514.

The Company incurred costs of $1,590 in connection with obtaining the Goldman facility, which the Company has recorded as deferred financing costs on its consolidated balance sheets and amortizes to interest expense over the life of the Goldman facility. As of December 31, 2015, $1,408 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the components of total interest expense for the Goldman facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Direct interest expense

   $               1,714   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     182   
  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 1,896   
  

 

 

 

 

173


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the Goldman facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $   

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $           200,553   

Effective interest rate on borrowings

     2.87

Weighted average interest rate

     3.27

 

(1) Interest under the Goldman facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on January 15, 2016.

 

(2) Average borrowings are calculated for the period since the Company commenced borrowing thereunder to December 31, 2015.

Borrowings under the Goldman facility will be considered borrowings of the Company for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

Capital One Credit Facility

On August 13, 2015, the Company’s wholly-owned, special purpose financing subsidiary, Chestnut Hill Funding, entered into a revolving credit facility, or the Capital One credit facility, with Capital One, National Association, or Capital One, as administrative agent, hedge counterparty, lead arranger and sole bookrunner, each of the conduit lenders and institutional lenders from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent, account bank and collateral custodian under the Capital One credit facility. The Capital One credit facility provides for borrowings in an aggregate principal amount up to $150,000 on a committed basis.

The Company may contribute cash or loans to Chestnut Hill Funding from time to time and will retain a residual interest in any assets contributed through its ownership of Chestnut Hill Funding or will receive fair market value for any assets sold to Chestnut Hill Funding. Chestnut Hill Funding may purchase additional assets from various sources. Chestnut Hill Funding has appointed the Company to manage its portfolio of assets pursuant to the terms of a collateral management agreement. Chestnut Hill Funding’s obligations to Capital One under the Capital One credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Chestnut Hill Funding, including its portfolio of assets. The obligations of Chestnut Hill Funding under the Capital One credit facility are non-recourse to the Company, and the Company’s exposure under the Capital One credit facility is limited to the value of the Company’s investment in Chestnut Hill Funding.

Borrowings under the Capital One credit facility accrue interest at a rate equal to LIBOR for each 1-month, 2-month or 3-month interest period, as elected by Chestnut Hill Funding, in each case plus an applicable spread ranging between 1.75% and 2.50% per annum, depending on the composition of the portfolio of assets for the relevant period. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. Chestnut Hill Funding will be subject to (a) a non-usage fee to the extent it has not borrowed the aggregate principal amount available under the Capital One credit facility and (b) beginning February 13, 2016, a make-whole fee to the extent it has borrowed less than 60% of the aggregate principal amount available under the Capital One credit facility. Any amounts borrowed under the Capital One credit facility will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereunder will be due and payable, on August 13, 2020.

 

174


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

Borrowings under the Capital One credit facility are subject to compliance with a borrowing base, pursuant to which the amount of funds advanced to Chestnut Hill Funding varies depending upon the types of assets in Chestnut Hill Funding’s portfolio.

In connection with the Capital One credit facility, Chestnut Hill Funding has made certain representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The Capital One credit facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including: (a) the failure to make principal, interest or other payments after any applicable grace period; (b) a cross-default to other indebtedness of Chestnut Hill Funding or the Company; (c) the occurrence of a bankruptcy event with respect to the Company. Chestnut Hill Funding, FSIC III Advisor or GDFM; (d) the Company’s failure to maintain an asset coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 2:1; (e) the Company’s failure to have a net asset value of at least $200,000; (f) a borrowing base deficiency that is not cured in accordance with the terms of the Capital One credit facility; (g) a change of control; (h) the resignation or removal of FSIC III Advisor, GDFM or the Company as collateral manager; and (i) the failure of Chestnut Hill Funding to maintain a trailing six-months interest coverage ratio of at least 1.5:1. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, Capital One and/or the requisite lenders may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Capital One credit facility immediately due and payable. During the continuation of an event of default, Chestnut Hill Funding must pay interest at a default rate.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of certain events described as “Facility Amortization Events” in the loan and security agreement governing the Capital One credit facility, Capital One and/or the requisite lenders may elect to suspend Chestnut Hill Funding’s right to borrow under the Capital One credit facility and apply all income on Chestnut Hill Funding’s portfolio assets to prepay the outstanding principal amount under the Capital One credit facility.

As of December 31, 2015, $94,700 was outstanding under the Capital One credit facility. The carrying amount outstanding under the Capital One credit facility approximates its fair value. The Company incurred costs of $1,382 in connection with obtaining the Capital One credit facility, which the Company has recorded as deferred financing costs on its consolidated balance sheets and amortizes to interest expense over the life of the Capital One credit facility. As of December 31, 2015, $1,277 of such deferred financing costs had yet to be amortized to interest expense.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the components of total interest expense for the Capital One credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Direct interest expense

   $                   412   

Non-usage fees

     136   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     105   
  

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 653   
  

 

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 8. Financing Arrangements (continued)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the cash paid for interest expense, average borrowings, effective interest rate and weighted average interest rate for the Capital One credit facility were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Cash paid for interest expense (1)

   $ —     

Average borrowings under the facility (2)

   $             53,034   

Effective interest rate on borrowings (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     3.13

Weighted average interest rate (including the effect of non-usage fees)

     4.00

 

(1) Interest under the Capital One credit facility is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on January 15, 2016.

 

(2) Average borrowings are calculated for the period since the Company commenced borrowing thereunder to December 31, 2015.

Borrowings of Chestnut Hill Funding will be considered borrowings of the Company for purposes of complying with the asset coverage requirements applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act.

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company enters into contracts that contain a variety of indemnification provisions. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown; however, the Company has not had prior claims or losses pursuant to these contracts. Management of FSIC III Advisor has reviewed the Company’s existing contracts and expects the risk of loss to the Company to be remote.

The Company is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings and, to the Company’s knowledge, no material legal proceedings are threatened against the Company. From time to time, the Company may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of the Company’s rights under contracts with its portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company does not expect that any such proceedings will have a material effect upon its financial condition or results of operations.

See Note 4 for a discussion of the Company’s commitments to FSIC III Advisor and its affiliates (including Franklin Square Holdings) and Note 6 for a discussion of the Company’s unfunded commitments.

Note 10. Senior Securities Asset Coverage

Information about the Company’s senior securities is shown in the table below for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

Year Ended December 31,

   Total Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Treasury
Securities (1)
     Asset
Coverage
per  Unit (2)
     Involuntary
Liquidation
Preference
per Unit (3)
     Average
Market Value
per Unit (4)
(Exclude Bank
Loans)
 

2014

   $ 327,237         3.58         —           N/A   

2015

   $ 1,393,161         2.36         —           N/A   

 

176


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 10. Senior Securities Asset Coverage (continued)

 

 

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented. For purposes of the asset coverage test, the Company treats the outstanding notional amount of the TRS, less the initial amount of any cash collateral required to be posted, as a senior security.

 

(2) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of the Company’s total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness.

 

(3) The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the voluntary liquidation of the Company in preference to any security junior to it. The “—” in this column indicates that the SEC expressly does not require this information to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

 

(4) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading on an exchange.

 

177


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 11. Financial Highlights

The following is a schedule of financial highlights of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The Company has omitted the financial highlights for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013 since the Company did not have investment operations as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Per Share Data: (1)

    

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $ 8.63      $ 9.00   

Results of operations (2)

    

Net investment income

     0.65        0.45   

Net realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and total return swap

     (1.16     (0.62
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

     (0.51     (0.17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholder distributions (3)

    

Distributions from net investment income

     (0.70     (0.52

Distributions from net realized gain on investments

            0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from stockholder distributions

     (0.70     (0.52
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital share transactions

    

Issuance of common stock (4)

     0.47        0.47   

Offering costs (2)

     (0.04     (0.11

Payments to investment adviser for offering and organization costs (2)

     —          (0.09

Capital contributions of investment adviser (2)

     —          0.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from capital share transactions

     0.43        0.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

   $ 7.85      $ 8.63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares outstanding, end of period

     241,270,590        97,578,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total return (5)

     (0.93 )%      1.67
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio/Supplemental Data:

    

Net assets, end of period

   $ 1,895,042      $ 842,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (6)

     7.65     5.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of operating expenses and excise taxes to average net assets (6)

     5.65     2.56

Ratio of expenses reimbursed by sponsor to average net assets (6)

     —          (0.93 )% 

Ratio of expense recoupment payable to sponsor to average net assets (6)

     0.24     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of total operating expenses and excise taxes to average net assets (6)

     5.89     1.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover

     26.01     31.24
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount of senior securities outstanding, exclusive of treasury securities

   $ 1,393,161      $ 327,237   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asset coverage per unit (7)

     2.36        3.58   

 

(1) Per share data may be rounded in order to recompute the ending net asset value per share.

 

178


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 11. Financial Highlights (continued)

 

(2) The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014.

 

(3) The per share data for distributions reflects the actual amount of distributions paid per share during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014.

 

(4) The issuance of common stock on a per share basis reflects the incremental net asset value changes as a result of the issuance of shares of common stock in the Company’s continuous public offering and pursuant to the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan. The issuance of common stock at an offering price, net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is greater than the net asset value per share results in an increase in net asset value per share.

 

(5) The total return for each period presented was calculated by taking the net asset value per share as of the end of the applicable period, adding the cash distributions per share which were declared during the period and dividing the total by the net asset value per share at the beginning of the period. The total return does not consider the effect of any selling commissions or charges that may have been incurred in connection with the sale of shares of the Company’s common stock. The total return includes the effect of the issuance of shares at a net offering price that is greater than net asset value per share, which causes an increase in net asset value per share. The historical calculation of total return should not be considered a representation of the Company’s future total return, which may be greater or less than the return shown in the table due to a number of factors, including the Company’s ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet its investment criteria, the interest rates payable on the debt securities the Company acquires, the level of the Company’s expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which the Company encounters competition in its markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods. The total return calculations set forth above represent the total return on the Company’s investment portfolio during the applicable period and do not represent an actual return to stockholders.

 

(6) Weighted average net assets during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the period from April 2, 2014 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2014 are used for this calculation. The following is a schedule of supplemental ratios for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 
         2015             2014      

Ratio of subordinated income incentive fees to average net assets

     1.40     —     

Ratio of interest expense to average net assets

     0.95     0.10

Ratio of excise taxes to average net assets

     0.01     —     

 

(7) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of the Company’s total consolidated assets, less liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness.

 

179


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Note 12. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following are the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The following information reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2015
    September 30,
2015
    June 30,
2015
     March 31,
2015
 

Investment income

   $ 77,982      $ 53,756      $ 39,296       $ 24,215   

Operating expenses

         

Operating expenses and excise taxes

     35,439        22,629        15,053         8,292   

Add: Expense recoupment to sponsor

     218        1,601        1,328         322   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses and excise taxes

     35,657        24,230        16,381         8,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income

     42,325        29,526        22,915         15,601   

Realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     (105,970     (104,678     1,351         12,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (63,645   $ (75,152   $ 24,266       $ 27,767   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per share information-basic and diluted

         

Net investment income

   $ 0.19      $ 0.16      $ 0.15       $ 0.14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (0.28   $ (0.40   $ 0.16       $ 0.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     223,775,579        190,004,740        152,764,784         113,611,308   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    March 31,
2014
 

Investment income

   $ 16,486      $ 7,563      $ 1,006      $ —     

Operating expenses

        

Total operating expenses

     5,683        2,499        1,284        64   

Less: Expense reimbursement from sponsor

     (598     (1,760     (1,111     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net expenses

     5,085        739        173        64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

     11,401        6,824        833        (64

Realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     (23,151     (4,398     1,411        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (11,750   $ 2,426      $ 2,244      $ (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share information-basic and diluted

        

Net investment income

   $ 0.15      $ 0.18      $ 0.11      $ (2.88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (0.15   $ 0.07      $ 0.29      $ (2.88
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

     77,380,901        37,199,253        7,648,067        22,222   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

180


Table of Contents

FS Investment Corporation III

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

Note 12. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (continued)

 

The sum of quarterly per share amounts does not necessarily equal per share amounts reported for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. This is due to changes in the number of weighted-average shares outstanding and the effects of rounding for each period.

Note 13. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest, or ASU 2015-03, to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs in the financial statements. Under existing guidance, debt issuance costs are recognized as a deferred charge and presented as an asset on the balance sheet. The amendments to the guidance require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized liability for indebtedness be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that liability, consistent with debt discounts. In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest , or ASU 2015-15, to update the guidance to include SEC staff views regarding the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. Given the absence of authoritative guidance within ASU 2015-03 for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC has indicated that it would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by the amendments to the guidance. The amendments to the FASB codification guidance are to be applied retrospectively with applicable disclosures for a change in accounting principle upon transition. For public entities, the amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Management of the Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

181


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As required by Exchange Act Rule 13(a)-15(b), we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015. Based on the foregoing, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were (a) designed to ensure that the information we are required to disclose in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed and reported in an accurate manner and on a timely basis and the information that we are required to disclose in our Exchange Act reports is accumulated and communicated to management to permit timely decisions with respect to required disclosure and (b) operating in an effective manner.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

1. Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and the dispositions of our assets;

2. Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and

3. Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

182


Table of Contents

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth above under the heading “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” in Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 114.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the fourth quarter of 2015, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f)) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

183


Table of Contents

PART III

We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of our definitive Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days following the end of our fiscal year.

 

184


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

a. Documents Filed as Part of this Report

The following financial statements are set forth in Item 8:

 

     Page

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   113

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   114

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   115

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

   116

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

   117

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December  31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

   118

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2015 and 2014 and for the period from June 7, 2013 (Inception) to December 31, 2013

   119

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014

   120

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   133

b. Exhibits.

Please note that the agreements included as exhibits to this annual report on Form 10-K are included to provide information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about FS Investment Corporation III or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement that have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this annual report or hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:

 

3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of FS Investment Corporation III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2014.)
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of FS Investment Corporation III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-191925) filed on December 23, 2013.)
4.1    Form of Subscription Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A filed with FS Investment Corporation III’s final prospectus (File No. 333-191925) filed on February 6, 2015 pursuant to Rule 497 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.)
4.2    Amended and Restated Distribution Reinvestment Plan of FS Investment Corporation III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2015.)

 

185


Table of Contents
10.1    Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and FSIC III Advisor, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(1) filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-191925) filed on December 23, 2013.)
10.2    Amended and Restated Investment Advisory and Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2014, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and FSIC III Advisor, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014 filed on August 14, 2014.)
10.3    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2014, by and between FSIC III Advisor, LLC and GSO / Blackstone Debt Funds Management LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 filed on March 31, 2014.)
10.4    Dealer Manager Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and among FS Investment Corporation III, FSIC III Advisor, LLC and FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 filed on March 31, 2014.)
10.5    Form of Selected Dealer Agreement (Included as Exhibit A to the Dealer Manager Agreement). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 filed on March 31, 2014.)
10.6    Custodian Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2014, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and State Street Bank and Trust Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 filed on March 31, 2014.)
10.7    Escrow Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2014, by and among FS Investment Corporation III, UMB Bank, N.A. and FS 2 Capital Partners, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 filed on March 31, 2014.)
10.8    Investment Management Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2014, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and Center City Funding LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2014.)
10.9    ISDA 2002 Master Agreement, together with the Schedule thereto and Credit Support Annex to such Schedule, each dated as of June 26, 2014, by and between Center City Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2014.)
10.10    Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2014, by and between Center City Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2014.)
10.11    Amended and Restated Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014, by and between Center City Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 27, 2014.)
10.12    Second Amended and Restated Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2014, by and between Center City Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2014.)
10.13    Third Amended and Restated Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2015, by and between Center City Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2015.)

 

186


Table of Contents
10.14    Fourth Amended and Restated Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2015, by and between Center City Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015.)
10.15    Fifth Amended and Restated Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2015, by and between Center City Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 16, 2015.)
10.16    Committed Facility Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2014, by and between Burholme Funding LLC and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2014.)
10.17    U.S. PB Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2014, by and between Burholme Funding LLC and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2014.)
10.18    Special Custody and Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2014, by and among Burholme Funding LLC, BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as custodian. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2014.)
10.19    Investment Management Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2014, by and between Burholme Funding LLC and FS Investment Corporation III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2014.)
10.20    First Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2015, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2014, between BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities and Burholme Funding LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2015.)
10.21*    Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2015, to the Committed Facility Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2014, between BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities and Burholme Funding LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2015.)
10.22    Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014, by and among Dunlap Funding LLC, as borrower, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and collateral custodian, and the other lenders and lender agents from time to time party thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2014.)
10.23    Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014, by and between FS Investment Corporation III, as seller, and Dunlap Funding LLC, as purchaser. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2014.)
10.24    Investment Management Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014, by and between Dunlap Funding LLC and FS Investment Corporation III, as investment manager. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2014.)
10.25*    Amendment No. 1 to Investment Management Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2015, by and between Dunlap Funding LLC and FS Investment Corporation III, as investment manager.
10.26    Securities Account Control Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014, by and among Dunlap Funding LLC, as pledgor, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as secured party, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as securities intermediary. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 8, 2014.)

 

187


Table of Contents
10.27    Amendment No. 1 to Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2015, between Dunlap Funding LLC, as borrower, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015.)
10.28    Amendment No. 2 to Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, between Dunlap Funding LLC, as borrower, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2015.)
10.29*    Amendment No. 3 to Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2015, between Dunlap Funding LLC, as borrower, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent.
10.30    Amendment No. 4 to Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2015, between Dunlap Funding LLC, as borrower, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 24, 2015.)
10.31*    Amendment No. 5 to Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2015, between Dunlap Funding LLC, as borrower, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent.
10.32    Loan Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2015, by and among Jefferson Square Funding LLC, as borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, each of the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent and securities intermediary and Virtus Group, LP, as collateral administrator. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2015.)
10.33    Amendment No. 1 to Loan Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2015, between Jefferson Square Funding LLC, as borrower, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, each of the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent and securities intermediary and Virtus Group, LP, as collateral administrator. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2015.)
10.34    Amendment No. 2 to Loan Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2016, between Jefferson Square Funding LLC, as borrower, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, each of the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as collateral agent and securities intermediary and Virtus Group, LP, as collateral administrator. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2016.)
10.35    Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2015, between Jefferson Square Funding LLC, as purchaser, and FS Investment Corporation III, as seller. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2015.)
10.36    Investment Management Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2015, by and between Jefferson Square Funding LLC and FS Investment Corporation III, as investment manager. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2015.)
10.37    Collateral Administration Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2015, by and among Jefferson Square Funding LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, FS Investment Corporation III, as investment manager and Virtus Group, LP, as collateral administrator. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2015.)

 

188


Table of Contents
10.38    Amended and Restated Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and Germantown Funding LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2015.)
10.39    Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2015, by and between Germantown Funding LLC and Citibank, N.A., as trustee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2015.)
10.40    Germantown Funding LLC Floating Rate Notes due 2027. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2015.)
10.41    September 1996 Version Master Repurchase Agreement between Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Society Hill Funding LLC, together with the related Annex and Master Confirmation thereto, each dated as of June 18, 2015. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2015.)
10.42    Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, by and between FS Investment Corporation III and Society Hill Funding LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2015.)
10.43    Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, by and between Germantown Funding LLC and FS Investment Corporation III. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2015.)
10.44    Collateral Administration Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, by and among Germantown Funding LLC, FS Investment Corporation III and Virtus Group, LP. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to FS Investment Corporation III’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2015.)
21.1*    Subsidiaries of FS Investment Corporation III.
31.1*    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
31.2*    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
32.1*    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

* Filed herewith.

c. Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed herewith because (1) such schedules are not required or (2) the information has been presented in the aforementioned financial statements.

 

189


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ MICHAEL C. FORMAN

    

Michael C. Forman

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ MICHAEL C. FORMAN

Michael C. Forman

President and Chief Executive Officer and

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ MICHAEL LAWSON

Michael Lawson

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ DAVID J. ADELMAN

David J. Adelman

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ JAMES W. BROWN

James W. Brown

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ BRIAN R. FORD

Brian R. Ford

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ JEFFREY K. HARROW

Jeffrey K. Harrow

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ MICHAEL J. HELLER

Michael J. Heller

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ DANIEL J. HILFERTY III

Daniel J. Hilferty III

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ STEVEN D. IRWIN

Steven D. Irwin

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ ROBERT N.C. NIX, III

Robert N.C. Nix, III

Director

Date: March 11, 2016     

/s/ PETER G. STANLEY

Peter G. Stanley

Director

 

190

Exhibit 10.21

SECOND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (“ Amendment ”) dated as of October 21, 2015 to the Committed Facility Agreement dated as of October 17, 2014 between BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“ BNPP PB, Inc. ”) and Burholme Funding LLC (“ Customer ”).

WHEREAS, BNPP PB, Inc. and Customer previously entered into a Committed Facility Agreement dated as of October 17, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as provided herein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements provided herein, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Amendment to Section 6 of the Agreement (‘Scope of Committed Facility’)

Section 6 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the following paragraph currently appearing at the end thereof:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, if a Funding Event has occurred, then upon delivery of a Facility Modification Notice the Outstanding Debit Financing which, for the avoidance of doubt, would otherwise have been subject to the commitment described in the Agreement, shall be due and payable immediately upon demand by BNPP PB, Inc. on any day on or after the 29th calendar day following the Notice Date; provided that, if such 29th calendar day is not a Business Day, then such Outstanding Debit Financing shall be due and payable immediately upon demand by BNPP PB on any day on or after the Business Day immediately preceding such 29th calendar day (the “ Termination Date ”). Upon termination, BNPP PB, Inc. shall pay to Customer a fee equal to 20 bps on the amount of Maximum Commitment Financing on the Termination Date.”

With the following paragraph:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, on or at any time after the occurrence of a Funding Event, BNPP PB, Inc. shall have the option to terminate the Agreement immediately upon notice. Upon termination resulting from the exercise of such option, BNPP PB, Inc. shall pay to Customer a fee equal to 50 bps on the amount of Maximum Commitment Financing. BNPP PB, Inc. shall provide notice to Customer of any downgrade of BNP Paribas’ long-term credit rating by any of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or Fitch Ratings, Ltd.”

 

2. Representations

Each party represents to the other party that all representations contained in the Agreement are true and accurate as of the date of this Amendment and that such representations are deemed to be given or repeated by each party, as the case may be, on the date of this Amendment, in each case, however, except for any representation that refers to a specific date, as to which each party represents to the other party that such representation is true and accurate as of such specific date and is deemed to be given or repeated by each party, as the case may be, as of such specific date.

 

3. Miscellaneous

 

  (a) Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified for such terms in the Agreement.

 

1


  (b) Entire Agreement. The Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Amendment constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communications and prior writings (except as otherwise provided herein) with respect thereto. Except as expressly set forth herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

  (c) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

 

  (d) Headings. The headings used in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Amendment.

 

  (e) Governing Law. This Amendment will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to choice of law doctrine).

(Signature page follows)

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Amendment with effect from the first date specified on the first page of this Amendment.

 

BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.     BURHOLME FUNDING LLC
/s/ JP Muir     /s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker
Name: JP Muir     Name: Gerald F. Stahlecker
Title: Managing Director     Title: Executive Vice President
/s/ Jeffrey Lowe    
Name: Jeffrey Lowe    
Title: Managing Director    

 

3

Exhibit 10.25

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), between Dunlap Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and FS Investment Corporation III, as investment manager (the “ Investment Manager ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investment Manager are party to the Investment Management Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated and otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Management Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investment Manager have agreed to amend the Management Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms . Terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Management Agreement.

ARTICLE II

Amendments

SECTION 2.1. Amendments to the Management Agreement . As of the date of this Amendment, the Management Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) by inserting “(the “Investment Manager Indemnified Party”)” immediately following the first instance of “Company” in the first sentence of Section 10(a) thereof;

(b) by inserting “and the Company” immediately following “the Member” in the last sentence of Section 11(a) thereof;

(c) by deleting the second sentence of Section 11(d) and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

“Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law without causing the Investment Manager to have liability, the resignation of the Investment Manager shall not become effective until a successor investment manager shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Investment Manager.”


(d) by deleting the second sentence of Section 13 and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

“If the Company has outstanding any notes or securities rated by a rating agency, the Company shall promptly provide a copy of any such amendment or waiver to such rating agency.”

ARTICLE III

Conditions to Effectiveness

SECTION 3.1. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Company and the Investment Manager.

ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous

SECTION 4.1. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 4.2. Severability Clause . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 4.3. Ratification . Except as expressly amended and waived hereby, the Management Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 4.4. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Amendment in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or email transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

SECTION 4.5. Headings . The headings of the Articles and Sections in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

DUNLAP FUNDING LLC, as Company
By:  

/s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker

Name:   Gerald F. Stahlecker
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Management Agreement]


FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III, as Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker

Name:   Gerald F. Stahlecker
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Management Agreement]

Exhibit 10.29

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO LOAN FINANCING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), among Dunlap Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), FS Investment Corporation III, a Maryland corporation (the “ Investment Manager ”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and collateral custodian (the “ Collateral Agent ”), each Lender party hereto (each, a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent are party to the Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated and otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms . Terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

ARTICLE II

Amendments

SECTION 2.1. Amendments to the Loan Agreement . As of the date of this Amendment, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: bold and double-underlined text ) as set forth on the pages of the Loan Agreement attached as Appendix A hereto;

(b) to insert “Class [A-1][A-2]” before each reference to “Advances” or “Advance” in Exhibit A;


(c) to delete the first item in Section 3(a) of Exhibit B and insert the following in lieu thereof:

 

    Class A-1 Advances outstanding [(converted to USD or including exchange rate information such that amount outstanding can be converted to USD)]

 

    Class A-2 Advances outstanding [(converted to USD or including exchange rate information such that amount outstanding can be converted to USD)]

(d) to insert “Each Agent pursuant to the Loan Financing Agreement” as an addressee in Exhibit C-1, Exhibit C-2 and Exhibit C-3:

(e) to delete paragraph 1 of Exhibit C-1 and insert the following in lieu thereof:

 

  1. An Advance (the “ Advance ”) be made by each Lender in an aggregate amount equal to $[        ] of Class A-1 Advances and $[        ] of Class A-2 Advances, which shall be allocated as follows:

Class A-1 Advances:

 

Lender

   Current Class
A-1
Commitment
   Current Class
A-1 Advances
Outstanding
   Class A-1
Advances
Requested
   Class A-1
Advances After
Advance
 
   $                      $                
   $                      $                

Total

   $                      $                

Class A-2 Advances:

 

Lender

   Current Class
A-2
Commitment
   Current Class
A-2 Advances
Outstanding
   Class A-2
Advances
Requested
   Class A-2
Advances After
Advance
 
   $                      $                
   $                      $                

Total

   $                      $                

 

2


(f) to insert as Exhibit C-4 to the Loan Agreement the Exhibit C-4 attached as Appendix B hereto;

(g) to add “, each Agent, Morningstar” immediately after “Administrative Agent” in the first paragraph of Exhibit D.

ARTICLE III

Conditions to Effectiveness

SECTION 3.1. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous

SECTION 4.1. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 4.2. Severability Clause . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 4.3. Ratification . Except as expressly amended and waived hereby, the Loan Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 4.4. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Amendment in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or email transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

SECTION 4.5. Headings . The headings of the Articles and Sections in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

DUNLAP FUNDING LLC, as Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker

Name:

  Gerald F. Stahlecker

Title:

  Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement]


FS INVESTMENT CORPORATION III, as Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker

Name:   Gerald F. Stahlecker
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement]


DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH , as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Amit Patel

Name:   Amit Patel
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Shawn Rose

Name:   Shawn Rose
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Collateral Agent and as Collateral Custodian
By:  

/s/ Abby Schexnider

Name:   Abby Schexnider
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement]


DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Amit Patel

Name:   Amit Patel
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Shawn Rose

Name:   Shawn Rose
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement]


APPENDIX A

Loan Agreement Amendments

 

Appendix A


EXECUTION VERSION

LOAN FINANCING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

dated as of December 2, 2014

DUNLAP FUNDING LLC

as Borrower

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

THE OTHER AGENTS PARTIES HERETO,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Collateral Agent and as Collateral Custodian


Accrual Period ” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the period from and including the previous Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, from and including the Effective Date) through and including the day preceding such Distribution Date.

Adjusted Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Balance ” means, as of any date, the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount minus the Excess Concentration Amount on such date.

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

Advance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) . Advances” means the Class A-1 Advances and the Class A-2 Advances.

Advance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Advance Rate has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letters. means with respect to any (a) First Lien Loan or Senior Secured Bond, the First Lien Advance Rate and (b) Second Lien Loan, Unsecured Loan or Unsecured Bond, 35%. 

Advance Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) .

Adverse Claim ” means any claim of ownership or any Lien, title retention, trust or other charge or encumbrance, or other type of preferential arrangement having the effect or purpose of creating a Lien, other than Permitted Liens.

Affected Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person (excluding any trustee under, or any committee with responsibility for administering, any employee benefit plan). For the purposes of this definition, “ Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly (including through affiliated entities), of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble .

Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount ” means, as of any date, the sum of the Collateral Obligation Amounts for all Eligible Collateral Obligations.

Aggregate Funded Spread ” means, as of any day, the sum of: (a) in the case of each Eligible Collateral Obligation (including, for any Deferrable Collateral Obligation, only the required current cash pay interest thereon) that bears interest at a spread over a London interbank offered rate based index, (i) the sum of (I) the stated interest rate spread on each such Collateral Obligation above such index plus (II) for each such Collateral Obligation that provides for a minimum index amount, the excess, if any, of such minimum index amount over such index multiplied by (ii) the Collateral Obligation Amount of each such Collateral Obligation plus (b) in

 

-2-


the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003 and state adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and all other consumer credit laws and equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws) and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, awards or orders of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial, or quasi-judicial tribunal or agency of competent jurisdiction.

Applicable Margin has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letters means (i) prior to the occurrence of any Facility Termination Event, 2.25% per annum and (ii) on and after the occurrence of any Facility Termination Event, 4.25% per annum .

Appraised Value ” means, with respect to any Asset Based Loan, the appraised value of the pro rata portion of the underlying collateral securing such Collateral Obligation as determined by an Approved Valuation Firm.

Approval Notice ” means, with respect to any Collateral Obligation, a copy of a notice executed by the Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit E , evidencing, among other things, the approval of the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, of such Collateral Obligation and the applicable Discount Factor, the jurisdiction (if other than the United States or any State thereof) of the applicable Obligor, the loan type and lien priority, the Effective LTV, the Original Effective LTV and the Attaching Original Effective LTV (if such Collateral Obligation is an Asset Based Loan), the Original Leverage Multiple and the Attaching Leverage Multiple, other non-cash charges included in EBITDA and each other item listed in Section 6.2(h) .

Approved Valuation Firm ” means, with respect to any Collateral Obligation, any valuation firm either (a) specified on the related Asset Approval Request and approved on the related Approval Notice or (b) otherwise approved in writing by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Asset Approval Request ” means a notice in the form of Exhibit C-3 which requests an Approval Notice with respect to one or more Collateral Obligations and shall include (among other things):

(a) the proposed date of each related acquisition;

(b) the Investment Manager’s internal risk rating (including all other output and related calculations) for each such Collateral Obligation;

(c) the Original Leverage Multiple and Original Effective LTV (if such Collateral Obligation is an Asset Based Loan) for each such Collateral Obligation, measured as of the date of such notice;

(d) each requested other non-cash charge to be included in EBITDA (if any);

(e) a list, for each such Second Lien Loan, of any Liens permitted under the applicable Underlying Instruments that are permitted to (i) secure borrowed money in excess of $500,000, whether individually or in the aggregate and (ii) rank in priority senior to or pari passu with such Second Lien Loan;

 

-4-


Change of Control ” means the Equityholder shall no longer be the sole equityholder of the Borrower ; provided, however, that a merger of FS Investment Corporation III with another business development company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings, L.P. or other fundamental change transaction the result of which effectively combines the ownership and/or assets of FS Investment Corporation III and a business development company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings, L.P., or merges or consolidates their respective collateral advisors or sub-advisors, shall not constitute a Change of Control .

Charges ” means (i) all federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign or other governmental taxes (including taxes owed to the PBGC at the time due and payable); (ii) all levies, assessments, charges, or claims of any governmental entity or any claims of statutory lienholders, the nonpayment of which could give rise by operation of law to a Lien on the Collateral Obligations or any other property of the Borrower and (iii) any such taxes, levies, assessment, charges or claims which constitute a lien or encumbrance on any property of the Borrower.

“Class A-1 Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“Class A-2 Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“Class A-1 Commitment” means, for each Committed Lender, (a) prior to the Facility Termination Date, the commitment of such Committed Lender to make Class A-1 Advances to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate, the amount set forth opposite such Committed Lender’s name on Annex B or pursuant to the assignment executed by such Committed Lender and its assignee(s) and delivered pursuant to Article XV (as such Commitment may be reduced as set forth in Section 2.5), and (b) on and after the earlier to occur of (i) Facility Termination Date and (ii) the end of the Revolving Period, such Committed Lender’s pro rata share of all Class A-1 Advances outstanding.

“Class A-2 Commitment” means, for each Committed Lender, (a) prior to the Facility Termination Date, the commitment of such Committed Lender to make Class A-2 Advances to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate, the amount set forth opposite such Committed Lender’s name on Annex B or pursuant to the assignment executed by such Committed Lender and its assignee(s) and delivered pursuant to Article XV (as such Commitment may be reduced as set forth in Section 2.5), and (b) on and after the earlier to occur of (i) Facility Termination Date and (ii) the end of the Revolving Period, such Committed Lender’s pro rata share of all Class A-2 Advances outstanding.

“Class A-1 Lender” means each Conduit Lender, each Committed Lender and each Uncommitted Lender, as the context may require, with a Class A-1 Commitment of greater than $0.

“Class A-2 Lender” means each Conduit Lender, each Committed Lender and each Uncommitted Lender, as the context may require, with a Class A-2 Commitment of greater than $0.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

-7-


by another Person on the Obligor’s behalf in respect of such Collateral Obligation, and (iv) any other document included by the Investment Manager on the related Document Checklist.

Collateral Obligation Schedule ” means the list of Collateral Obligations set forth on Schedule 3 , as the same may be updated by the Borrower (or the Investment Manager on behalf of the Borrower) from time to time.

Collateral Quality Tests ” means, collectively or individually as the case may be, the Minimum Diversity Test, the Minimum Weighted Average Spread Test and the Maximum Weighted Average Life Test.

Collection Account ” means, collectively, the Principal Collection Account and the Interest Collection Account.

Collection Period ” means, with respect to the first Distribution Date, the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the Determination Date preceding the first Distribution Date; and thereafter, the period from but excluding the Determination Date preceding the previous Distribution Date to and including the Determination Date preceding the current Distribution Date.

Collections ” means the sum of all Interest Collections and all Principal Collections received with respect to the Collateral.

Commercial Paper Rate ” for Advances means, to the extent a Conduit Lender funds such Advances by issuing commercial paper, the sum of (i) the weighted average of the rates at which commercial paper notes of such Conduit Lender issued to fund such Advances (which shall include commissions of placement agents and dealers, incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to its commercial paper maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by the Conduit Lender and costs or other borrowings by the Conduit Lender (other than under any related support facility) may be sold by any placement agent or commercial paper dealer selected by such Conduit Lender, as agreed in good faith between each such agent or dealer and such Conduit Lender; provided , that if the rate (or rates) as agreed between any such agent or dealer and such Conduit Lender for any Advance is a discount rate (or rates), then such rate shall be the rate (or if more than one rate, the weighted average of the rates) resulting from converting such discount rate (or rates) to an interest-bearing equivalent rate per annum plus , without duplication (ii) any and all reasonable costs and expenses of any issuing and paying agent or other Person responsible for the administration of such Conduit Lender’s commercial paper program in connection with the preparation, completion, issuance, delivery or payment of commercial paper issued to fund the making or maintenance of any Advance. Each Conduit Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent of its Commercial Paper Rate applicable to any Advance promptly after the determination thereof.

Commitment ” means , for each Committed Lender, (a) prior to the Facility Termination Date, the commitment of such Committed Lender to make Advances to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate, the amount set forth opposite such Committed Lender’s name on Annex B or pursuant to the assignment executed by such Committed Lender and its assignee(s) and delivered pursuant to Article XV (as such Commitment may be reduced as set

 

-9-


f orth in Section 2.5 ), and (b) on and after the earlier to occur of (i) Facility Termination Date and (ii) the end of the Revolving Period, such Committed Lender’s pro rata share of all Advances outstanding. each Class A-1 Commitment and each Class A-2 Commitment.

Committed Lenders ” means, for any Lender Group, the Persons executing this Agreement in the capacity of a “Committed Lender” for such Lender Group (or an assignment hereof) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Competitor ” means (a) any Person primarily engaged in the business of private investment management as a business development company, mezzanine fund, private debt fund, hedge fund or private equity fund, which is in direct or indirect competition with the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the sub-advisor of the Investment Manager, or any Affiliate thereof that is an investment advisor, (b) any Person controlled by, or controlling, or under common control with, a Person referred to in clause (a) above, or (c) any Person for which a Person referred to in clause (a) above serves as an investment advisor with discretionary investment authority.

Conduit Advance Termination Date ” means, with respect to a Conduit Lender, the date of the delivery by such Conduit Lender to the Borrower of written notice that such Conduit Lender elects, in its sole discretion, to permanently cease funding Advances hereunder.

Conduit Lender ” means any Person that shall become a party to this Agreement in the capacity as a “Conduit Lender” and any assignee of any of the foregoing.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the applicable designated corporate trust office of the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Custodian, as applicable, specified on Annex A , or such other address within the United States as it may designate from time to time by notice to the Administrative Agent.

Cost of Funds Rate ” means, for any Accrual Period and any Lender, the rate determined as set forth below:

(a) With with respect to each Conduit Lender and each day of such Accrual Period, such Conduit Lender’s Commercial Paper Rate for such day; provided, that if and to the extent that, and only for so long as, a Conduit Lender at any time determines in good faith that it is unable to raise or is precluded or prohibited from raising, or that it is not advisable to raise, funds through the issuance of commercial paper notes in the commercial paper market of the United States to finance its making or maintenance of its portion of any Advance or any portion thereof (which determination may be based on any allocation method employed in good faith by such Conduit Lender), upon notice from such Conduit Lender to the Agent for its Lender Group and the Administrative Agent, such Conduit Lender’s portion of such Advance shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate; and

(b) With with respect to each Committed Lender, the Base Rate.

Cut-Off Date ” means, with respect to each Collateral Obligation, the date such Collateral Obligation becomes a part of the Collateral.

DBNY ” means Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, and its successors.

 

-10-


non-recurring costs and expenses for such period (to the extent deducted in determining earnings from continuing operations for such period).

Effective Advance Rate ” means, on any date of determination, (a) the Advances outstanding on such date divided by (b) the sum of (i) the Adjusted Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Balance on such date plus (ii) the amount of Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Collection Account on such date minus (iii) the Aggregate Unfunded Amount on such date plus (iv) the amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account on such date.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

Effective Equity ” means, as of any day, the greater of (x) the sum of the Principal Balances of all Eligible Collateral Obligations minus (ii) the outstanding principal amount of all Advances and (y) $0.

Effective LTV ” means, with respect to any Asset Based Loan as of any date of determination, the product of (i) the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation divided by (ii) the Appraised Value of such Collateral Obligation as of such date of determination.

Eligible Account ” means (i) a segregated trust account or (ii) a segregated direct deposit account, in each case, maintained with a securities intermediary or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any of the States thereof, or the District of Columbia, having a certificate of deposit, short term deposit or commercial paper rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s. In either case, such depository institution or trust company shall have been approved by the Administrative Agent, acting in its reasonable discretion, by written notice to the Borrower. DBNY and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association are deemed to be acceptable securities intermediaries to the Administrative Agent.

Eligible Collateral Obligation ” means, on any Measurement Date, each Collateral Obligation that satisfies the following conditions (unless otherwise waived , with notice to Morningstar, by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion on the applicable Approval Notice):

(a) the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion has delivered an Approval Notice with respect to such Collateral Obligation;

(b) such Collateral Obligation is (i) a First Lien Loan, a Second Lien Loan, an Unsecured Loan or (ii) prior to the Required Sale Date, a Senior Secured Bond or an Unsecured Bond;

(c) such Collateral Obligation is not a Defaulted Collateral Obligation;

(d) such Collateral Obligation is not an Equity Security and is not convertible into an Equity Security at the option of the applicable Obligor or any other Person other than the Borrower;

(e) such Collateral Obligation is not a Structured Finance Obligation;

 

-13-


the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are obligations of any Obligor that represents Principal Balances in excess of all other single Obligors may be up to 10% of the Excess Concentration Measure and (y) the sums of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are obligations of any two Obligors (other than the Obligor specified in clause (x)) that represent Principal Balances in excess of all other single Obligors (other than the Obligor specified in clause (x)) may be up to 7.5% of the Excess Concentration Measure;

(c) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations in any single Moody’s Industry Classification (other than a Moody’s Industry Classification described in the following proviso) over 10% of the Excess Concentration Measure; provided , that (x) the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are obligations of Obligors in any one Moody’s Industry Classification may be up to 15% of the Excess Concentration Measure and (y) the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are obligations of Obligors in any one Moody’s Industry Classification other than the Moody’s Industry Classification specified in clause (x) may be up to 12.5% of the Excess Concentration Measure;

(d) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Loans that are Fixed Rate Collateral Obligations that are not subject to a qualifying Hedging Agreement pursuant to Section 10.6 over 10% of the Excess Concentration Measure;

(f) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations which have an Obligor organized in country other than the United States over 10% of the Excess Concentration Measure;

(g) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations which have an Obligor with either or both of (x) a public rating by Standard & Poor’s of “CCC” or (y) a Moody’s probability of default rating (as published by Moody’s) of “Caa2” over 10% of the Excess Concentration Measure;

(h) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are DIP Loans over 5% of the Excess Concentration Measure;

(i) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are participation interests over 10% of the Excess Concentration Measure; and

(j) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are Senior Secured Bonds over 15% of the Excess Concentration Measure; and

(k) the excess, if any, of the sum of the Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations that are Variable Funding Assets over 10% of the Excess Concentration Measure.

Excess Concentration Measure ” means (a) during the Ramp-up Period, the Target Portfolio Amount, and (b) after the Ramp-up Period, the sum of (x) the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount, (y) all Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Collection Account and (z) all amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account.

 

-17-


Facility ” means the loan facility to be provided to the Borrower pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Agreement.

Facility Amount ” means (a) prior to the end of the Revolving Period, $200,000,000, unless this amount is permanently (x) increased pursuant to Section 2.8 and/or (y) reduced pursuant to Section 2.5 , in which event it means such higher or lower amount , as applicable, and (b) after the end of the Revolving Period, the Advances outstanding.

Facility Termination Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date that is eighteen months after the last day of the Revolving Period  (which date, unless consented to by Morningstar, shall be no later than the date that is sixty-six months after the Effective Date) and (ii) the effective date on which the facility hereunder is terminated pursuant to Section 13.2 .

Facility Termination Event ” means any of the events described in Section 13.1 .

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with such sections of the Code and any legislation, law, regulation or practice enacted or promulgated pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 .

Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4 .

“First Lien Advance Rate” means (a) 60% if the Diversity Score is less than or equal to 15, (b) 62.5%, if the Diversity Score is less than or equal to 20 and greater than 15 and (c) 64%, if the Diversity Score is greater than 20.

First Lien Loan ” means any Loan that (i) is not (and is not expressly permitted by its terms to become) subordinate in right of payment to any obligation of the Obligor in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings, (ii) is secured by a pledge of collateral, which security interest is validly perfected and first priority under Applicable Law (subject to liens permitted under the applicable credit agreement that are reasonable for similar loans, and liens accorded priority by law in favor of any Official Body), and (iii) the Investment Manager determines in good faith that the value of the collateral for such

 

-19-


Independent Manager ” means an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by CT Corporation, Corporation Service Company, Puglisi & Associates, National Registered Agents, Inc., Wilmington Trust Company, Stewart Management Company, Lord Securities Corporation or, if none of those companies is then providing professional Independent Managers, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by Lender the Administrative Agent , in each case that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower and that provides professional Independent Managers and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Manager and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as Independent Manager be, any of the following:

(a) a member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of the Borrower, the Equityholder, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an Independent Manager of the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not in the direct chain of ownership of the Borrower and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity; provided that such Independent Manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional Independent Managers or managers in the ordinary course of its business);

(b) a creditor, supplier or service provider (including provider of professional services) to the Borrower, the Equityholder, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional Independent Managers and other corporate services to the Borrower, the Equityholder or any of their respective Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

(c) a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

(d) a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any of (a), (b) or (c) above.

Insolvency Event ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, or the commencement of an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereinafter in effect, or another present or future federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law and such case is not dismissed within 60 days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the

 

-22-


Investment Manager ” means initially FS Investment Corporation III, a Maryland corporation or any successor investment manager appointed pursuant to this Agreement .

Investment Manager Event of Default ” means the occurrence of one of the following events:

(a) any failure by the Investment Manager to deposit or credit, or to deliver for deposit, in the Collection Account any amount required hereunder to be so deposited, credited or delivered or to make any required distributions therefrom;

(b) failure on the part of the Investment Manager duly to observe or to perform in any respect any other covenant or agreement of the Investment Manager set forth in the Investment Management Agreement which failure continues unremedied for a period of 30 days (if such failure can be remedied) after the date on which written notice of such failure shall have been given to the Investment Manager by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent;

(c) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Investment Manager;

(d) any representation, warranty or statement of the Investment Manager made in the Investment Management Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be incorrect as of the time when the same shall have been made (i) which incorrect representation, warranty or statement has a material and adverse effect on (1) the validity, enforceability or collectability of the Investment Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (2) the rights and remedies of any Secured Party with respect to matters arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, and (ii) within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Investment Manager by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent, the circumstance or condition in respect of which such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured;

(e) a Facility Termination Event occurs;

(f) the failure of the Investment Manager to make any payment when due (after giving effect to any related grace period) under one or more agreements for borrowed money to which it is a party in an aggregate amount in excess of $2,500,000, individually or in the aggregate; or (ii) the occurrence of any event or condition that has resulted in or permits the acceleration of such recourse debt, whether or not waived;

(g) the rendering against the Investment Manager of one or more final, non-appealable judgments, decrees or orders for the payment of money in excess of $2,500,000, individually or in the aggregate, and the continuance of such judgment, decree or order unsatisfied and in effect for any period of more than sixty (60) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

(h) a Change of Control occurs;

 

-24-


(i) the Equityholder ceases to be a “business development company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act;

(j) a “cause event” (as defined in Section 11(a) of the Investment Management Agreement) occurs; or

(k) either (x) FS Investment Corporation III is terminated as, removed from being, or otherwise ceases to be the Investment Manager (including by reason of any failure to renew the term of the Investment Management Agreement) or (y) GSO/Blackstone Debt Funds Management, LLC ceases to be a sub-advisor of the Investment Manager, in each case without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent Required Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed) ; provided, however, that a merger of FS Investment Corporation III with another business development company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings, L.P. or other fundamental change transaction the result of which effectively combines the ownership and/or assets of FS Investment Corporation III and a business development company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings, L.P., or merges or consolidates their respective collateral advisors or sub-advisors, shall not constitute an Investment Manager Event of Default .

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Lender ” means each Conduit Lender, each Committed Class A-1 Lender and each Uncommitted Class A-2 Lender , as the context may require .

Lender Allocation Percentage ” means (x) if no Facility Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, (i) if the Effective Advance Rate is equal to or greater than 50%, 70% (ii) if the Effective Advance Rate is equal to or greater than 40% but less than 50%, 50% (iii) if the Effective Advance Rate is equal to or greater than 35% but less than 40%, 30% and (iv) if the Effective Advance Rate is less than 35%, 10% and (y) if a Facility Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, 100% .

“Lender Fee Letter” means that certain letter agreement dated May 1, 2015 among the Administrative Agent, each Committed Lender and the Borrower.

Lender Group ” means each Lender and related Agent from time to time party hereto.

Leverage Multiple ” means, with respect to any Collateral Obligation for the most recent relevant period of time for which the Borrower has received the financial statements of the relevant Obligor, the ratio of (i) Indebtedness of the relevant Obligor (other than Indebtedness of such Obligor that is junior in terms of payment or lien subordination (including unsecured Indebtedness) to Indebtedness of such Obligor held by the Borrower) less unrestricted cash of the relevant Obligor to (ii) EBITDA of such Obligor (as such calculation may be updated in connection with a modification of such Collateral Obligation described in clause (j) of the definition of “Material Modification”).

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Accrual Period, the rate per annum shown by the Bloomberg Professional Service as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S.

 

-25-


dollars for a period equal to such Accrual Period as of 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the first day of such Accrual Period; provided , that in the event no such rate is shown, the LIBOR Rate shall be the rate per annum based on the rates at which Dollar deposits for a period equal to such Accrual Period are displayed on page “LIBOR” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the LIBOR page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the first day of such Accrual Period (it being understood that if at least two such rates appear on such page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of such displayed rates); provided , further , that in the event fewer than two such rates are displayed, or if no such rate is relevant, the LIBOR Rate shall be a rate per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the principal office of the Administrative Agent in London, England to prime banks in the London interbank market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Accrual Period for delivery on such first day and for a period equal to such Accrual Period.

Lien ” means any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference, equity or encumbrance of any kind, including tax liens, mechanics’ liens and any liens that attach by operation of law.

Loan ” means any commercial loan, bond or note.

Make-Whole Fees has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letters. Fee” means a fee equal to the positive difference (if any) of (x) the product of (1) the Applicable Margin multiplied by (2) the average daily Facility Amount during the related Accrual Period multiplied by (3) the Make-Whole Fee Percentage minus (y) the product of (1) the Applicable Margin multiplied by (2) the daily average Advances funded by the Lenders during such Accrual Period minus (z) the Undrawn Fee accrued during such Accrual Period with respect to the amount of the unutilized Commitment for which a Make-Whole Fee is owing pursuant to the foregoing clauses (x) and (y).

“Make Whole Fee Percentage” means on any day (a) prior to the three-month anniversary of the Effective Date, 50% and (b) thereafter until the end of the Revolving Period, 75%.

Margin Stock ” means “Margin Stock” as defined under Regulation U issued by the FRS Board.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on: (a) the assets, operations, properties, financial condition, or business of the Borrower or the Investment Manager; (b) the ability of the Borrower or the Investment Manager to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents; (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents, or the rights and remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder or thereunder taken as a whole; or (d) the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the collateral assignments and Liens granted by the Borrower in this Agreement.

Material Modification ” means any amendment or waiver of, or modification or supplement to, any Underlying Instrument governing a Collateral Obligation which:

 

-26-


Minimum Diversity Test ” means a test that will be satisfied on any date of determination if the Diversity Score of all Eligible Collateral Obligations included in the Collateral is equal to or greater than 10.

Minimum Equity Condition ” means a test that will be satisfied on any date of determination if the Effective Equity is greater than the greater of (a) the sum of the Collateral Obligation Amounts of the five Obligors with Collateral Obligations constituting the highest aggregate Collateral Obligation Amounts and (b) an amount equal to $30,000,000; provided that, for purposes of calculating clause (a) above, the Collateral Obligation Amount with respect to any Obligor shall be the sum of all Collateral Obligation Amounts with respect to which such Person is an Obligor.

Minimum Weighted Average Spread Test ” means a test that will be satisfied on any day if the Weighted Average Spread of all Eligible Collateral Obligations included in the Collateral on such day is equal to or greater than 5.5%

Monthly Report ” means a report prepared by the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Moody’s Industry Classification ” means the industry classifications set forth in Schedule 2 hereto, as such industry classifications shall be updated at the option of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion if Moody’s publishes revised industry classifications and the application of such revised industry classifications to this facility is necessary to avoid an increased regulatory capital charge for the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates that are Lenders hereunder.

“Morningstar” means Morningstar Credit Ratings, LLC, or any successor thereto.

Net Purchased Loan Balance ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate Principal Balance of all Collateral Obligations acquired by the Borrower prior to such date minus (b) the aggregate Principal Balance of all Collateral Obligations (other than Warranty Collateral Obligations or assets sold to the Equityholder as a result of the Required Sale Date) repurchased by the Equityholder or an Affiliate thereof or released to the Equityholder pursuant to a dividend, in each case prior to such date.

Note ” means a promissory grid note, in the form of Exhibit A , made payable to the order of an Agent, on behalf of the related Lenders.

Note Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.1 .

Note Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.5(a) .

Note Registrar ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.5(a) .

 

-29-


obligations are assigned one of the two highest long-term ratings by each Rating Agency at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment; provided , that securities issued by any particular corporation will not be Permitted Investments to the extent that an investment therein will cause the then outstanding principal amount of securities issued by such corporation and held in the Accounts collectively to exceed 10% of the value of Permitted Investments held in such account (with Permitted Investments held in such accounts valued at par);

(e) commercial paper that (i) is payable in United States dollars and (ii) is rated at least “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” by Moody’s;

(f) units of money market funds rated in the highest credit rating category by each Rating Agency;

(g) U.S. Dollars; or

(h) any other demand or time deposit, obligation, security or investment (including a hedging arrangement) as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent, as evidenced by a writing to that effect.

Permitted Investments may be purchased by or through the Collateral Custodian or any of its Affiliates. All Permitted Investments shall be held in the name of the Collateral Custodian. No Permitted Investment shall have an “f,” “r,” “p,” “pi,” “q,” “sf” or “t” subscript affixed to its Standard & Poor’s rating. Any such investment may be made or acquired from or through the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent or any of their respective affiliates, or any entity for whom the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent or any of their respective affiliates provides services and receives compensation (so long as such investment otherwise meets the applicable requirements of the foregoing definition of Permitted Investment at the time of acquisition); provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a) through (h), after the Required Sale Date, Permitted Investments may only include obligations or securities that constitute cash equivalents for purposes of the rights and assets in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of the exclusions from the definition of “covered fund” for purposes of the Volcker Rule.

Permitted Lien ” means (i) the Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (ii) Liens for Taxes and mechanics’ or suppliers’ liens for services or materials supplied, in either case, not yet due and payable and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (iii) as to Related Security (1) the Lien in favor of the Borrower herein and (2) any Liens on the Related Security permitted pursuant to the applicable Underlying Instruments and (iv) as to agented Loans, Liens in favor of the agent on behalf of all the lenders of the related Obligor.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Prepayment Fee has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letters. means a nonrefundable fee equal to the product of (a) the amount of each such permanent reduction in the aggregate amount of the Facility Amount, (b) 2.06%, (c) the number of days remaining in the Revolving Period and (d) 1/360.

 

-32-


“Prepayment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Primary IM Fee ” means with respect to any Distribution Date, the fee payable to the Investment Manager or successor investment manager (as applicable) for services rendered during the related Collection Period, which shall be equal to one-fourth of the product of (i) the Primary IM Fee Percentage multiplied by (ii) the average of the values of the aggregate Collateral Obligation Amount of the Eligible Collateral Obligations on the first day and the last day of the related Collection Period. For the avoidance of doubt, the Investment Manager may waive or defer the payment of any Primary IM Fee in its sole discretion.

Primary IM Fee Percentage ” means 0.45%.

Principal Balance ” means with respect to any Collateral Obligation and as of any date, the lower of (x) the Purchase Price paid by the Borrower for such Collateral Obligation and (y) the outstanding principal balance of such Collateral Obligation, exclusive of (x) any deferred or capitalized interest on any Deferrable Collateral Obligation that is deferred or capitalized after the Cut-Off Date applicable to such Deferrable Collateral Obligation and (y) any unfunded amounts with respect to any Variable Funding Asset; provided , that for purposes of calculating the “Principal Balance” of any Deferrable Collateral Obligation, principal payments received on such Collateral Obligation shall first be applied to reducing or eliminating any outstanding deferred or capitalized interest; provided , further , that the “Principal Balance” of any revolving loan as of any date shall be equal to the outstanding principal balance thereof plus amounts on deposit in respect thereof in the Unfunded Exposure Account. The “Principal Balance” of any Equity Security shall be zero.

Principal Collections ” means any and all amounts of collections received with respect to the Collateral other than Interest Collections and Excluded Amounts, including (but not limited to) (i) all collections attributable to principal on such Collateral, (ii) the earnings on Principal Collections in the Collection Account that are invested in Permitted Investments, (iii) all payments received by the Borrower pursuant to any Hedging Agreement that is an interest rate swap or index rate swap transaction and (iv) all Repurchase Amounts, in each case other than Retained Interests.

Principal Collection Account ” means a segregated, non-interest bearing securities account (within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the UCC) number XXXXXXXX, which is created and maintained on the books and records of the Securities Intermediary entitled “Principal Collection Account” in the name of the Borrower and subject to the prior Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which is established and maintained pursuant to Section 8.1(a) .

Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the actual price paid by the Borrower for such Collateral Obligation minus all Principal Collections described in clause (i) of the definition thereof in respect of such Collateral Obligation.

 

-33-


Qualified Substitute Arrangement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6(c) .

Ramp-up Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to the earlier of (i) the first date on which the sum of the Principal Balances of all Eligible Collateral Obligations equals or is greater than the Target Portfolio Amount and (ii) the six-month anniversary of the Effective Date.

Rating Agencies ” means Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s.

Recipient ” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Agent, (c) any Lender and ( c d ) any other recipient of a payment hereunder.

Records ” means the Collateral Obligation File for any Collateral Obligation and all other documents, books, records and other information prepared and maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower with respect to any Collateral Obligation and the Obligors thereunder, including all documents, books, records and other information prepared and maintained by the Borrower or the Investment Manager with respect to such Collateral Obligation or Obligors.

Reinvestment ” has the meaning given in Section 8.3(b) .

Reinvestment Date ” has the meaning given in Section 8.3(b) .

Reinvestment Request ” has the meaning given in Section 8.3(b) .

Related Collateral Obligation ” means any Collateral Obligation where the Equityholder or any Subsidiary of the Equityholder owns a Variable Funding Asset pursuant to the same Underlying Instruments; provided that any such asset will cease to be a Related Collateral Obligation once all commitments by the Equityholder or any such Subsidiary to make advances or fund such Variable Funding Asset to the related Obligor expire or are irrevocably terminated or reduced to zero.

Related Committed Lender ” means, with respect to any Uncommitted Lender, each Committed Lender in its Lender Group.

Related Property ” means, with respect to a Collateral Obligation, any property or other assets designated and pledged or mortgaged as collateral to secure repayment of such Collateral Obligation, including, without limitation, any pledge of the stock, membership or other ownership interests in the related Obligor or its subsidiaries, all Warrant Assets with respect to such Collateral Obligation and all proceeds from any sale or other disposition of such property or other assets.

Related Security ” means, with respect to each Collateral Obligation:

(a) any Related Property securing a Collateral Obligation, all payments paid in respect thereof and all monies due, to become due and paid in respect thereof accruing after the applicable Advance Date and all liquidation proceeds thereof;

 

-34-


retained in accordance with clause (a) above, and (d) any agency or similar fees associated with the rights and obligations of the agent(s) that are being retained in accordance with clause (b) above.

Revaluation Event ” means each occurrence of any of the following with respect to any Collateral Obligation during the time such Collateral Obligation is Collateral:

(a) the occurrence of a default as to the payment of principal and/or interest has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Collateral Obligation (after giving effect to the shorter of any grace period applicable thereto and five (5) Business Days from the due date);

(b) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Investment Manager obtains actual knowledge that a default as to the payment of principal and/or interest has occurred and is continuing (after giving effect to any grace period applicable thereto) with respect to another debt obligation of the same Obligor that is (i) secured by the same collateral, (ii) senior to or pari passu with in right of payment to such Collateral Obligation and (iii) in an amount in excess of $250,000;

(c) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to any related Obligor;

(d) the Investment Manager determines, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the Investment Management Standard, that all or a portion of such Collateral Obligation is not collectible or otherwise places such Collateral Obligation on non-accrual status;

(e) the occurrence (without the prior approval of the Administrative Agent) of a Material Modification with respect to such Collateral Obligation;

(f) the Obligor thereunder fails to deliver to the Borrower or the Investment Manager any financial reporting information as required by the Underlying Instruments of such Collateral Obligation (including any grace periods thereunder) but in no event less frequently than quarterly, that in each case has an adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Manager or the Administrative Agent (as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) to make any determinations or calculations required hereunder; provided, however, that the Borrower (or the Investment Manager on its behalf) may, on a single occasion (or any other additional occasions approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) with respect to any Obligor, grant an extension of up to 30 days for the delivery of such financial statements by such Obligor; or

(g) with respect to any Enterprise Value Loan, the Leverage Multiple with respect to such Collateral Obligation increases by 1x or more over the Original Leverage Multiple with respect to such Collateral Obligation; provided that each subsequent increase of an additional 1x over the applicable Original Leverage Multiple shall be an additional Revaluation Event;

(h) with respect to any Asset Based Loan, (A) the Borrower fails (or fails to cause the Obligor to) retain an Approved Valuation Firm to re-calculate the Appraised Value of (x) with respect to any such Asset Based Loan that has intellectual property, equipment or real property, as the case may be, in its borrowing base, the collateral securing such Asset Based Loan that at least once every twelve (12) months that such Loan is included in the Collateral (subject to a 30

 

-37-


day grace period with respect to any such review) and (y) with respect to all other Asset Based Loans included in the Collateral, the collateral securing such Loan at least once every six (6) months that such Loan is included in the Collateral (subject to a 30 day grace period with respect to any such review) or (B) the Borrower (or the related Obligor, as applicable) changes the Approved Valuation Firm with respect to any Asset Based Loan that or the related Approved Valuation Firm changes the metric for valuing the collateral of such Loan, each without the written approval of the Administrative Agent; or

(j) with respect to any Asset Based Loan, the Effective LTV of such Collateral Obligation increases by more than an amount equal to 15% of the Original Effective LTV of such Collateral Obligation; provided that each subsequent increase of an additional 15% over the applicable Original Effective LTV shall be an additional Revaluation Event.

“Revolving Advances” means any Advances that are not Term Advances.

Revolving Loan ” means a Collateral Obligation that specifies a maximum aggregate amount that can be borrowed by the related Obligor and permits such Obligor to re-borrow any amount previously borrowed and subsequently repaid during the term of such Collateral Obligation.

Revolving Period ” means the period of time starting on the Effective Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the date that is thirty months after the Effective Date or, if such date is extended pursuant to Section 2.6 , the date mutually agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative each Agent, (ii) the date on which the Facility Amount is terminated in full pursuant to Section 2.5 or (iii) the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event.

Sale Agreement ” means the Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Equityholder, as seller, and the Borrower, as purchaser.

Schedule of Collateral Obligations ” means the list or lists of Collateral Obligations attached to each Asset Approval Request. Each such schedule shall identify the assets that will become Collateral Obligations, shall set forth such information with respect to each such Collateral Obligation as the Borrower or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require and shall supplement any such schedules attached to previously-delivered Asset Approval Requests.

Scheduled Collateral Obligation Payment ” means each periodic installment payable by an Obligor under a Collateral Obligation for principal and/or interest in accordance with the terms of the related Underlying Instrument.

Second Lien Loan ” means any Loan that (i) is not (and that by its terms is not permitted to become) subordinate in right of payment to any other obligation of the related Obligor other than a First Lien Loan with respect to the liquidation of such Obligor or the collateral for such Loan and (ii) is secured by a valid second priority perfected Lien to or on specified collateral securing the related Obligor’s obligations under the Loan, which Lien is not subordinate to the Lien securing any other debt for borrowed money other than a First Lien Loan on such specified collateral (subject to Liens permitted under the applicable Underlying Instrument that are reasonable for similar loans and, if permitted to secure borrowed money in excess of $500,000

 

-38-


Target Portfolio Amount ” means, (i) during the Ramp-up Period, $360,000,000 and (ii) thereafter, the sum of (x) the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount, (y) all Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Collection Account and (z) all amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account.

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Official Body, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Term Advances” means any Class A-2 Advances funded from the portion of a Class A-2 Commitment which has been designated as a Term Commitment.

“Term Commitment” means, the Class A-2 Commitment of any Class A-2 Lender which has been designated as a term loan by the Administrative Agent in writing pursuant to Section 2.9, with a copy to the Investment Manager, the Collateral Agent and each Agent (as such Commitment may be reduced as set forth in Section 2.5).

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Sale Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Collateral Agent and Collateral Custodian Fee Letter, each Fee Letter, the Lender Fee Letter, the Account Control Agreement, and the other documents to be executed and delivered in connection with this Agreement, specifically excluding from the foregoing, however, Underlying Instruments delivered by the Borrower or the Investment Manager in connection with this Agreement.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

Uncommitted Lender ” means any Conduit Lender designated as an “Uncommitted Lender” for any Lender Group and any of its assignees.

Underlying Instrument ” means the loan agreement, credit agreement or other customary agreement pursuant to which a Collateral Obligation has been created or issued and each other agreement that governs the terms of or secures the obligations represented by such Collateral Obligation or of which the holders of such Collateral Obligation are the beneficiaries.

Undrawn Fee ” a fee payable pursuant to Section 3.2 for each day of the related Collection Period during the Revolving Period equal to the product of (x) the difference between the aggregate Commitments on such day minus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Advances on such day, times (y) the Undrawn Fee Rate times (z) 1/360.

Undrawn Fee Rate has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letters means, during the Revolving Period, 0.50% .

Unfunded Exposure Account ” means the account designated as the Unfunded Exposure Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 8.1(a) .

Unfunded Exposure Shortfall ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) .

 

-40-


(e) For the avoidance of doubt, on each Measurement Date, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to re-determine the status of each Eligible Collateral Obligation as of such calculation date and to provide notice of any change in the status of any Eligible Collateral Obligation to the Collateral Agent and, as a consequence thereof, (A) Collateral Obligations that were previously Eligible Collateral Obligations on a prior Measurement Date may be excluded from the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount on such Measurement Date and (B) Collateral Obligations that were previously excluded from the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount on a prior Measurement Date may, upon receipt of a related Approval Notice, be included in the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount on such Measurement Date.

(f) Unless otherwise specified, each reference in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to a Transaction Document shall mean such Transaction Document as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

(g) All calculations required to be made hereunder (i) with respect to the Collateral Obligations and the Borrowing Base (including, without limitation, to determine whether a Facility Termination Event or an Unmatured Facility Termination Event shall have occurred) shall be made on a trade date basis and after giving effect to (x) all purchases or sales to be entered into on such trade date and (y) all Advances requested to be made on such trade date plus the balance of all unfunded Advances to be made in connection with the Borrower’s purchase of previously requested (and approved) Collateral Obligations and (ii) with respect to the percentages set forth in clauses (x) and (y) of Section 2.2(a) shall be made after giving effect to all unfunded Advances requested during the thirty (30) days prior to the related Advance Request .

(h) For all purposes under this Agreement, “knowledge” shall mean actual knowledge after reasonable inquiry.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (A) each reference to notice being delivered to “each Agent” shall mean notice delivered by the applicable party to the Collateral Agent, who shall then promptly (but in no event later than the following Business Day) deliver notice to each Agent and (B) each reference to notice being delivered to both the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall mean notice delivered by the applicable party to the Collateral Agent, who shall then promptly (but in no event later than the following Business Day) deliver notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that each Advance Request and each voluntary prepayment notice shall be delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Agent (in the manner and at the times specified in the relevant provisions of this Agreement), and, in doing so, the Borrower shall be entitled to rely solely on the information contained in the Note Register and on Annex A and shall have no liability for any errors or omissions in either thereof.

 

-43-


Article II

THE FACILITY, ADVANCE PROCEDURES AND NOTES

Section 2.1 Advances . (a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, (i) each Lender Group with a Class A-1 Commitment hereby agrees to make advances to or on behalf of the Borrower (individually, an a Class A-1 Advance ” and collectively the “ Advances”) Class A-1 Advances”) and (ii) each Lender Group with a Class A-2 Commitment hereby agrees to make advances to or on behalf of the Borrower (individually, a “Class A-2 Advance” and collectively the “Class A-2 Advances”), in each case from time to time on any date (each such date on which an Advance is made, an “ Advance Date ”) during the period from the Effective Date to the end of the Revolving Period; provided that there shall be no more than two (2) Advance Dates during any calendar week.

(b) Under no circumstances shall any Lender make an Advance if, after giving effect to such Advance and any purchase of Eligible Collateral Obligations in connection therewith, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances would exceed the lower of (i) the Facility Amount and (ii) the Borrowing Base on such day. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, during the Revolving Period, the Borrower may borrow, reborrow, repay and prepay (subject to the provisions of Section 2.4 ) one or more Advances.

Section 2.2 Funding of Advances . (a) Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.2 , the Borrower may request Advances hereunder by giving notice to the Administrative Agent, each Agent and the Collateral Agent of the proposed Advance at or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, at least (x) in the case of Advances of more than 20% of the then-current Facility Amount, thirty-one (31) days or (y) in the case of Advances of up to 20% of the then-current Facility Amount, one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Advance Date. Such notice (herein called the “ Advance Request ”) shall be in the form of Exhibit C-1 and shall include (among other things) the proposed Advance Date and amount of such proposed Advance, and shall, if applicable, be accompanied by an Asset Approval Request setting forth the information required therein with respect to the Collateral Obligations to be acquired by the Borrower on the Advance Date (if applicable). The amount of any Advance shall at least be equal to the least of (i) $1,000,000, (ii) the (1) Borrowing Base on such day minus (2) the Advances outstanding on such day and (iii) the (1) Facility Amount on such day minus (2) the Advances outstanding on such day before giving effect to the requested Advance as of such date. The amount of each Advance shall be allocated pro rata based on the aggregate Commitments as a Class A-1 Advance and a Class A-2 Advance. Any Advance Request given by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.2 , shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to lend funds hereunder in its capacity as Administrative Agent. Subject to receipt by the Collateral Agent of an Officer’s Certificate of the Borrower confirming the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.2 , and the Collateral Agent’s receipt of such funds from the Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall make the proceeds of such requested Advances available to the Borrower by deposit to such account as may be designated by the Borrower (in a written notice received by the Administrative Agent , each Agent and the Collateral Agent at least one (1) Business Day prior to such Advance Date) in same day funds no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Advance Date. Each

 

-44-


Lender shall notify Borrower within two (2) Business Days of any Advance Request made pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(x) if it will elect to fund the related Advance on any day prior to the end of the applicable thirty-one (31) day notice period. The Borrower expressly acknowledges and agrees that any election by any Lender on one or more occasions to fund any Advance on any day prior to the full passage of the applicable thirty-one (31) day notice period set forth in Section 2.2(a)(x) shall not constitute or be deemed to be an amendment, waiver or other modification of the requirement for thirty-one (31) days’ notice prior to any Lender funding any Advance made in respect of an Advance Request made pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(x) .

(b) Committed Lender’s Commitment . At no time will any Uncommitted Lender have any obligation to fund an Advance. At all times on and after the Conduit Advance Termination Date, all Advances shall be made by the Agent on behalf of the applicable Committed Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Advances are funded in the first instance by the Uncommitted Lenders. At any time when any Uncommitted Lender has failed to or has rejected a request to fund an Advance, its Agent shall so notify the Related Committed Lender and such Related Committed Lender shall fund such Advance. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 2.2(b) or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, no Committed Lender shall be obligated to provide its Agent or the Borrower with funds in connection with an Advance in an amount that would result in the portion of the Advances then funded by it exceeding its Commitment then in effect. The obligation of the Committed Lender in each Lender Group to remit any Advance shall be several from that of the other Lenders, and the failure of any Committed Lender to so make such amount available to its Agent shall not relieve any other Committed Lender of its obligation hereunder.

(c) Unfunded Commitment Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the occurrence of the earlier of (i) any acceleration of the maturity of Advances pursuant to Section 13.2 or (ii) the end of the Revolving Period, the Borrower shall request an Advance in the amount , if any, of the Aggregate Unfunded Amount minus the amount then on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account. Following receipt of such Advance Request, the Lenders shall fund such requested amount , if any, by depositing such amount directly to the Collateral Custodian to be deposited into the Unfunded Exposure Account, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein (including, without limitation, the Borrower’s failure to satisfy any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.2 ).

Section 2.3 Notes . The Borrower shall, upon request of any Lender Group, on or after such Lender Group becomes a party hereto (whether on the Effective Date or by assignment or otherwise), execute and deliver a Note evidencing the Advances of such Lender Group. Each such Note shall be payable to the order of the Agent for such Lender Group in a face amount equal to the applicable Lender Group’s Commitment as of the Effective Date or the effective date on which such Lender Group becomes a party hereto, as applicable. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes each Agent to make (or cause to be made) appropriate notations on the grid attached to the Notes (or on any continuation of such grid, or at the option of such Agent, in its records), which notations, if made, shall evidence, inter alia , the date of the outstanding principal of the Advances evidenced thereby and each payment of principal thereon. Such notations shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the subject matter thereof absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such notations shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the Obligations or any payment thereon.

 

-45-


Section 2.4 Repayment and Prepayments . (a) The Borrower shall repay the Advances outstanding (i) on each Distribution Date to the extent required to be repaid hereunder and funds are available therefor pursuant to Section 8.3 and (ii) in full on the Facility Termination Date.

(b) Prior to the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower may, from time to time, make a voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, of the outstanding principal amount of any Revolving Advance using Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Collection Account or other funds available to the Borrower on such date; provided , that

(i) all such voluntary prepayments shall require prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent and each Agent) by 11:00 a.m. two (2) Business Days prior to such voluntary prepayment, which notice (herein called the “Prepayment Notice”) shall be in the form of Exhibit C-4 and shall include (among other things) the proposed date of such prepayment and the amount and allocation of such prepayment;

(ii) all such voluntary partial prepayments shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000; and

(iii) each prepayment shall be applied on the Business Day received by the Administrative Collateral Agent if received by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such day by the Administrative Collateral Agent as Amount Available constituting Principal Collections pursuant to Section 8.3(a) as if (x) the date of such prepayment were a Distribution Date and (y) such prepayment occurred during the Collection Period to which such Distribution Date relates

(iv) each prepayment shall be applied pro rata based on the aggregate Commitments to reduce Revolving Advances outstanding; and

(v) for the avoidance of doubt, all prepayments of Term Advances shall be governed by Section 2.5 hereof .

Each such prepayment shall be subject to the payment of any amounts required by Section 2.5( b c ) (if any) resulting from a prepayment or payment.

Section 2.5 Permanent Reduction of Facility Amount . (a) The Borrower may at any time (x) during the Revolving Period if an Extension Request has been rejected by the Administrative Agent any Lender or (y) after the end of the Revolving Period, in each case upon five Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and each Agent , permanently reduce the Facility Amount (i) in whole upon payment in full (in accordance with Section 2.4 ) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances ) or (ii) in part by any pro rata amount that the Facility Amount exceeds the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances (after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment thereof). In connection with any permanent reduction of the Facility Amount under this Section 2.5(a) , the Commitment of each Committed Lender shall automatically, and without any further action by any party, be reduced pro rata with all other Committed Lenders such that the sum of all Commitments will equal the newly reduced Facility Amount.

 

-46-


(b) The Borrower may at any time, upon five Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and each Agent, permanently reduce the Facility Amount in whole or in part upon payment of the outstanding principal amount of any Term Advances. In connection with any permanent reduction of the Facility Amount under this Section 2.5(b), the Term Commitment of each Lender with a Term Commitment shall automatically, and without any further action by any party, be reduced pro rata with all other Lenders with a Term Commitment.

(c) (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower may permanently reduce the Facility Amount at any time, provided that if such reduction occurs at any time other than those specified in Section 2.5(a) , it shall , unless any Lender has, prior to the date of such permanent reduction in whole or in part, declined an Extension Request, pay the applicable Prepayment Fee to the Administrative Collateral Agent, for the respective accounts of the Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Prepayment Fee shall be due in respect of any prepayment or permanent reduction occurring after the end of the Revolving Period.

Section 2.6 Extension of Revolving Period . The Borrower may, at any time after the first anniversary of the Effective Date and prior to the date that is ten Business Days prior to the last date of the Revolving Period, deliver a written notice to each Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent ) requesting an extension of the Revolving Period for an additional twelve months (each qualifying request, an “ Extension Request ”). The Administrative Agent Each Lender may approve or decline an Extension Request in its sole discretion; provided , that the Administrative Agent Lenders shall respond to an Extension Request in writing not later than 30 days to the applicable Agent following receipt of such Extension Request, and if the Administrative Agent any Lender does not respond in writing by the end of such 30-day period it shall be deemed to have denied such Extension Request. No request by the Borrower to extend the Revolving Period shall be considered an “Extension Request” if such request is conditioned on an amendment to any other provision of the Transaction Documents. Each Agent shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent of any approved Extension Request. The Collateral Agent shall promptly provide notice of any approved Extension Request to Morningstar.

Section 2.7 Calculation of Discount Factor .

(a) In connection with the purchase of each Collateral Obligation and prior to such Collateral Obligation being purchased by the Borrower and included in the Collateral, the Administrative Agent will assign (in its sole discretion) a Discount Factor for such Collateral Obligation.

(b) If, but only if, a Revaluation Event occurs with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the Discount Factor of such Collateral Obligation may be amended by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion. The Administrative Agent will provide written notice of the revised Discount Factor to the Borrower , the Collateral Agent and the Investment Manager. The Collateral Agent shall forward a copy of such notice to each Agent. To the extent the Investment Manager has actual knowledge or, pursuant to the terms of the applicable Underlying Instruments, has received notice of any Revaluation Event with respect

 

-47-


to any Collateral Obligation, the Investment Manager shall give prompt notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (but, in any event, not longer than two Business Days after it receives notice or gains actual knowledge thereof). The Collateral Agent shall forward a copy of such notice to each Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent will provide written notice of each revised Discount Factor to the Borrower, the Investment Manager , each Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Increase in Facility Amount. The Borrower may, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent may be conditioned on one or more conditions precedent in its sole discretion) and prior written notice to Morningstar, (i) increase the Commitment of the existing Lender Groups ( pro rata ) with the consent of each such Lender Group, (ii) add additional Lender Groups and/or (iii) increase the Commitment of any Lender Group with the consent of such Lender Group, in each case which shall increase the Facility Amount by the amount of the increased or new Commitment of each such existing or additional Lender Group. Each increase in the Facility Amount shall be allocated to each participating Lender Group pro rata based on their Commitments immediately prior to giving effect to such increase. If any Lender increases its Commitment (including the amount of a new Commitment by a new Lender) (other than in connection with any increase that is designated as a term loan pursuant to Section 2.9), such Lender shall be paid an upfront fee in an amount equal to 0.50% of such increase. Each upfront fee will be paid by (A) any Lender that is concurrently reducing its Commitment (with the consent of the Borrower), up to an aggregate amount equal to 0.50% of such reduction and (B) to the extent any remaining amounts are owed, the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such increase shall be permitted without the prior written consent of DBNY if, after giving effect to any such increase, DBNY’s Commitment will no longer be at least 51% of the Facility Amount.

Term Loan Allocation. During the Revolving Period, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to (a) designate the Class A-2 Commitment of any Lender Group (including any new Lender Group added pursuant to Section 2.8(ii)) as a Term Advance and (b) cause any Lender Group to assign its Term Commitment to a new Lender Group approved by the Borrower so long as the interest rate of such Term Advance is less than or equal to the then-effective Interest Rate if, in each of clauses (a) and (b), after giving effect to such designation the aggregate amount of Term Advances do not exceed the lesser of (i) the then effective Class A-2 Commitment and (ii) $150,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall not be permitted to re-borrow any repaid Term Advance. The Collateral Agent shall promptly provide notice to Morningstar of any increase in the aggregate amount of Term Advances to an amount in excess of $150,000,000.

Article III

YIELD, UNDRAWN FEE, ETC.

Section 3.1 Yield and Undrawn Fee . (a) The Borrower hereby promises to pay, on the dates specified in Section 3.2 , Yield on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance (or each portion thereof) for the period commencing on the applicable Advance Date until such

 

-48-


such case in such other proportions as each affected Lender may agree upon in writing from time to time with such Agent and the Borrower. Payments of Yield and Undrawn Fee shall be allocated and applied to Lenders pro rata based upon the respective amounts of interest and fees due and payable to them.

Section 4.2 Due Date Extension . If any payment of principal or Yield with respect to any Advance falls due on a day which is not a Business Day, then such due date shall be extended to the next following Business Day, and additional Yield shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension at the rate applicable to such Advance.

Section 4.3 Taxes . (a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Transaction Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Official Body in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 4.3 ) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Official Body in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, and its direct and indirect beneficial owners, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 4.3 ) payable or paid by such Recipient or such beneficial owners or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient or such beneficial owners and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Official Body. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent and each Agent ), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of another Recipient, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 15.9 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Transaction Document,

 

-50-


(d) Resolutions . Certified copies of the resolutions of the board of managers (or similar items) of the Borrower and the Investment Manager approving the Transaction Documents to be delivered by it hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby, certified by its secretary or assistant secretary;

(e) Organization Documents . The certificate of formation (or similar organization document) of each of the Borrower and the Investment Manager certified by the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization; and a certified, executed copy of the Borrower’s and the Investment Manager’s organizational documents;

(f) Good Standing Certificates . Good standing certificates for each of the Borrower and the Investment Manager issued by the applicable Official Body of its jurisdiction of organization;

(g) Incumbency . A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of each of the Borrower and the Investment Manager certifying the names and true signatures of the officers authorized on its behalf to sign this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be delivered by it;

(h) Filings . Copies of proper financing statements, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions or any comparable law to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in all Collateral in which an interest may be pledged hereunder;

(i) Opinions . Legal opinions of Dechert LLP counsel for the Borrower and the Investment Manager, and Locke Lorde Lord LLP and in-house counsel for the Collateral Agent, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent covering such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(j) No Facility Termination Event, etc. Each of the Transaction Documents is in full force and effect and no Facility Termination Event or Unmatured Facility Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or will result from the issuance of the Notes and the borrowing hereunder;

(k) Liens . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the results of a recent search by a Person satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the UCC, judgment, security interest and tax lien filings which may have been filed with respect to personal property of the Borrower, and bankruptcy and pending lawsuits with respect to the Borrower and the results of such search shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) filed UCC termination statements, if any, necessary to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in any Collateral previously granted by the Borrower and any executed pay-off letters reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent;

(l) Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, to its sole satisfaction, that all Fees due to the Lenders on the Effective Date have been paid in full;

 

-56-


(m) No Material Adverse Effect . No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since September 30, 2014 and no litigation shall have commenced which, if successful, could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(n) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent has received the most recently available copies of the financial statements and reports described in Section 7.5(k) certified by a Responsible Officer of the Investment Manager to be true and correct; such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of such Person as of the applicable date of issuance; and

(o) Other . Such other approvals, documents, opinions, certificates and reports as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Section 6.2 Advances and Reinvestments . The making of any Advance (including the initial Advance hereunder) and any Reinvestment are all subject to the condition that the Effective Date shall have occurred and to the following further conditions precedent that:

(a) No Facility Termination Event, Etc. Each of the Transaction Documents shall be in full force and effect (unless terminated in accordance with their terms) and (i) no Facility Termination Event or Unmatured Facility Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or will result from the making of such Advance or Reinvestment, (ii) no Investment Manager Event of Default or Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will result from the making of such Advance or Reinvestment, (iii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained herein, of the Investment Manager contained in the Investment Management Agreement and of the Borrower and the Investment Manager in the other Transaction Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the related Funding Date (or if such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, such earlier date), with the same effect as though made on the date of (and after giving effect to) such Advance or Reinvestment, and (iv) after giving effect to such Advance or Reinvestment (and any purchase of Eligible Collateral Obligations in connection therewith), the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Advances will not exceed the Borrowing Base;

(b) Requests . (i) In connection with the funding of any Advance pursuant to Section 2.2(a) , the Collateral Agent, each Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received the Advance Request for such Advance in accordance with Section 2.2(a) , together with all items required to be delivered in connection therewith and (ii) in connection with any Reinvestment, the Collateral Agent, each Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received the Reinvestment Request for such reinvestment in accordance with Section 8.3(b) , together with all items required to be delivered in connection therewith;

(c) Revolving Period . The Revolving Period shall not have ended;

(d) Document Checklist . The Administrative Agent , each Agent and the Collateral Custodian shall have received a Document Checklist for each Eligible Collateral Obligation to be added to the Collateral on the related Funding Date;

 

-57-


(e) Borrowing Base Confirmation . The Collateral Agent , each Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Borrower or the Investment Manager (which may be included as part of the Advance Request or Reinvestment Request) computed as of the date of such request and after giving effect thereto and to the purchase by the Borrower of the Collateral Obligations to be purchased by it on such date (if any), demonstrating that the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Advances shall not exceed the Borrowing Base, calculated as of the Funding Date as if the Collateral Obligations purchased by the Borrower on such Funding Date were owned by the Borrower;

(f) Collateral Quality Tests, Minimum Equity Condition . The Collateral Agent , each Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received an Officer’s Certificate of the Investment Manager (which may be included as part of the Advance Request or Reinvestment Request) computed as of the date of such requested Advance or Reinvestment, and after giving effect thereto and to the purchase by the Borrower of the Collateral Obligations to be purchased by it on such Funding Date, demonstrating that (i) with respect to each Advance, all of the Collateral Quality Tests and the Minimum Equity Condition are satisfied, or (ii) with respect to each Reinvestment, (A) the Diversity Score is at least 8 and (B) each other Collateral Quality Test is satisfied or, if not satisfied, maintained or improved, and the Minimum Equity Condition is satisfied;

(g) Hedging Agreements . The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders, that the Borrower has entered into Hedging Agreements to the extent required by, and satisfying the requirements of, Section 10.6 ;

(h) Administrative Agent Approval . In connection with the acquisition of any Collateral Obligation by the Borrower, the Borrower shall have received a copy of an Approval Notice with respect to such Collateral Obligation;

(i) Permitted Use . The proceeds of any Advance will be used solely by the Borrower for general corporate purposes consistent with terms hereof, which, for the avoidance of doubt, include dividends and distributions to the Equityholder permitted pursuant to Section 10.16 , or to acquire Collateral Obligations as identified on the applicable Asset Approval Request; and

(j) Appraised Value . In connection with the acquisition of each Asset Based Loan and within the time periods set forth below, the Borrower or the Investment Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) shall have retained or shall have caused the Obligor to retain an Approved Valuation Firm to calculate the Appraised Value of (A) with respect to any such Collateral Obligation that has intellectual property, equipment or real property, as the case may be, in its borrowing base, the collateral securing such Collateral Obligation within twelve (12) months prior to the acquisition of such Collateral Obligation and inclusion into the Collateral and (B) with respect to all other Asset Based Loans, the collateral securing such Collateral Obligation within six (6) months prior to the acquisition of such Collateral Obligation and inclusion into the Collateral. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to report the Approved Valuation Firm, appraisal metric and Appraised Value for such Collateral Obligation to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Agent) in the Advance Request related to such Collateral Obligation . ;

 

-58-


(k) Borrower’s Certification . The Borrower shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent , each Agent and the Administrative Agent an Officer’s Certificate (which may be included as part of the Advance Request or Reinvestment Request) dated the date of such requested Advance or Reinvestment certifying that the conditions described in Sections 6.2(a) through (j) have been satisfied;

(l) Rating Letters . Solely with respect to the initial advance to be made by each Conduit Lender, the Administrative each applicable Agent shall have received a letter from each applicable Rating Agency confirming its rating of such Conduit Lender; and

(m) Other . With respect to any Advance, the Administrative Agent shall have received such other approvals, documents, opinions, certificates and reports as they may request, which request is reasonable as to content and timing.

Section 6.3 Transfer of Collateral Obligations and Permitted Investments . (a) The Collateral Custodian shall hold all Certificated Securities (whether Collateral Obligations or Permitted Investments) and Instruments in physical form at the Corporate Trust Office.

(b) On the Effective Date (with respect to each Collateral Obligation and Permitted Investment owned by the Borrower on such date) and each time that the Borrower shall (or shall cause the Investment Manager to) direct or cause the acquisition of any Collateral Obligation or Permitted Investment, the Borrower shall (or shall cause the Investment Manager to), if such Permitted Investment or, in the case of a Collateral Obligation, the related promissory note or assignment documentation has not already been delivered to the Collateral Custodian in accordance with the requirements set forth in the definition of “Collateral Obligation File,” cause the delivery of such Permitted Investment or, in the case of a Collateral Obligation, the related promissory note or assignment documentation in accordance with the requirements set forth in the definition of “Collateral Obligation File” to the Collateral Custodian to be credited by the Collateral Custodian to the Principal Collection Account in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) The Borrower shall (or shall cause the Investment Manager to) cause all Collateral Obligations or Permitted Investments acquired by the Borrower to be transferred to the Collateral Custodian for credit by it to the Principal Collection Account, and shall cause all Collateral Obligations and Permitted Investments acquired by the Borrower to be delivered to the Collateral Custodian by one of the following means (and shall take any and all other actions necessary to create and perfect in favor of the Collateral Agent a valid security interest in each Collateral Obligation and Permitted Investment, which security interest shall be senior (subject to Permitted Liens) to that of any other creditor of the Borrower (whether now existing or hereafter acquired):

(i) in the case of an Instrument or a Certificated Security in registered form by having it Indorsed to the Collateral Custodian or in blank by an effective Indorsement or registered in the name of the Collateral Custodian and by (A) delivering such Instrument or

 

-59-


Security Certificate to the Collateral Custodian at the Corporate Trust Office and (B) causing the Collateral Custodian to maintain (on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties) continuous possession of such Instrument or Certificated Security at the Corporate Trust Office;

(ii) in the case of an Uncertificated Security, by (A) causing the Collateral Custodian to become the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security and (B) causing such registration to remain effective;

(iii) in the case of any Security Entitlement, by causing each such Security Entitlement to be credited to the Account in the name of the Borrower; and

(iv) in the case of General Intangibles (including any Collateral Obligation or Permitted Investment not evidenced by an Instrument) by filing, maintaining and continuing the effectiveness of, a financing statement naming the Borrower as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party and describing the Collateral Obligation or Permitted Investment (or a description of “all assets” of the Borrower) as the collateral at the filing office of the Secretary of State of Delaware.

Article VII

ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT OF COLLATERAL OBLIGATIONS

Section 7.1 Investment Manager . The management, administration and collection of the Collateral Obligations shall be conducted by the Person designated as Investment Manager from time to time in accordance with the Investment Management Agreement.

Section 7.2 Investment Manager Events of Default . (a) If an Investment Manager Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, at the election of the Administrative Agent (individually or as directed by the Required Lenders) by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to each Agent and Morningstar) , the Borrower shall (i) not permit the Investment Manager to (w) consent to modifications to Collateral Obligations or Hedging Agreements, (x) cause the Borrower to enter into any Hedging Agreement, (y) consent to any acquisition or disposition of Collateral Obligations under the Investment Management Agreement or (z) take any other action with respect to the Borrower, the Collateral or the Transaction Documents specified by the Administrative Agent (or its representative) to the Investment Manager in its sole discretion from time to time (each, a “ Specified Transaction ”), (ii) cause the Investment Manager to have the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion prior to directing the Borrower to enter into any Specified Transaction and (iii) seek to sell, or cause the Investment Manager to seek to sell, in each case at the direction of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Obligations for fair value on commercially reasonable terms and conditions. The Borrower shall pay the reasonable and documented costs and expenses of any agents and advisers retained by the Administrative Agent in connection with the exercise of the foregoing rights; provided, however, that the Borrower’s obligations to reimburse any such costs and expenses in respect of any period during which an Investment Manager Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing shall not exceed an amount equal to 2.00% per annum of the average daily value of the aggregate Collateral Obligation Amount of the Eligible Collateral Obligations during such

 

-60-


period. The Investment Manager hereby agrees to work in good faith with any such agents and advisors. The Investment Management Agreement shall provide that the Investment Manager may not resign until a successor has been chosen in accordance with the foregoing provisions and has commenced services.

In addition, upon the occurrence of an Investment Manager Event of Default, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to, if so requested by the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required Lenders, deliver as directed by the Administrative Agent copies of its Records within five Business Days after demand therefor and an electronic transmission (the form of such transmission shall be reasonably acceptable to such successor investment manager) containing as of the close of business on the date of demand all of the data maintained by the Investment Manager in computer format in connection with managing the Collateral Obligations.

(b) The Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager to resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it under the Transaction Documents other than in accordance with Section 11 of the Investment Management Agreement.

(c) At any time, any of the Administrative Agent or any Lender may irrevocably waive any rights granted to such party under Section 7.2(a) . Any such waiver shall be in writing and executed by such party that is waiving its rights hereunder. A copy of such waiver shall be promptly delivered by the waiving party to the Collateral Manager and the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Agent and Morninstar) .

Section 7.3 Duties of the Investment Manager . In addition to the duties and obligations set forth in the Investment Management Agreement, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to manage, service, administer and make collections on the Collateral Obligations and perform the other actions required by the Investment Manager in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Transaction Documents and the Investment Management Standard.

(a) The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to take or cause to be taken all such actions, as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to attempt to recover Collections from time to time, all in accordance with (i) Applicable Law, (ii) the applicable Collateral Obligation and its Underlying Instruments and (iii) the Investment Management Standard.

(b) The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to administer the Collections in respect of the Loan payments in accordance with the procedures described herein. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to (i) instruct all Obligors (and related agents) to deposit Collections directly into the Collection Account and (ii) deposit all Collections received directly by it into the Collection Account within one (1) Business Day of receipt thereof. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to identify all Collections as either Principal Collections or Interest Collections, as applicable. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to make such deposits or payments by electronic funds transfer through the Automated Clearing House system, or by wire transfer.

 

-61-


(c) The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to maintain for the Borrower and the Secured Parties in accordance with their respective interests all Records that evidence or relate to the Collections not previously delivered to the Collateral Agent and shall, as soon as reasonably practicable upon demand of the Administrative Agent, make available, or, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Investment Manager Event of Default, deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Agent) copies of all material Records in its possession which evidence or relate to the Collections.

(d) The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to, as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, turn over to the applicable Person any cash collections or other cash proceeds received with respect to each Collateral Obligation that does not constitute a Collateral Obligation or was paid in connection with a Retained Interest.

Section 7.4 Reserved .

Section 7.5 Covenants Relating to the Investment Manager . Until the date on or after the Facility Termination Date on which the Advances shall have been repaid in full, all Yield shall have been paid, and no other amount shall be owing to the Secured Parties under this Agreement:

(a) Compliance with Agreements and Applicable Laws . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to perform each of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and comply with all Applicable Laws, including those applicable to the Collateral Obligations and all Collections thereof, except to the extent that the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to: (i) do or cause to be done all things necessary to (A) preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation and its rights and franchises in the jurisdiction of its formation and (B) qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in good standing and preserve its rights and franchises in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify and remain qualified and preserve its rights and franchises would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) continue to conduct its business substantially as now conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder or under its organizational documents; and (iii) at all times maintain, preserve and protect all of its licenses, permits, charters and registrations except where the failure to maintain, preserve and protect such licenses, permits, charters and registrations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Books and Records . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to keep proper books of record and account in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Investment Manager in accordance with GAAP, maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures, and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information necessary or reasonably advisable for the collection of all Collateral Obligations.

 

-62-


(d) Reserved Rating Agency Information. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to provide Morningstar with all reasonably available information that is reasonably requested by Morningstar in connection with its rating of the Class A-2 Commitment.  

(e) ERISA . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to give the Administrative Agent and each Lender Agent prompt written notice of any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien on the Collateral under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA. The Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager or any Affiliates of the Investment Manager to, cause or permit to occur an event that could result in the imposition of a Lien on the Collateral under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA.

(f) Compliance with Collateral Obligations and Investment Management Standard . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to, at its expense, timely and fully perform and comply with all material provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by the Investment Manager under any Collateral Obligations (except, in the case of a successor Investment Manager, such material provisions, covenants and other provisions shall only include those provisions relating to the collection and managing the Collateral Obligations to the extent such obligations are set forth in a document included in the related Collateral Obligation File) and shall comply with the Investment Management Standard in all material respects with respect to all Collateral Obligations.

(g) Maintain Records of Collateral Obligations . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to, at its own cost and expense, maintain reasonably satisfactory and complete records of the Collateral, including a record of all payments received and all credits granted with respect to the Collateral and all other dealings with the Collateral. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to maintain its computer systems so that, from and after the time of sale of any Collateral Obligation to the Borrower, the Investment Manager’s master computer records (including any back-up archives) that refer to such Collateral Obligation shall indicate the interest of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in such Collateral Obligation and that such Collateral Obligation is owned by the Borrower and has been pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

(h) Liens . The Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any of its rights under any of the Transaction Documents, whether with respect to the Collateral Obligations or any other Collateral other than Permitted Liens.

(i) Mergers . The Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager to directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, merge with, consolidate with, acquire all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of, or otherwise combine with or acquire, any Person, except that the Investment Manager shall be permitted to merge with any entity so long as the Investment Manager remains the surviving corporation of such merger and such merger does not result in a Change of Control ; provided, however, that a merger of FS

 

-63-


Investment Corporation III with another business development company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings, L.P. or other fundamental change transaction the result of which effectively combines the ownership and/or assets of FS Investment Corporation III and a business development company sponsored by Franklin Square Holdings, L.P., or merges or consolidates their respective collateral advisors or sub-advisors, shall be permitted hereunder, with the surviving entity becoming the Equityholder for purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and the parties hereto agree for the benefit of the Investment Manager that such merger or fundamental change transaction shall be permitted under the Sale Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, and shall not constitute a “change in control or management of the Investment Manager” for purposes of Section 13 of the Investment Management Agreement . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to give prior written notice of any merger to the Administrative Agent and each Agent.

(j) Investment Management Obligations . The Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager to (i) agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Transaction Document to which it is a party and to which the Administrative Agent is not a party without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (ii) agree or permit the Borrower to agree to a Material Modification with respect to any Collateral Obligation without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (iii) interpose any claims, offsets or defenses it may have as against the Borrower as a defense to its performance of its obligations in favor of any Affected Person hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents or (iv) change its fiscal year so that the reports described in Section 7.5(k) would be delivered to the Administrative Agent and each Agent less frequently than every 12 months.

(k) Financial Reports . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent and each Agent :

(i) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Equityholder, a copy of the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Equityholder and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income for such year, and the related consolidated statements of changes in net assets and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year; provided, that the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (i) which are made available via EDGAR, or any successor system of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in the Equityholder’s annual report on Form 10-K, shall be deemed delivered to the Administrative Agent and each Agent on the date such documents are made so available; and

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year (other than the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year), an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Equityholder and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter and including the prior comparable period (if any), and the unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income of the Equityholder and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, and the unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows of the Equityholder and its consolidated Subsidiaries for

 

-64-


the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter; provided, that the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) which are made available via EDGAR, or any successor system of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in the Equityholder’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, shall be deemed delivered to the Administrative Agent and each Agent on the sate date such documents are made so available.

(l) Obligor Reports . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to furnish to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each Obligor

(i) within 15 Business Days of the completion of the Investment Manager’s portfolio review of such Obligor (which, for any individual Obligor, shall occur no less frequently than quarterly), without duplication of any other reporting requirements set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, any financial reporting packages with respect to such Obligor and with respect to each Collateral Obligation for such Obligor (including any attached or included information, statements and calculations) received by the Borrower and/or the Investment Manager as of the date of the completion of such review. In no case, however, shall the Investment Manager be obligated hereunder to deliver such Obligor reports to the Administrative Agent more than once per calendar month. Upon demand by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to provide such other information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any Collateral Obligation or Obligor (to the extent reasonably available to the Investment Manager); and

(ii) not later than the date on which financial statements are due in respect of any fiscal quarter, any updated Obligor Information for such Obligor received during such fiscal quarter, including notice of any unavailable items of Obligor Information.

(m) Commingling . The Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager to, and shall not permit any Affiliate of the Investment Manager to, deposit or permit the deposit of any funds that do not constitute Collections or other proceeds of any Collateral Obligations into the Collection Account.

Section 7.6 Reserved .

Section 7.7 Collateral Reporting . The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to cooperate with the Collateral Agent in the performance of the Collateral Agent’s duties under Section 11.3 . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to supply in a timely fashion any information maintained by it that the Collateral Agent may from time to time request with respect to the Collateral Obligations and reasonably necessary to complete the reports and certificates required to be prepared by the Collateral Agent hereunder or required to permit the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations hereunder.

Section 7.8 Reserved .

Section 7.9 Procedural Review of Collateral Obligations; Access to Investment Manager and Investment Manager’s Records . (a) The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Investment Manager to, at the Borrower’s expense, permit representatives of the Administrative

 

-65-


Section 7.10 Optional Sales . (a) The Borrower shall have the right to sell all or a portion of the Collateral Obligations (each, an “ Optional Sale ”), subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) immediately after giving effect to such Optional Sale:

(A) each Collateral Quality Test is satisfied (or, if any Collateral Quality Test is not satisfied, it is improved);

(B) the Minimum Equity Condition is satisfied;

(C) the Borrowing Base is greater than or equal to the Advances outstanding; and

(D) no Facility Termination Event, Unmatured Facility Termination Event, Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default or Investment Manager Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided that, once in any twelve-month period, if an Unmatured Facility Termination Event or Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default is continuing, the Borrower may make an Optional Sale if, after giving effect to such Optional Sale, such event is cured (although, for the avoidance of doubt, such event shall be continuing for all purposes hereunder until the settlement date of such Optional Sale);

provided , notwithstanding the above, that the Borrower may make (i) any Optional Sale of any Collateral Obligation that, in the Collateral Manager’s reasonable judgment, has a significant risk of declining in credit quality and, with the lapse of time, becoming a Defaulted Collateral Obligation, if after giving effect to such Optional Sale, (a) no Facility Termination Event is continuing and (b) the aggregate Principal Balance of all such Collateral Obligations sold pursuant to this proviso in any twelve-month period does not exceed 15% of the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount in effect on the date of such sale, (ii) any Optional Sale of any Collateral Obligation if (x) the sale price is equal to or greater than the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation and (y) the proceeds from such Optional Sale are applied to reduce the Advances or (iii) any Optional Sale required as a result of the Required Sale Date.

(ii) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date of any Optional Sale, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to give the Administrative Agent, each Agent, the Collateral Custodian and the Collateral Agent written notice of such Optional Sale, which notice shall identify the related Collateral subject to such optional sale and the expected proceeds from such Optional Sale and include (x) an Officer’s Certificate computed as of the date of such request and after giving effect to such Optional Sale, demonstrating compliance with clauses (A), (B) and (C) above and all other conditions set forth herein are satisfied and (y) a certificate of the Investment Manager substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3 requesting the release of the related Collateral Obligation File in connection with such Optional Sale;

(iii) such Optional Sale shall be made by the Investment Manager, on behalf of the Borrower (A) in accordance with the Investment Management Standard, (B)

 

-67-


Section 7.11 Repurchase or Substitution of Warranty Collateral Obligations . In the event of (x) a Repurchase Event or (y) a breach of Section 9.5 , Section 9.13 or Section 9.26 or of a material breach of any other representation, warranty, undertaking or covenant set forth in Article IX , Article X , Section 18.3 or Section 18.5(b) with respect to a Collateral Obligation (or the Related Security and other related collateral constituting part of the Collateral related to such Collateral Obligation) (each such Collateral Obligation, a “ Warranty Collateral Obligation ”), no later than 30 days after the earlier of (x) knowledge of such breach on the part of the Equityholder or the Investment Manager and (y) receipt by the Equityholder or the Investment Manager of written notice thereof given by the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Agent) , the Borrower shall either (a) repay Advances outstanding in an amount equal to the aggregate Repurchase Amount of such Warranty Collateral Obligation(s) to which such breach relates on the terms and conditions set forth below or (b) substitute for such Warranty Collateral Obligation one or more Eligible Collateral Obligations with an aggregate Collateral Obligation Amount at least equal to the Repurchase Amount of the Warranty Collateral Obligation(s) being replaced; provided , that no such repayment or substitution shall be required to be made with respect to any Warranty Collateral Obligation (and such Collateral Obligation shall cease to be a Warranty Collateral Obligation) if, on or before the expiration of such 30-day period either (x) such Repurchase Event shall no longer be continuing or (y) the representations and warranties in Article IX with respect to such Warranty Collateral Obligation shall be made true and correct in all material respects with respect to such Warranty Collateral Obligation as if such Warranty Collateral Obligation had become part of the Collateral on such day, as applicable or if the Advances outstanding do not exceed the Borrowing Base, as applicable.

Section 7.12 Required Sale Date . Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the Borrower shall divest itself of all Required Sale Assets on or prior to the Required Sale Date.

Article VIII

ACCOUNTS; PAYMENTS

Section 8.1 Accounts . (a) On or prior to the Effective Date, the Borrower shall establish each Account in the name of the Borrower and each Account shall be a segregated, non-interest bearing trust account established with the Securities Intermediary, who shall forward funds from the Collection Account to the Collateral Agent for application by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 8.3 and the applicable Monthly Report. If at any time a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Agent obtains actual knowledge that any Account ceases to be an Eligible Account (with notice to the Investment Manager and , the Administrative Agent and each Agent and Morningstar ), then the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to transfer such account to another institution such that such account shall meet the requirements of an Eligible Account.

Except as set forth below, amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account may be withdrawn by the Borrower or at the direction of the Investment Manager (i) to fund any draw requests of the relevant Obligors under any Variable Funding Asset, or (ii) to

 

-69-


make a deposit into the Collections Account as Principal Collections if, after giving effect to such withdrawal, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account is equal to or greater than the Aggregate Unfunded Amount.

Following the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to forward any draw request made by an Obligor under a Variable Funding Asset, along with wiring instructions for the applicable Obligor, to the Collateral Custodian (with a copy to the Administrative Agent and each Agent ) along with an instruction to the Collateral Custodian to withdraw the applicable amount from the Unfunded Exposure Account and a certification that the conditions to fund such draw are satisfied, and the Collateral Custodian shall fund such draw request in accordance with such instructions from the Investment Manager.

Following the end of the Revolving Period, if the Borrower shall receive any Principal Collections from an Obligor with respect to a Variable Funding Asset and, as of the date of such receipt (and after taking into account such repayment), the aggregate amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account is less than the Aggregate Unfunded Amount (the amount of such shortfall, in each case, the “ Unfunded Exposure Shortfall ”), the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to direct the Collateral Custodian to and the Collateral Custodian shall deposit into the Unfunded Exposure Account an amount of such Principal Collections equal to the lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of such Principal Collections and (b) the Unfunded Exposure Shortfall.

(b) All amounts held in any Account shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, be invested by the Collateral Custodian, as directed by the Investment Manager in writing (or, if the Investment Manager fails to provide such direction, such amounts shall remain uninvested), in Permitted Investments that mature (i) with respect to the Collection Account, not later than one Business Day prior to the Distribution Date for the Collection Period to which such amounts relate and (ii) with respect to the Unfunded Exposure Account, on the immediately following Business Day. Any such written direction shall certify that any such investment is authorized by this Section 8.1 . Investments in Permitted Investments shall be made in the name of the Collateral Custodian, and, except as specifically required below, such investments shall not be sold or disposed of prior to their maturity. If any amounts are needed for disbursement from the Collection Account and sufficient uninvested funds are not available therein to make such disbursement, the Collateral Custodian shall cause to be sold or otherwise converted to cash a sufficient amount of the investments in such account to make such disbursement in accordance with and upon the written direction of the Investment Manager or, if the Investment Manager shall fail to give such direction, the Administrative Agent. The Collateral Custodian shall, upon written request, provide the Administrative Agent with all information in its possession regarding transfer into and out of the Collection Account (including, but not limited to, the identity of the counterparty making or receiving such transfer). In no event shall the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Custodian be liable for the selection of any investments or any losses in connection therewith, or for any failure of the Investment Manager or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to timely provide investment instruction to the Collateral Custodian. The Collateral Agent or the Collateral Custodian and their respective Affiliates shall be permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Collateral

 

-70-


(B) SECOND, to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Custodian, any accrued and unpaid Collateral Agent Fees and Expenses and Collateral Custodian Fees and Expenses for the related Collection Period pursuant to the Collateral Agent and Collateral Custodian Fee Letter, which expenses shall not exceed the amount of the Capped Fees/Expenses;

(C) THIRD, to the Investment Manager (unless waived or deferred in whole or in part by the Investment Manager), any fees of the Investment Manager in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of any accrued and unpaid Primary IM Fee for the related Collection Period;

(D) FOURTH, pro rata , based on the amounts owed to such Persons under this Section 8.3(a)(D), (A) to the Lenders, an amount equal to the Yield on the Advances accrued during the Accrual Period with respect to such Distribution Date (and any Yield with respect to any prior Accrual Period to the extent not paid on a prior Distribution Date) (provided, that if the Cost of Funds Rate exceeds the sum of (x) the LIBOR Rate and (y) 0.50%, Yield distributed pursuant to this clause (A) shall be limited to an amount equal to the Yield calculated with a Cost of Funds Rate equal to the sum of (x) the LIBOR Rate and (y) 0.50%) , (B) to the Administrative Agent and the Agents on behalf of their respective Lenders, all accrued and unpaid Fees due to the Lenders, the Agents and the Administrative Agent and (C) to the Hedge Counterparties, any amounts owed for the current and prior Distribution Dates to the Hedge Counterparties under Hedging Agreements (other than Hedge Breakage Costs), together with interest accrued thereon;

(E) FIFTH, during the Revolving Period, (1) first , to the Agents on behalf of their respective Lenders pro rata in accordance with the outstanding Advances, ( 1 A ) first (x) in the amount necessary to reduce the Revolving Advances outstanding and second (y) if there are no Revolving Advances outstanding, to reduce the Term Advances outstanding, in each case, to an amount not to exceed any the Borrowing Base and ( 2 B ) if the Diversity Score is lower than 8, in the amount necessary first (x) to reduce the Revolving Advances outstanding to zero ; and second (y) if there are no Revolving Advances outstanding, to reduce the Term Advances outstanding to zero and (2) second , pro rata based on the amounts owed to such Persons under this Section 8.3(a)(E)(2) (x) to the Administrative Agent and the Agents on behalf of their respective Lenders, all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to the Lender Fee Letter and (y) to the Lenders, an amount equal to the Yield not paid pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(D) due to the limitation set forth therein; 

(F) SIXTH, after the end of the Revolving Period, (1) first , to the Agents on behalf of their respective Lenders pro rata to repay the Advances outstanding, an amount equal to the sum of (i) all remaining Amount Available constituting Principal Collections plus (ii) the product of (a) all remaining Amount Available constituting Interest Collections multiplied by (b) the

 

-72-


applicable Lender Allocation Percentage ; and (2)  second , pro rata based on the amounts owed to such Persons under this Section 8.3(a)(F)(2) (x) to the Administrative Agent and the Agents on behalf of their respective Lenders, all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to the Lender Fee Letter and (y) to the Lenders, an amount equal to the Yield not paid pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(D) due to the limitation set forth therein; 

(G) SEVENTH, to Morningstar for fees and expenses (including any annual fee, amendment fees and surveillance fees) in connection with its rating of the Class A-2 Commitment;

(H) (G) SEVENTH EIGHTH , to the Investment Manager (unless waived or deferred in whole or in part by the Investment Manager), any fees of the Investment Manager in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of any accrued and unpaid Secondary IM Fee for the related Collection Period, as well as any expenses of the Investment Manager or other amounts owing to the Investment Manager, in each case reimbursable or owing under the terms of the Investment Management Agreement;

(I) (H) EIGHTH NINTH , pro rata based on amounts owed to such Persons under this Section 8.3(a)( H I ), to the Hedge Counterparties, any unpaid Hedge Breakage Costs, together with interest accrued thereon;

(J) (I) NINTH TENTH , to any Affected Persons, any Increased Costs then due and owing;

(K) (J) TENTH ELEVENTH , to the extent not previously paid pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(A) above, to the payment of taxes and governmental fees owing by the Borrower, if any;

(L) (K) ELEVENTH TWELFTH , to the extent not previously paid by or on behalf of the Borrower, to each Indemnified Party, any Indemnified Amounts then due and owing to each such Indemnified Party;

(M) (L) TWELFTH THIRTEENTH , at the election of the Investment Manager to pay to the Investment Manager any deferred and unpaid Primary IM Fee or deferred and unpaid Secondary IM Fee;

(N) (M) THIRTEENTH FOURTEENTH , to the extent not previously

paid pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(B) above, to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Custodian, any Collateral Agent Fees and Expenses and Collateral Custodian Fees and Expenses due to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Custodian under the Transaction Documents;

(O) (N) FOURTEENTH FIFTEENTH , to pay any other amounts due under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and not previously paid pursuant to this Section 8.3(a) ; and

(P) (O) FIFTEENTH SIXTEENTH , (A) all remaining Amount Available constituting Interest Collections to the Borrower or, during the Revolving Period at the discretion of the Investment Manager, to remain in the Collection Account and (B) all remaining Amount Available constituting Principal Collections, (x) during the Revolving Period, to remain in the Collection Account as Principal Collections and (y) after the end of the Revolving Period, to the Borrower.

 

-73-


(b) During the Revolving Period, the Borrower may make distributions pursuant to Section 10.16 . The Borrower may also withdraw from the Collection Account (x) any Principal Collections, or (y) if after giving effect to such withdrawal, the Borrower is able to make all required payments pursuant to Section 8.3 on the next Distribution Date on a pro forma basis, Interest Collections, and apply such Collections to (A) prepay the Advances outstanding in accordance with Section 2.4 or (B) acquire additional Collateral Obligations (each such reinvestment of Collections, a “ Reinvestment ”), subject to the following conditions:

(i) the Borrower shall have given written notice to the Collateral Agent , each Agent and the Administrative Agent of the proposed Reinvestment at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the proposed date of such Reinvestment (the “ Reinvestment Date ”). Such notice (the “ Reinvestment Request ”) shall be in the form of Exhibit C-2 and shall include (among other things) the proposed Reinvestment Date, the amount of such proposed Reinvestment and a Schedule of Collateral Obligations setting forth the information required therein with respect to the Collateral Obligations to be acquired by the Borrower on the Reinvestment Date (if applicable);

(ii) each condition precedent set forth in Section 6.2 , other than those set forth in clauses (i) and (m) thereof, shall be satisfied;

(iii) upon the written request of the Borrower (or the Investment Manager on the Borrower’s behalf) delivered to the Collateral Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Reinvestment Date, the Collateral Agent shall have provided to the Administrative Agent and each Agent by facsimile or e-mail (to be received no later than 1:30 p.m. New York City time on that same day) a statement reflecting the total amount on deposit on such day in the Collection Account; and

(iv) any Reinvestment Request given by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 8.3(b) , shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.

Subject to the Collateral Agent’s receipt of an Officer’s Certificate of the Investment Manager as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.2 and this Section 8.3 , the Collateral Agent will release funds from the Collection Account to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the amount requested by the Borrower and (B) the amount of Collections on deposit in the Collection Account.

Section 8.4 Fees . The Borrower shall pay, pursuant hereto, the Undrawn Fee, the Make-Whole Fee, the Prepayment Fee and any other fees (collectively, “ Fees ”) in the amounts

 

-74-


and on the dates set forth herein or in one or more fee letter agreements, dated on or after the date hereof (or dated the date any Lender and its related Lender Group becomes a party hereto pursuant to an assignment or otherwise) , signed by the Borrower, the applicable Agent and the Administrative Agent and/or any applicable Lender Group (as any such fee letter agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, a “ Fee Letter ”).

Section 8.5 Monthly Report . The Collateral Agent shall prepare (based on information provided to it by the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent , the Agents and the Lenders as set forth herein) a Monthly Report in the form of Exhibit D determined as of the close of business on each Determination Date and make available such Monthly Report to the Administrative Agent, each Agent, Morningstar, the Borrower and the Investment Manager on each Reporting Date starting with the Reporting Date in January 2015. If any party receiving any Monthly Report disagrees with any items of such report, it shall contact the Collateral Agent and notify it of such disputed item and provide reasonably sufficient information to correct such item, with (if other than the Administrative Agent) a copy of such notice and information to the Administrative Agent and the Investment Manager. Unless the Collateral Agent is otherwise timely directed by the Administrative Agent, each Agent, the Collateral Agent shall distribute a revised Monthly Report on the Business Day after it receives such information. If the Collateral Agent is directed by the Administrative Agent that the Collateral Agent should not make such correction, the Collateral Agent shall take such action as instructed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent’s reasonable determination with regard to any disputed item in the Monthly Report shall be final.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with the preparation of a Monthly Report, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders Agents shall be responsible for providing to the Collateral Agent the information required by Section 3.4 for part (d) of Exhibit D for such Monthly Report on which the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely. The Administrative Agent shall review and verify the contents of the aforesaid reports (including the Monthly Report), instructions, statements and certificates. Upon receipt of approval from the Administrative Agent, such reports, instructions, statements and certificates shall be executed by the Borrower and the Investment Manager and, in the case of the Monthly Report, the Collateral Agent shall make the distributions required by Section 8.3 pursuant to such Monthly Report.

Article IX

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER

In order to induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Agreement and, in the case of the Lenders, to make Advances hereunder, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Agents and the Lenders as to itself, as of the Effective Date and each Funding Date, as follows:

Section 9.1 Organization and Good Standing . It has been duly organized and is validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is currently conducted. It had at all relevant times and now has, power, authority and legal right (x) to acquire and own the Collateral Obligations and its interest in the Related

 

-75-


extent (as to perfection and priority) that a security interest in said Collateral may be perfected under the applicable UCC. The Borrower has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in or otherwise conveyed any of the Collateral and no effective financing statement (other than with respect to Permitted Liens) or other instrument similar in effect naming or purportedly naming the Borrower or any of its Affiliates as debtor and covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office, except such as may have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent as “Secured Party” pursuant hereto or as necessary or advisable in connection with the Sale Agreement. There are no judgments or Liens for Taxes with respect to the Borrower and no claim is being asserted with respect to the Taxes of the Borrower (other than with respect to Permitted Liens).

Section 9.14 Information True and Correct . All information (other than any information provided to the Borrower by an un-Affiliated third party) heretofore or hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower in writing to any Lender, the Collateral Agent , any Agent or the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is and will be (when taken as a whole) true and correct in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. With respect to any information received from any un-Affiliated third party, the Borrower (i) will not furnish (and has not furnished) any such information to any Lender, the Collateral Agent , any Agent or the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby that it knows (or knew) to be incorrect at the time such information is (or was) furnished in any material respect and (ii) has informed (or will inform) the applicable Lender, the Collateral Agent , the applicable Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, of any such information which it found to be incorrect in any material respect after such information was furnished.

Section 9.15 Bulk Sales . The grant of the security interest in the Collateral by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement, is in the ordinary course of business for the Borrower and is not subject to the bulk transfer or any similar statutory provisions in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

Section 9.16 Collateral . Except as otherwise expressly permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement, no item of Collateral has been sold, transferred, assigned or pledged by the Borrower to any Person.

Section 9.17 Selection Procedures . In selecting the Collateral Obligations hereunder and for Affiliates of the Borrower, no selection procedures were employed which are intended to be adverse to the interests of any Agent or Lender.

Section 9.18 Indebtedness . The Borrower has no Indebtedness or other indebtedness, secured or unsecured, direct or contingent (including guaranteeing any obligation), other than (i) Indebtedness incurred under the terms of the Transaction Documents and (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to certain ordinary business expenses arising pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

-79-


statement, naming the Borrower as debtor, naming the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) as secured party and describing the Collateral, with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. From time to time thereafter, the Borrower shall file (and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to so file) such financing statements and cause to be filed such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Collateral Agent in favor of the Secured Parties under this Agreement in the Collateral and in the proceeds thereof. The Borrower shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Collateral Agent file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing. In the event that the Borrower fails to perform its obligations under this subsection, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent may (but shall have no obligation to) do so, in each case at the expense of the Borrower, however neither the Collateral Agent nor the Administrative Agent shall have any liability in connection therewith.

(b) The Borrower shall not change its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed by the Borrower (or by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Borrower) in accordance with subsection (a) above seriously misleading or change its jurisdiction of organization, unless the Borrower shall have given the Administrative Agent , each Agent and the Collateral Agent at least 30 days prior written notice thereof, and shall promptly file appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing statements and continuation statements (and shall provide a copy of such amendments to the Collateral Agent , each Agent and Administrative Agent together with an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that all appropriate amendments or other documents in respect of previously filed statements have been filed).

(c) The Borrower shall maintain its computer systems, if any, so that, from and after the time of the first Advance under this Agreement, the Borrower’s master computer records (including archives) that shall refer to the Collateral indicate clearly that such Collateral is subject to the first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Indication of the Collateral Agent’s (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) security interest shall be deleted from or modified on the Borrower’s computer systems when, and only when, the Collateral in question shall have been paid in full, the security interest under this Agreement has been released in accordance with its terms, upon such Collateral Obligation becoming a Repurchased Collateral Obligation, Substituted Collateral Obligation or otherwise as expressly permitted by this Agreement.

(d) Without limiting any of the other provisions hereof, if at any time the Borrower shall propose to sell, grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in loan receivables to any prospective lender or other transferee, the Borrower shall give to such prospective lender or other transferee computer tapes, records, or print-outs (including any restored from archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Collateral shall indicate clearly that such Collateral is subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Section 10.2 Other Liens or Interests . Except for the security interest granted hereunder and as otherwise permitted pursuant to Sections 7.10 , 7.11 and 10.16 , the Borrower will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or

 

-82-


suffer to exist any Lien on the Collateral or any interest therein (other than Permitted Liens), and the Borrower shall defend the right, title, and interest of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and the Lenders in and to the Collateral against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Borrower (other than Permitted Liens).

Section 10.3 Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (or cause to be paid) all of its reasonable costs, charges and disbursements in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and under the Transaction Documents.

Section 10.4 Reporting Requirements . The Borrower shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender (who shall forward a copy of any item received pursuant to subsection (a) below to Morningstar) and each Agent :

(a) as soon as possible and in any event within three Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event, Unmatured Facility Termination Event, Investment Manager Event of Default or Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default, the statement of an Executive Officer of the Borrower setting forth complete details of such event and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(b) promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Collateral Obligations or the Related Security, the other Collateral or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower as such Person may, from time to time, reasonably request; and

(c) promptly, in reasonable detail, (i) of any Adverse Claim known to it that is made or asserted against any of the Collateral and (ii) any Material Modification.

Section 10.5 Separate Existence . (a) The Borrower shall at all times: (i) maintain at least one Independent Manager; (ii) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts; (iii) hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from any other Person; (iv) have a board of managers separate from that of any other Person; (v) file its own Tax returns, except to the extent that the Borrower is treated as a “disregarded entity” for Tax purposes and is not required to file Taxes under Applicable Law, and pay any Taxes so required to be paid under Applicable Law, except for those Taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which the Borrower has established proper reserves on its books in accordance with GAAP; (vi) not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person; (vii) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence; (viii) maintain separate financial statements; provided, however, that the Borrower’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliate if (A) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of the Borrower from such Affiliate and to indicate that the Borrower’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliate or any other Person and (B) such assets shall also be listed on the Borrower’s own separate balance sheet (if the Borrower prepares its own separate balance sheet); (ix) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds; (x) maintain an arm’s length relationship with the Equityholder and each of its other Affiliates; (xi) not hold out its credit or assets as being

 

-83-


available to satisfy the obligations of others; (xii) allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that are shared with an Affiliate, including for shared office space; (xiii) use separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xiv) except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, not pledge its assets as security for the obligations of any other Person; (xv) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity; (xvi) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities and pay its operating expenses and liabilities from its own assets; (xvii) cause its board of managers to meet at least annually or act pursuant to written consent and keep minutes of such meetings and actions and observe in all respects all other Delaware limited liability company formalities; (xviii) not acquire the obligations or any securities of its Affiliates; (xix) cause the managers, officers, agents and other representatives of the Borrower to act at all times with respect to the Borrower consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Borrower; and (xx) maintain at least one special member, who, upon the dissolution of the sole member or the withdrawal or the disassociation of the sole member from the Borrower, shall immediately become the member of the Borrower in accordance with its organizational documents.

(b) The Borrower shall not (i) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business, other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under the preceding clause (a); (ii) fail to be solvent; (iii) release, sell, transfer, convey or assign any Collateral Obligation unless in accordance with the Transaction Documents; (iv) except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Borrower, enter into any transaction with an Affiliate of the Borrower except on commercially reasonable terms similar to those available to unaffiliated parties in an arm’s-length transaction; (v) identify itself as a department or division of any other Person; or (vi) own any asset or property other than the Collateral, any REO Asset Owner and the related assets and incidental personal property necessary for the ownership or operation of these assets.

(c) The Borrower shall not (and shall not permit the Equityholder to) take any action contrary to the “Assumptions and Facts” section in the opinion of Dechert LLP, dated the date hereof, relating to certain nonconsolidation matters.

Section 10.6 Hedging Agreements . (a) With respect to any Fixed Rate Collateral Obligation (other than Fixed Rate Collateral Obligations not counted as “excess” pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of “Excess Concentration Amount”), the Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, upon the direction of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as notified to the Borrower and the Investment Manager on or prior to the related Funding Date for such Collateral Obligation, the Borrower shall obtain and deliver to the Collateral Agent ( with which shall forward a copy to the Administrative Agent , each Agent and Morningstar ) one or more Hedging Agreements from qualified Hedge Counterparties having, singly or in the aggregate, an Aggregate Notional Amount not less than the amount determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, which (1) each shall have a notional principal amount equal to or greater than $1,000,000, (2) may provide for reductions of the Aggregate Notional Amount on each Distribution Date on an amortization schedule for such Aggregate Notional Amount assuming a 0.0 ABS prepayment speed (or such other ABS prepayment speed as may be approved in writing by the Administrative Agent) and zero losses, and (3) shall have other terms and conditions and be represented by Hedging Agreements otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

 

-84-


(b) In the event that any Hedge Counterparty defaults in its obligation to make a payment to the Borrower under one or more Hedging Agreements on any date on which payments are due pursuant to a Hedging Agreement, the Borrower shall make a demand on such Hedge Counterparty, or any guarantor, if applicable, demanding payment by 12:30 p.m., New York City time, on such date. The Borrower shall give notice to the Lenders each Agent and Morningstar upon the continuing failure by any Hedge Counterparty to perform its obligations during the two Business Days following a demand made by the Borrower on such Hedge Counterparty, and shall take such action with respect to such continuing failure as may be directed by the Administrative Agent.

(c) In the event that any Hedge Counterparty no longer maintains the ratings specified in the definition of “Hedge Counterparty,” then within 30 days after receiving notice of such decline in the creditworthiness of such Hedge Counterparty as determined by any Rating Agency, either (x) such Hedge Counterparty, upon the receipt of the consent of the Administrative Agent, will enter into an arrangement the purpose of which shall be to assure performance by the Hedge Counterparty of its obligations under the applicable Hedging Agreement; or (y) the Borrower shall, at its option and with the written consent (in its sole discretion) of the Administrative Agent, either (i) cause such Hedge Counterparty to pledge securities in the manner provided by applicable law which shall be held by the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, free and clear of the Lien of any third party, in a manner conferring on the Collateral Agent a perfected first Lien in such securities securing such Hedge Counterparty’s performance of its obligations under the applicable Hedging Agreement, (ii) provided that a Replacement Hedging Agreement or Qualified Substitute Arrangement meeting the requirements of Section 10.6(d) has been obtained, (A) provide written notice to such Hedge Counterparty (with a copy to the Collateral Agent , each Agent, Morningstar and the Administrative Agent) of its intention to terminate the applicable Hedging Agreement within such 30-day period and (B) terminate the applicable Hedging Agreement within such 30-day period, request the payment to it of all amounts due to the Borrower under the applicable Hedging Agreement through the termination date and deposit any such amounts so received, on the day of receipt, to the Collection Account, or (iii) establish any other arrangement (including an arrangement or arrangements in addition to or in substitution for any prior arrangement made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.6(c) ) with the written consent (in its sole discretion) of the Administrative Agent (a “ Qualified Substitute Arrangement ”); provided , that in the event at any time any alternative arrangement established pursuant to the above shall cease to be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, then the provisions of this Section 10.6(c) , shall again be applied and in connection therewith the 30-day period referred to above shall commence on the date the Borrower receives notice of such cessation or termination, as the case may be.

(d) Unless an alternative arrangement pursuant to clause (x) or (y)(i) or (y)(iii) of Section 10.6(c) is being established, the Borrower shall use its best efforts to obtain a Replacement Hedging Agreement or Qualified Substitute Arrangement meeting the requirements of this Section 10.6 during the 30-day period referred to in Section 10.6(c) . The Borrower shall not terminate the Hedging Agreement unless, prior to the expiration of the

 

-85-


30-day period referred to in said Section 10.6(c) , the Borrower delivers to the Collateral Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent and each Agent ) (i) a Replacement Hedging Agreement or Qualified Substitute Arrangement, (ii) to the extent applicable, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the due authorization, execution and delivery and validity and enforceability of such Replacement Hedging Agreement or Qualified Substitute Arrangement, as the case may be, and (iii) evidence that the Administrative Agent has consented in writing to the termination of the applicable Hedging Agreement and its replacement with such Replacement Hedging Agreement or Qualified Substitute Arrangement.

(e) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent , each Agent and the Collateral Agent within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer of such Person shall obtain knowledge that the senior unsecured debt rating of a Hedge Counterparty has been withdrawn or reduced by any Rating Agency.

(f) The Borrower may at any time obtain a Replacement Hedging Agreement with the consent (in its sole discretion) of the Administrative Agent.

(g) The Borrower shall not agree to any amendment to any Hedging Agreement without the consent (in its sole discretion) of the Administrative Agent.

(h) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent , each Agent and the Collateral Agent after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall obtain actual knowledge of the transfer by the related Hedge Counterparty of any Hedging Agreement, or any interest or obligation thereunder.

(i) The Borrower, with the consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, may sell all or a portion of the Hedging Agreements; provided , that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for the sale of all or a portion of any Hedging Agreement relating to Fixed Rate Collateral Obligations not counted as “excess” pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of “Excess Concentration Amount.” The Borrower shall have the duty of obtaining a fair market value price for the sale of any Hedging Agreement, notifying the Administrative Agent , each Agent and the Collateral Agent of prospective purchasers and bids, and selecting the purchaser of such Hedging Agreement. The Borrower and, at the Borrower’s request, the Collateral Agent, upon receipt of the purchase price in the Collection Account shall, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, execute all documentation necessary to release the Lien of the Collateral Agent on such Hedging Agreement and proceeds thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the Borrower may include in an Asset Approval Request provisions of Hedging Agreements applicable to such Collateral Obligation, and, if nothing to the contrary is included in the related Approval Notice delivered to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent, the provisions relating to Hedging Agreements in the Asset Approval Request shall control to the extent such provisions conflict with this Section 10.6 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.6 , the parties hereto agree that should the Borrower fail to observe or perform any of its obligations under this Section 10.6 with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the sole result will be that the Collateral

 

-86-


Section 10.14 Preservation of Existence . It shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to (i) preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a limited liability company and take all reasonable action to maintain its rights and franchises in the jurisdiction of its formation and (ii) qualify and remain qualified as a limited liability company in good standing in each jurisdiction where the failure to qualify and remain qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 10.15 Limitation on Investments . The Borrower shall not form, or cause to be formed, any Subsidiaries other than REO Asset Owners; or make or suffer to exist any loans or advances to, or extend any credit to, or make any investments (by way of transfer of property, contributions to capital, purchase of stock or securities or evidences of indebtedness, acquisition of the business or assets, or otherwise) in, any Affiliate or any other Person except investments as otherwise permitted herein and pursuant to the other Transaction Documents.

Section 10.16 Distributions . (a) The Borrower shall not declare or make (i) payment of any distribution on or in respect of any equity interests, or (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of any option, warrant or other right to acquire such equity interests; provided that the Borrower may make a distribution of (A) (1) Interest Collections, (2) during any 12-month period, an aggregate amount of Principal Collections or proceeds of any Advance equal to 10% of the Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Amount as of the first day of such 12-month period during the Revolving Period, (3) any Principal Collections or proceeds of any Advance in excess of the amount permitted under the foregoing clause (2), and (4) with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), any Collateral Obligations or other assets of the Borrower, in each case, if after giving effect to such distribution, (v) as certified in writing by the Borrower and Investment Manager to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Agent) , sufficient proceeds remain for all payments to be made pursuant to Section 8.3(a) (other than clause (N) thereof) on the next Distribution Date, (w) no Unmatured Facility Termination Event, Facility Termination Event, Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default or Investment Manager Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (x) each Collateral Quality Test is satisfied, (y) the Minimum Equity Condition is satisfied and (z) the Borrowing Base Condition is satisfied, (B) amounts paid to it pursuant to Section 8.3(a) on the applicable Distribution Date and (C) the proceeds of any Advance on the applicable Advance Date, but only if such Advance is made in respect of an Eligible Collateral Obligation acquired by the Borrower either (1) prior to such Advance Date if such Eligible Collateral Obligation was identified on the related Asset Approval Request as an asset with respect to which the Borrower intends to make a future distribution pursuant to this Section 10.16(C)(1) or (2) on such Advance Date.

(b) Prior to foreclosure by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral pursuant to Section 13.3(c) , nothing in this Section 10.16 or otherwise in this Agreement shall restrict (i) the Investment Manager from exercising any Warrant Assets issued to it by Obligors from time to time or (ii) the Borrower from exercising any Warrant Assets issued to it by Obligors from time to time to the extent funds are available to the Borrower under Section 8.3(a) or made available to the Borrower.

 

-88-


Termination Event) Obligor notification forms to give notice to the Obligors of the Collateral Agent’s interest in the Collateral and the obligation to make payments as directed by the Collateral Agent (at the written direction of the Administrative Agent).

Section 10.21 Delivery of Collateral Obligation Files . The Borrower (or the Investment Manager on behalf of the Borrower) shall deliver to the Collateral Custodian (with a copy to the Administrative Agent at the following e-mail addresses (for electronic copies): kevin.a.tanzer@db.com, amit.patel@db.com and nii.dodoo@db.com , and a copy to each Agent ) the Collateral Obligation Files identified on the related Document Checklist promptly upon receipt but in no event later than three (3) Business Days of the related Funding Date; provided that any file stamped document included in any Collateral Obligation File shall be delivered as soon as they are reasonably available (even if not within three (3) Business Days of the related Funding Date).

Section 10.22 Collateral Obligation Schedule . (a) As of the end of each January, April, July and October of each year, the Borrower shall deliver an update of the Collateral Obligation Schedule to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent and each Agent ), certified true and correct by each of the Borrower and the Investment Manager. The Borrower hereby authorizes a UCC-3 amendment to be filed quarterly attaching each such updated Collateral Obligation Schedule and shall file such UCC-3 amendment at the request of the Administrative Agent. Upon filing, a copy of such UCC-3 shall be provided to the Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent.

Section 10.23 Rating Agency Information. The Borrower shall provide Morningstar with all reasonably available information that is reasonably requested by Morningstar in connection with its rating of the Class A-2 Commitment.

Article XI

THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 11.1 Appointment of Collateral Agent . Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is hereby appointed as Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof. The Secured Parties hereby appoint the Collateral Agent to act exclusively as the agent for purposes of perfection of a security interest in the Collateral and Collateral Agent of the Secured Parties to act as specified herein and in the other Transaction Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party.

Section 11.2 Monthly Reports . The Collateral Agent shall prepare the Monthly Report in accordance with Section 8.5 and distribute funds in accordance with such Monthly Report in accordance with Section 8.3 .

Section 11.3 Collateral Administration . The Collateral Agent shall maintain a database of certain characteristics of the Collateral on an ongoing basis, and provide to the Borrower, the Investment Manager and , the Administrative Agent and the Agents certain reports, schedules and calculations, all as more particularly described in this Section 11.3 , based upon information and data received from the Borrower and/or the Investment Manager pursuant to Section 7.7 or from the Agents and/or the Administrative Agent.

 

-90-


(a) In connection therewith, the Collateral Agent shall:

(i) within 15 days after the Effective Date, create a Collateral database with respect to the Collateral that has been pledged to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties from time to time, comprised of the Collateral Obligations credited to the Accounts from time to time and Permitted Investments in which amounts held in the Accounts may be invested from time to time, as provided in this Agreement (the “ Collateral Database ”);

(ii) update the Collateral Database on a periodic basis for changes and to reflect the sale or other disposition of assets included in the Collateral and any additional Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent from time to time, in each case based upon, and to the extent of, information furnished to the Collateral Agent by the Borrower, the Investment Manager or the Administrative Agent as may be reasonably required by the Collateral Agent from time to time or based upon notices received by the Collateral Agent from the issuer, or trustee or agent bank under an underlying instrument, or similar source);

(iii) track the receipt and allocation to the Collection Account of Principal Collections and Interest Collections and any withdrawals therefrom and, on each Business Day, provide to the Investment Manager and Administrative Agent daily reports reflecting such actions to the accounts as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day and the Collateral Agent shall provide any such report to the Administrative Agent or the Investment Manager upon its request therefor;

(iv) prepare and deliver to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Investment Manager on each Reporting Date, (A) the Monthly Report and any update pursuant to Section 8.5 when requested by the Investment Manager, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, on the basis of the information contained in the Collateral Database as of the applicable Determination Date, the information provided by each Lender Agent and the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.4 and such other information as may be provided to the Collateral Agent by the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent , any Agent or any Lender;

(v) provide other such information with respect to the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent and not released as may be routinely maintained by the Collateral Agent in performing its ordinary Collateral Agent function pursuant hereunder, as the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent , any Agent or any Lender may reasonably request from time to time;

(vi) upon the written request of the Investment Manager on any Business Day and within three hours after the Collateral Agent’s receipt of such request (provided such request is received by 12:00 Noon (New York time) on such date (otherwise such request will be deemed made on the next succeeding Business Day), the Collateral Agent shall perform the following functions: as of the date the Investment Manager commits on behalf of the

 

-91-


instructions received after such two Business Day period except to the extent it has already, in good faith, taken or committed itself to take, action inconsistent with such instructions. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on the advice of legal counsel and independent accountants in performing its duties hereunder and shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if it acts in accordance with such advice.

(e) Concurrently herewith, the Administrative Agent directs the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent is authorized to enter into the Account Control Agreement and any other related agreements in the form delivered to the Collateral Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, all of the Collateral Agent’s rights, protections and immunities provided herein shall apply to the Collateral Agent for any actions taken or omitted to be taken under the Account Control Agreement and any other related agreements in such capacity.

Section 11.4 Removal or Resignation of Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent may at any time resign and terminate its obligations under this Agreement upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Investment Manager, the Borrower and , the Administrative Agent , Morningstar and each Agent ; provided , that no resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent will be permitted unless a successor Collateral Agent has been appointed which successor Collateral Agent, so long as no Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default, Investment Manager Event of Default, Unmatured Facility Termination Event or Facility Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, is reasonably acceptable to the Investment Manager. Promptly after receipt of notice of the Collateral Agent’s resignation, the Administrative Agent shall promptly appoint a successor Collateral Agent by written instrument, in duplicate, copies of which instrument shall be delivered to the Borrower, the Investment Manager, each Agent, the resigning Collateral Agent and to the successor Collateral Agent. In the event no successor Collateral Agent shall have been appointed within 60 days after the giving of notice of such resignation, the Collateral Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent, may with or without cause remove and discharge the Collateral Agent or any successor Collateral Agent thereafter appointed from the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Promptly after giving notice of removal of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent shall appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a successor Collateral Agent. Any such appointment shall be accomplished by written instrument and one original counterpart of such instrument of appointment shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent and the successor Collateral Agent, with a copy delivered to the Borrower , each Agent and the Investment Manager.

Section 11.5 Representations and Warranties . The Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Investment Manager that:

(a) the Collateral Agent has the corporate power and authority and the legal rights to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, this Agreement, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

(b) no consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of, any arbitrator or Official Body and no consent of any other Person (including any

 

-94-


Collateral Custodian under this Agreement and shall not be required to monitor the performance of the Collateral Custodian.

(j) Without limiting the generality of any terms of this section, the Collateral Agent shall have no liability for any failure, inability or unwillingness on the part of the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower to provide accurate and complete information on a timely basis to the Collateral Agent, or otherwise on the part of any such party to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability for any inaccuracy or error in the performance or observance on the Collateral Agent’s part of any of its duties hereunder that is caused by or results from any such inaccurate, incomplete or untimely information received by it, or other failure on the part of any such other party to comply with the terms hereof.

(k) The Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any certificate, report or other document; provided, however, that, if the form thereof is prescribed by this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall examine the same to determine whether it conforms on its face to the requirements hereof. The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any matter unless actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Agent. It is expressly acknowledged by the Borrower, the Investment Manager and , the Administrative Agent and each Agent that application and performance by the Collateral Agent of its various duties hereunder (including, without limitation, recalculations to be performed in respect of the matters contemplated hereby) shall be based upon, and in reliance upon, data, information and notice provided to it by the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent, any Agent, the Borrower and/or any related bank agent, obligor or similar party with respect to the Collateral Obligation, and the Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility for the accuracy of any such information or data provided to it by such persons and shall be entitled to update its records (as it may deem necessary or appropriate). Nothing herein shall impose or imply any duty or obligation on the part of the Collateral Agent to verify, investigate or audit any such information or data, or to determine or monitor on an independent basis whether any issuer of the Collateral is in default or in compliance with the underlying documents governing or securing such securities, from time to time.

(l) The Collateral Agent may exercise any of its rights or powers hereunder or perform any of its duties hereunder either directly or, by or through agents or attorneys, and the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed hereunder with due care by it. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, agents or employees will be liable to the Investment Manager, Borrower or any other Person, except by reason of acts or omissions by the Collateral Agent constituting bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the Collateral Agent’s duties hereunder. The Collateral Agent shall in no event have any liability for the actions or omissions of the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent or any other Person, and shall have no liability for any inaccuracy or error in any duty performed by it that results from or is caused by inaccurate, untimely or incomplete information or data received by it from the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent or another Person except to the extent that such inaccuracies or errors are caused by the Collateral Agent’s own bad faith, willful

 

-97-


(or the Investment Manager on behalf of the Borrower) to the Collateral Agent so long as the Facility Termination Date has not occurred or (iii) Repurchased Collateral Obligations or Substituted Collateral Obligation pursuant to Section 7.11 .

In connection with the release of a Lien on any Collateral permitted pursuant to this Section 12.3 and conducted in the ordinary course of business consistent with industry standards and practices (including the use of escrows), the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, will, at the sole expense of the Borrower, execute and deliver to the Borrower any assignments, bills of sale, termination statements and any other releases and instruments as the Borrower may reasonably request in order to effect the release and transfer of such Collateral; provided , that the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, will make no representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to any such Collateral in connection with such sale or transfer and assignment.

Article XIII

FACILITY TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 13.1 Facility Termination Events . Each of the following shall constitute a Facility Termination Event under this Agreement:

(a) any default in the payment when due of (i) any principal of any Advance or (ii) any other amount payable by the Borrower or the Investment Manager hereunder, including any Yield on any Advance, any Undrawn Fee or any other Fee, in each case, which default shall continue for two Business Days;

(b) the Borrower or the Investment Manager shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, or any other Transaction Document on its part to be performed or observed and, except in the case of the covenants and agreements contained in Section 10.7 , Section 10.9 , Section 10.11 and Section 10.16 as to each of which no grace period shall apply, any such failure shall remain unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given to the Borrower or the Investment Manager, and (ii) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Investment Manager acquires knowledge thereof;

(c) any representation or warranty of the Borrower or the Investment Manager made or deemed to have been made hereunder or in any other Transaction Document or any other writing or certificate furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Investment Manager to the Administrative Agent , any Agent or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including any Monthly Report) shall prove to have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made and the same continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days (if such failure can be remedied) after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given to the Borrower or the Investment Manager, and (ii) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or the Investment Manager acquires knowledge thereof; provided , that no breach

 

-101-


(j) a Change of Control shall have occurred;

(k) either (i) the Borrower shall become required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act or the arrangements contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall require registration as an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act or (ii) FS Investment Corporation III ceases to be a “business development company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act;

(l) failure on the part of the Borrower or the Investment Manager to (i) make any payment or deposit (including, without limitation, with respect to bifurcation and remittance of Principal Collections and Interest Collections or any other payment or deposit required to be made by the terms of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, to any Secured Party, Affected Person or Indemnified Party) required by the terms of any Transaction Document in accordance with Section 7.3(b) and Section 10.10 or (ii) otherwise observe or perform any covenant, agreement or obligation with respect to the management and distribution of funds received with respect to the Collateral;

(m) (i) failure of the Borrower to maintain at least one Independent Manager, (ii) the removal of any Independent Manager without cause or prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and each Agent (in each case as required by the organization documents of the Borrower) or (iii) an Independent Manager of the Borrower which is not pre-approved by the Administrative Agent Required Lenders shall be appointed without the consent of the Administrative Agent Required Lenders ; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) , the Borrower shall have five (5) Business Days to replace any Independent Manager upon the death or incapacitation of the current Independent Manager;

(n) the Borrower makes any assignment or attempted assignment of its respective rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document without first obtaining the specific written consent of the Administrative Agent Required Lenders , which consent may be withheld in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion;

(o) any court shall render a final, non-appealable judgment against the Borrower or the Investment Manager (i) in an amount in excess of $250,000 (or, with respect to the Investment Manager, $1,000,000) which shall not be satisfactorily stayed, discharged, vacated, set aside or satisfied within 60 days of the making thereof or (ii) for which the Administrative Agent shall not have received evidence satisfactory to it that an insurance provider for the Borrower or the Investment Manager, as applicable, has agreed to satisfy such judgment in full subject to any deductibles not exceeding $250,000 (or, with respect to the Investment Manager, $1,000,000); or the attachment of any material portion of the property of the Borrower or the Investment Manager which has not been released or provided for to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent within 30 days after the making thereof;

(p) the Borrower shall fail to qualify as a bankruptcy-remote entity based upon customary criteria such that Dechert LLP or any other reputable counsel could no longer render a substantive nonconsolidation opinion with respect to the Borrower;

 

-103-


(q) failure to pay, on the Facility Termination Date, all outstanding Obligations; or

(r) during the Revolving Period, the Minimum Equity Condition is not satisfied and such condition continues unremedied for two (2) consecutive Business Days.

Section 13.2 Effect of Facility Termination Event .

(a) Optional Termination . Upon notice by the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent Required Lenders (with a copy to Morningstar) that a Facility Termination Event (other than a Facility Termination Event described in Section 13.1(d) ) has occurred, the Revolving Period will automatically terminate and no Advances will thereafter be made, and the Collateral Agent (at the direction of the Administrative Agent) or the Required Lenders may declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Advances and other Obligations to be due and payable, whereupon the full unpaid amount of such Advances and other Obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment (all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower) and the Facility Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred.

(b) Automatic Termination . Upon the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event described in Section 13.1(d) , the Facility Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred automatically, and all outstanding Advances under this Agreement and all other Obligations under this Agreement shall become immediately and automatically due and payable, all without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower).

Section 13.3 Rights upon Facility Termination Event . If a Facility Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, or shall at the direction of the Required Lenders, direct the Collateral Agent to exercise any of the remedies specified herein in respect of the Collateral and the Collateral Agent shall promptly, at the written direction of the Administrative Agent, also do one or more of the following (subject to Section 13.9 ):

(a) institute proceedings in its own name and on behalf of the Secured Parties as Collateral Agent for the collection of all Obligations, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Borrower and any other obligor with respect thereto moneys adjudged due, for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in any Transaction Document or in the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Collateral Agent by Applicable Law or any Transaction Document;

(b) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the right and remedies of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties which rights and remedies shall be cumulative; and

 

-104-


disposition by executing and delivering to the Collateral Agent all proper bills of sale, assignments, releases and other instruments as may be designated in any such request.

(b) No person to whom this power of attorney is presented as authority for the Collateral Agent to take any action or actions contemplated by clause (a) shall inquire into or seek confirmation from the Borrower as to the authority of the Collateral Agent to take any action described below, or as to the existence of or fulfillment of any condition to the power of attorney described in clause (a), which is intended to grant to the Collateral Agent unconditionally the authority to take and perform the actions contemplated herein, and the Borrower irrevocably waives any right to commence any suit or action, in law or equity, against any person or entity that acts in reliance upon or acknowledges the authority granted under this power of attorney. The power of attorney granted in clause (a) is coupled with an interest and may not be revoked or canceled by the Borrower until all obligations of the Borrower under the Transaction Documents have been paid in full and the Collateral Agent has provided its written consent thereto.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section 13.10 shall only be effective after the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event.

Article XIV

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 14.1 Appointment . Each Lender and each Agent hereby irrevocably designates and appoints DBNY as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender in each Lender Group hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Agent for such Lender Group as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes such Agent, as the agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties thereunder as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver, but in   any event no later than the following Business Day, a copy of any notice, certificate, report or other documents received by it in its capacity as Administrative Agent to each Agent. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Agent (the Administrative Agent and each Agent being referred to in this Article as a “ Note Agent ”) shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against any Note Agent.

 

-108-


Section 14.2 Delegation of Duties . Each Note Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents by or through its subsidiaries, affiliates, agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Note Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 14.3 Exculpatory Provisions . No Note Agent (acting in such capacity) nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them or any Person described in Section 14.2 under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents (except , solely with respect to liability to the Borrower, for its, their or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) responsible in any manner to any Person for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties of any Person (other than itself) contained in the Transaction Documents or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, the Transaction Documents or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of the Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection therewith or herewith, or for any failure of any Person (other than itself or its directors, officers, agents or employees) to perform its obligations under any Transaction Document or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in a Transaction Document. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Note Agent shall be under any obligation to any Person to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, the Transaction Documents, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Borrower or the Investment Manager.

Section 14.4 Reliance by Note Agents . Each Note Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to each of the Lenders), Independent Accountants and other experts selected by such Note Agent. Each Note Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other document furnished in connection herewith or therewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders, as it deems appropriate, or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction (i) in the case of the Administrative Agent, by the Lenders or (ii) in the case of an Agent, by the Lenders in its Lender Group, against any and all liability, cost and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection herewith or therewith in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection herewith or therewith in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining

 

-109-


from acting, under this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection herewith or therewith in accordance with a request of the Lenders in its Lender Group holding greater than 50% of the outstanding Advances held by such Lender Group, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders in such Lender Group.

Section 14.5 Notices . No Note Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any breach of this Agreement or the occurrence of any Facility Termination Event unless it has received notice from the Investment Manager, the Borrower or any Lender, referring to this Agreement and describing such event. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to each Agent, and in the event any Agent receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to the Lenders in its Lender Group. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such event as shall be reasonably directed in writing by the Required Lenders, and each Agent shall take such action with respect to such event as shall be reasonably directed by Lenders in its Lender Group holding greater than 50% of the outstanding Advances held by such Lender Group; provided , that unless and until such Note Agent shall have received such directions, such Note Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such event as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders or of the Lenders in its Lender Group, as applicable.

Section 14.6 Non-Reliance on Note Agents . The Lenders expressly acknowledge that no Note Agent, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Note Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or the Investment Manager, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Note Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to each Note Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Note Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Investment Manager, and the Collateral Obligations and made its own decision to purchase its interest in the Notes hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Note Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under any of the Transaction Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Investment Manager, and the Collateral Obligations. Except as expressly provided herein, no Note Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the Collateral or the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Borrower, the Investment Manager or the Lenders which may come into the possession of such Note Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

In no event shall the Administrative any Note Agent be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Administrative such Note Agent has been advised of the likelihood of

 

-110-


such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. In no event shall the Administrative such Note Agent be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 14.7 Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or the Investment Manager under the Transaction Documents, and without limiting the obligation of such Persons to do so in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents), ratably according to the outstanding amounts of their Advances from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent or the affected Person in connection with any investigative, or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not the Administrative Agent or such affected Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such affected Person as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to or by reason of, any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under the Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection herewith or therewith (but excluding any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or such affected Person) .

Section 14.8 Successor Note Agent . If either (x) the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement or (y) the Required Lenders vote to remove (on not less than 60 days prior written notice) the Administrative Agent (which vote may occur at any time when Affiliates of the Administrative Agent hold less than 25% of the aggregate Commitments) , then the Required Lenders , with notice to Morningstar, shall appoint a successor agent (with the consent of the Investment Manager) , whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent, effective upon its acceptance of such appointment, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement. Any Agent may resign as Agent upon ten days’ notice to the Lenders in its Lender Group and the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) with such resignation becoming effective upon a successor agent succeeding to the rights, powers and duties of the Agent pursuant to this Section 14.8 . If an Agent shall resign as Agent under this Agreement, then Lenders in its Lender Group holding greater than 50% of the outstanding Advances held by such Lender Group shall appoint a successor agent for such Lender Group. After any Note Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article XIV shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was a Note Agent under this Agreement. No resignation of any Note Agent shall become effective until a successor Note Agent shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of such Note Agent hereunder; provided , that in the event a successor Note Agent is

 

-111-


a reasonable determination that its ownership of any of its rights or obligations hereunder (and under other similar facilities (if any) held by such Lender) is prohibited by the Volcker Rule and (y) to the extent such Lender is permitted by the applicable documentation, such Lender is making commercially reasonable efforts to assign its interest in other similar facilities in a manner similar to such proposed assignment, to any Person other than a Competitor, without the prior written consent of the Borrower (which consent, if such assignment is to a Person other than a Competitor, shall not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Each Lender shall endorse the Notes to reflect any assignments made pursuant to this Article XV or otherwise.

Section 15.5 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange . (a) The Collateral Agent, acting solely for this purpose as agent for the Borrower (and, in such capacity, the “ Note Registrar ”), shall maintain a register for the recordation of the name and address of each Lender (including any assignees), and the principal amounts (and stated interest) owing to such Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Note Register ”). The entries in the Note Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, each Agent and each Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Note Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder. The Note Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(b) Each Person who has or who acquired an interest in a Note shall be deemed by such acquisition to have agreed to be bound by the provisions of this Section 15.5 . A Note may be exchanged (in accordance with Section 15.5(c) ) and transferred to the holders (or their agents or nominees) of the Advances and to any assignee (in accordance with Section 15.1 ) (or its agent or nominee) of all or a portion of the Advances. The Note Registrar shall not register (or cause to be registered) the transfer of such Note, unless the proposed transferee shall have delivered to the Note Registrar either (i) an Opinion of Counsel that the transfer of such Note is exempt from registration or qualification under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws and that the transfer does not constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under ERISA or (ii) an express agreement by the proposed transferee to be bound by and to abide by the provisions of this Section 15.5 and the restrictions noted on the face of such Note.

(c) At the option of the holder thereof, a Note may be exchanged for one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like class and aggregate principal amount at an office or agency of the Borrower. Whenever any Note is so surrendered for exchange, the Borrower shall execute and deliver (through the Note Registrar) the new Note which the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive at the Note Registrar’s office, located at DB Services Americas Inc., 5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200, Jacksonville, Florida, 32256, Attention: Transfer Unit.

(d) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at an office or agency of the Borrower, the Borrower shall execute and deliver (through the Note Registrar), in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like class and aggregate principal amount.

 

-113-


Section 15.7 Persons Deemed Owners . The Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any agent for any of the foregoing may treat the holder of any Note as the owner of such Note for all purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note may be overdue, and none of Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 15.8 Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment or registration of transfer or exchange shall be promptly canceled. The Borrower shall promptly cancel and deliver to the Note Registrar any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Borrower may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Borrower. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section 15.8 , except as expressly permitted by this Agreement.

Section 15.9 Participations; Pledge . (a) At any time and from time to time, each Lender may, in accordance with Applicable Law, at any time grant participations in all or a portion of its Note and/or its interest in the Advances and other payments due to it under this Agreement to any Person (each, a “ Participant ”). Each Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that (A) any such participation will not alter or affect such Lender’s direct obligations hereunder, and (B) none of the Borrower, the Investment Manager, the Administrative Agent, any Agent, any Lender, the Collateral Agent nor the Investment Manager shall have any obligation to have any communication or relationship with any Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.3 and Section 5.1 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 4.3(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 4.3(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to this Article XV ; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 17.16 as if it were an assignee under this Article XV ; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.3 or Section 5.1 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent that such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in any Applicable Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 17.16(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 17.1 as though it were a Lender.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 15.9(a) to the contrary, each Lender may pledge its interest in the Advances and the Notes to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral in accordance with Applicable Law without the prior written consent of any Person.

(c) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the obligations under the Transaction Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of

 

-115-


the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the other hand, but also the relative fault of such Indemnified Party, on the one hand, and the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

Section 16.4 Net After-Tax Basis . Indemnification under Section 16.1 shall be in an amount necessary to make the Indemnified Party whole after taking into account any Tax consequences, on a net after-Tax basis (including, for example, taking into account the deductibility of an applicable underlying damage, cost or expense) to the Indemnified Party of the receipt of the indemnity provided hereunder (or of the incurrence of such applicable underlying damage, cost or expense), including the effect of such Tax or refund on the amount of Tax measured by net income or profits that is or was payable by the Indemnified Party.

Article XVII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 17.1 No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Agent, any Indemnified Party or any Affected Person to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by any of them of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. Without limiting the foregoing, each Lender is hereby authorized by the Borrower during the existence of a Facility Termination Event, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by it to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower to the amounts owed by the Borrower under this Agreement, to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Agent, any Affected Person, any Indemnified Party or any Lender or their respective successors and assigns.

Section 17.2 Amendments, Waivers . This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or modified nor may any provision hereof be waived except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 17.2 . The Borrower and the Administrative Agent may, upon written notice to the Investment Manager and each Agent and Morningstar , from time to time enter into written amendments, supplements, waivers or modifications hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or changing in any manner the rights of any party hereto or waiving, on such terms and conditions as may be specified in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement; provided , that no such amendment, supplement, waiver or modification shall (i) reduce the amount of or extend the maturity of any payment with respect to an Advance or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of Yield thereon, or reduce or alter the timing of any other amount payable to any Lender hereunder, in each case without the consent of each Lender affected thereby, (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 17.2 or Section 17.11 , or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders, (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision adversely affecting the obligations or duties of the Collateral Agent, in each case without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision adversely affecting the obligations or duties of the Administrative Agent, in each case

 

-117-


without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, (v) amend, modify or waive any provision adversely affecting the obligations or duties of the Collateral Custodian, in each case without the prior written consent of the Collateral Custodian or (vi) materially affects the rights or duties of the Investment Manager unless the Investment Manager has consented thereto. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be limited to the provisions specifically set forth therein for the period of time set forth therein and shall not be construed to be a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

Section 17.3 Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including facsimile communication) and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, electronic mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile, to the intended party at the address or facsimile number of such party set forth under its name on Annex A or at such other address or facsimile number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective, (a) if personally delivered, when received, (b) if sent by certified mail, three Business Days after having been deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, (c) if sent by overnight courier, one Business Day after having been given to such courier, and (d) if transmitted by facsimile, when sent, receipt confirmed by telephone or electronic means, except that notices and communications pursuant to Section 2.2 , shall not be effective until received. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each reference to notice being delivered to Morningstar shall mean notice delivered by the applicable party by email to ABSMonitoring@morningstar.com.

Section 17.4 Costs and Expenses . In addition to the rights of indemnification granted under Section 16.1 , the Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Custodian, the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, syndication and administration of this Agreement, any liquidity support facility and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder or with respect hereto, in each case, subject to any cap on such costs and expenses agreed upon in a separate letter agreement among the Borrower, the Investment Manager and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and Collateral Custodian Fee Letter, as applicable, and the Borrower further agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents executed in connection with this Agreement, including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket, documented expenses of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Custodian, the Agents and the Lenders with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as to its rights and remedies under this Agreement, and to pay all reasonable, documented and out-of-pocket costs and expenses, if any (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses), of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Custodian, the Agents and the Lenders, in connection with the enforcement against the Investment Manager or the Borrower of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder or with respect hereto; provided , that in the case of reimbursement of (A) counsel for the Lenders other than the Administrative Agent, such reimbursement shall be limited to one counsel for all the Administrative Agent, the Agents and Lenders and (B) counsel for the Collateral Agent and Collateral Custodian shall be limited to one counsel for such Persons. For the avoidance of doubt, the costs and expenses described in this Section 17.4 shall not include Taxes.

 

-118-


Section 17.5 Binding Effect; Survival . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Agents, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Custodian and their respective successors and assigns, and the provisions of Section 4.3 , Article V , and Article XVI shall inure to the benefit of the Affected Persons and the Indemnified Parties, respectively, and their respective successors and assigns; provided , nothing in the foregoing shall be deemed to authorize any assignment not permitted by Article XV . This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until (subject to the immediately following sentence) such time when all Obligations have been finally and fully paid in cash and performed. The rights and remedies with respect to any breach of any representation and warranty made by the Borrower pursuant to Article IX and the indemnification and payment provisions of Article V . Article XVI and the provisions of Section 17.10 , Section 17.11 and Section 17.12 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement and any termination of the Investment Manager under the Investment Management Agreement.

Section 17.6 Captions and Cross References . The various captions (including the table of contents) in this Agreement are provided solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Agreement to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are to such Section of or Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement, as the case may be, and references in any Section, subsection, or clause to any subsection, clause or subclause are to such subsection, clause or subclause of such Section, subsection or clause.

Section 17.7 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 17.8 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 17.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.

Section 17.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE BORROWER, THE INVESTMENT MANAGER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE AGENTS, THE INVESTORS OR ANY OTHER

 

-119-


(b) The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Custodian, each Agent and each Lender, severally and with respect to itself only, covenants and agrees that any information about the Borrower or its Affiliates or the Obligors, the Collateral Obligations, the Related Security or otherwise obtained by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent , such Agent or such Lender pursuant to this Agreement shall be held in confidence (it being understood that documents provided to the Administrative Agent hereunder may in all cases be distributed by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and Agents ) except that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Custodian , such Agent or such Lender may disclose such information (i) to its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, counsel, accountants, auditors, advisors or representatives, (ii) to the extent such information has become available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by or through the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Custodian , such Agent or such Lender, (iii) to the extent such information was available to the Administrative Agent , such Agent or such Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to the Administrative Agent , such Agent or such Lender hereunder, (iv) with the consent of the Investment Manager, (v) to the extent permitted by Article XV , or (vi) to the extent the Administrative Agent , such Agent or such Lender should be (A) required in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding or (B) requested by any Official Body to disclose such information; provided , that in the case of clause (vi) above, the Administrative Agent , such Agent or such Lender, as applicable, will use reasonable efforts to maintain confidentiality and will (unless otherwise prohibited by law) notify the Investment Manager of its intention to make any such disclosure prior to making any such disclosure.

Section 17.15 Non-Confidentiality of Tax Treatment . All parties hereto agree that each of them and each of their employees, representatives, and other agents may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including, without limitation, opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any of them relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. “Tax treatment” and “tax structure” shall have the same meaning as such terms have for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4; provided that with respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction as well as other information, the provisions of this Section 17.15 shall only apply to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 17.16 Replacement of Lenders .

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.1 , or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or Official Body for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.3 , then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking the Obligations or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 5.1 , as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

-122-


(b) At any time there is more than one Lender, the Borrower shall be permitted, at its sole expense and effort, to replace any Lender, except (i) the Administrative Agent or (ii) any Lender which is administered by the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, that (a) requests reimbursement, payment or compensation for any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 5.1 or (b) has received a written notice from the Borrower of an impending change in law that would entitle such Lender to payment of additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 5.1 , unless such Lender designates a different lending office before such change in law becomes effective pursuant to Section 17.16(a) and such alternate lending office obviates the need for the Borrower to make payments of additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 5.1 or (c) has not consented to any proposed amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver, each pursuant to Section 17.2 or (d) defaults in its obligation to make Advances hereunder; provided , that (i) nothing herein shall relieve a Lender from any liability it might have to the Borrower or to the other Lenders for its failure to make any Advance, (ii) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Advances and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (iii) during the Revolving Period, the replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iv) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.5 , (v) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) for Increased Costs or Indemnified Taxes, as the case may be, (vi) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender, and (vii) if such replacement is being effected as a result of a Lender requesting compensation pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 5.1 , such replacement, if effected, will result in a reduction in such compensation or payment thereafter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Fee Letter or the Lender Fee Letter , in the event that the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent takes any action described in the foregoing clauses (a), (b) or (d), the Borrower may elect to prepay all outstanding Advances and terminate the remaining Commitments hereunder. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this Agreement, no Lender removed or replaced under the provisions hereof shall have any right to receive any amounts set forth in Section 2.5( b c ) in connection with such removal or replacement. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 17.17 Consent to Jurisdiction . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or Federal court sitting in New York City in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Transaction Documents, and each party hereto hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The parties hereto agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

-123-


Section 17.18 Option to Acquire Rating . Each party hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent (on behalf and at the expense of the Lenders) may, at any time and in its sole discretion, obtain a public rating for this loan facility. The Borrower and the Investment Manager hereby agree to use commercially reasonable efforts, at the request of the Administrative Agent, to cooperate with the acquisition and maintenance of any such rating.

Article XVIII

COLLATERAL CUSTODIAN

Section 18.1 Designation of Collateral Custodian . The role of Collateral Custodian with respect to the Collateral Obligation Files shall be conducted by the Person designated as Collateral Custodian hereunder from time to time in accordance with this Section 18.1 . Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is hereby appointed as, and hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, Collateral Custodian pursuant to the terms hereof.

Section 18.2 Duties of the Collateral Custodian .

(a) Duties . The Collateral Custodian shall perform, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the following duties and obligations:

(i) The Collateral Custodian, as the duly appointed agent of the Secured Parties, for these purposes, acknowledges that the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to deliver, on or prior to the applicable Funding Date (but no more than five (5) Business Days after such Funding Date, except as set forth in Section 10.22 ), the Collateral Obligation Files delivered to it for each Collateral Obligation listed on the Schedule of Collateral Obligations attached to the related Asset Approval Request. The Collateral Custodian acknowledges that in connection with any Asset Approval Request, additional Collateral Obligation Files (specified on an accompanying Schedule of Collateral Obligations supplement) may be delivered to the Collateral Custodian from time to time, and that the Collateral Custodian will credit each Collateral Obligation File to the Collection Account in accordance with the terms hereof. Promptly upon the receipt of any such delivery of Collateral Obligation Files and without any review, the Collateral Custodian shall send notice of such receipt to the Investment Manager and , the Administrative Agent and each Agent .

(ii) With respect to each Collateral Obligation File which has been or will be delivered to the Collateral Custodian, the Collateral Custodian is acting exclusively as the custodian of the Secured Parties, and has no instructions to hold any Collateral Obligation File for the benefit of any Person other than the Secured Parties and undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement. In so taking and retaining custody of the Collateral Obligation Files, the Collateral Custodian shall be deemed to be acting for the purpose of perfecting the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein under the UCC. Except upon compliance with the provisions of Section 18.5 , no Collateral Obligation File or other document constituting a part of a Collateral Obligation File shall be released from the possession of the Collateral Custodian.

 

-124-


(iii) The Collateral Custodian shall maintain continuous custody of all items in its possession in secure facilities in accordance with customary standards for such custody and shall reflect in its records the interest of the Secured Parties therein. Each Collateral Obligation File which comes into the possession of the Collateral Agent (other than documents delivered electronically) shall be maintained in fire-resistant vaults or cabinets at the office of the Collateral Custodian. Each Collateral Obligation File shall be marked with an appropriate identifying label and maintained in such manner so as to permit retrieval and access by the Collateral Custodian and the Administrative Agent. The Collateral Custodian shall keep the Collateral Obligation Files clearly segregated from any other documents or instruments in its files.

(iv) With respect to the documents comprising each Collateral Obligation File, the Collateral Custodian shall (i) act exclusively as Collateral Custodian for the Secured Parties, (ii) hold all documents constituting such Collateral Obligation File received by it for the exclusive use and benefit of the Secured Parties and (iii) make disposition thereof only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or with written instructions furnished by the Administrative Agent; provided, that in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the written instructions of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent’s written instructions shall control.

(v) The Collateral Custodian shall accept only written instructions of an Executive Officer, in the case of the Borrower or the Investment Manager, or a Responsible Officer, in the case of the Administrative Agent, concerning the use, handling and disposition of the Collateral Obligation Files.

(vi) In the event that (i) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Agent, the Investment Manager, the Collateral Custodian or the Collateral Agent shall be served by a third party with any type of levy, attachment, writ or court order with respect to any Collateral Obligation File or a document included within a Collateral Obligation File or (ii) a third party shall institute any court proceeding by which any Collateral Obligation File or a document included within a Collateral Obligation File shall be required to be delivered otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the party receiving such service shall promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the other parties to this Agreement (to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law) copies of all court papers, orders, documents and other materials concerning such proceedings. The Collateral Custodian shall, to the extent permitted by law, continue to hold and maintain all the Collateral Obligation Files that are the subject of such proceedings pending a final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction permitting or directing disposition thereof. Upon final determination of such court, the Collateral Custodian shall dispose of such Collateral Obligation File or a document included within such Collateral Obligation File as directed by the Administrative Agent, which shall give a direction consistent with such determination. Expenses of the Collateral Custodian incurred as a result of such proceedings shall be borne by the Borrower.

 

-125-


Custodian and , the Administrative Agent and each Agent (such information contained on the Schedule of Collateral Obligations shall also be delivered to the Collateral Custodian and , the Administrative Agent and each Agent simultaneously in Microsoft Excel format) with respect to the Collateral Obligations to be delivered to the Collateral Agent on such Funding Date.

(b) In connection with (and as a part of) each Monthly Report, with respect to the Collateral Obligation Files delivered at least three (3) Business Days’ prior to the related Reporting Date, the Collateral Custodian shall prepare a report (to be included as a part of each Monthly Report) in respect of each of the Collateral Obligations, to the effect that, as to each Collateral Obligation listed on the Schedule of Collateral Obligations attached to the related Advance Request or Reinvestment Request, based on the Collateral Custodian’s examination of the Collateral Obligation File for each Collateral Obligation and the related Document Checklist, except for variances from the documents identified in the Document Checklist with respect to the related Collateral Obligation Files (“ Exceptions ”), (i) all documents required to be delivered in respect of such Collateral Obligations pursuant to the Document Checklist have been delivered and are in the possession of the Collateral Custodian as part of the Collateral Obligation File for such Collateral Obligation (other than those released pursuant to Section 18.5 ), and (ii) all such documents have been reviewed by the Collateral Custodian and appear on their face to be regular and to relate to such Collateral Obligation. The Collateral Custodian shall also maintain records of the total number of Collateral Obligation Files that do not have the documents provided on the Document Checklist and will include such total in each Monthly Report.

(c) Notwithstanding any language to the contrary herein, the Collateral Custodian shall make no representations as to, and shall not be responsible to verify, (i) the validity, legality, ownership, title, perfection, priority, enforceability, due authorization, recordability, sufficiency for any purpose, or genuineness of any of the documents contained in each Collateral Obligation File or (ii) the collectability, insurability, effectiveness or suitability of any such Collateral Obligation.

Section 18.5 Release of Collateral Obligation Files . (a) Upon satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Section 12.3 , the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to provide an Officer’s Certificate to such effect to the Collateral Custodian (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) and shall request in writing delivery to it of the Collateral Obligation File and a copy thereof shall be sent concurrently by the Investment Manager to the Administrative Agent and each Agent . Upon receipt of such certification and request, unless it receives notice to the contrary from the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Custodian shall within three Business Days release the related Collateral Obligation File to the Investment Manager and the Investment Manager will not be required to return the related Collateral Obligation File to the Collateral Custodian.

(b) From time to time and as appropriate for the management or foreclosure of any of the Collateral Obligations, including, for this purpose, collection under any insurance policy relating to the Collateral Obligations, the Collateral Custodian shall, upon receipt of a Request for Release and Receipt substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 from an authorized representative of the Investment Manager (as listed on Exhibit F-1 , as such exhibit may be amended from time to time by the Investment Manager with notice to the

 

-127-


Collateral Custodian and , the Administrative Agent and each Agent ), release the related Collateral Obligation File or the documents set forth in such Request for Release and Receipt to the Investment Manager. In the event an Unmatured Facility Termination Event, a Facility Termination Event, an Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default or an Investment Manager Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager to make any such request with respect to any original documents unless the Administrative Agent shall have consented in writing thereto (which consent may be evidenced by an executed counterpart to such request). The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to return each and every original document previously requested from the Collateral Obligation File to the Collateral Custodian when the need therefor by the Investment Manager no longer exists unless (x) the Collateral Obligation File or such document has been delivered to an attorney, or to a public trustee or other public official as required by law, for purposes of initiating or pursuing legal action or other proceedings for the foreclosure of the Related Security either judicially or non-judicially, and (y) the Investment Manager has delivered to the Collateral Custodian a certificate executed by an Executive Officer certifying as to the name and address of the Person to which such Collateral Obligation File or such document was delivered and the purpose or purposes of such delivery, in which case the Investment Manager shall complete such return as soon as possible. Upon receipt of a certificate of the Investment Manager substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3 , with a copy to the Administrative Agent and each Agent , stating that such Collateral Obligation was either (x) liquidated and that all amounts received or to be received in connection with such liquidation that are required to be deposited have been so deposited, or (y) sold pursuant to an Optional Sale in accordance with Section 7.10 , the Collateral Custodian shall within three (3) Business Days release the Request for Release and Receipt to the Investment Manager, or, in connection with an Optional Sale, the requested Collateral Obligation File, and the Investment Manager will not be required to return the related Collateral Obligation File to the Collateral Custodian.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Borrower shall not permit the Investment Manager to, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, request any documents (other than copies thereof) held by the Collateral Custodian if the sum of the unpaid Principal Balances of all Collateral Obligations for which the Investment Manager is then in possession of the related Collateral Obligation File or any document comprising such Collateral Obligation File (other than for Collateral Obligations then held by the Investment Manager which have been sold, repurchased, paid off or liquidated in accordance with this Agreement) (including the documents to be requested) exceeds 5% of the Adjusted Aggregate Eligible Collateral Obligation Balance. The Investment Manager may hold, and hereby acknowledges that it shall hold, any documents and all other property included in the Collateral that it may from time to time receive hereunder as Collateral Custodian for the Secured Parties solely at the will of the Collateral Custodian and the Secured Parties for the sole purpose of facilitating the management of the Collateral Obligations and such retention and possession shall be in a custodial capacity only. To the extent the Investment Manager, as agent of the Collateral Custodian and the Borrower, holds any Collateral, the Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to do so in accordance with the Investment Management Standard as such standard applies to investment managers acting as custodial agent. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to promptly report to the Collateral Custodian and the Administrative Agent the loss by it of all or part of

 

-128-


Section 18.8 Transmission of Collateral Obligation Files . Written instructions as to the method of shipment and shipper(s) the Collateral Custodian is directed to utilize in connection with the transmission of Collateral Obligation Files in the performance of the Collateral Custodian’s duties hereunder shall be delivered by the Borrower or the Investment Manager to the Collateral Custodian prior to any shipment of any Collateral Obligation Files hereunder. In the event the Collateral Custodian does not receive such written instruction from the Borrower or the Investment Manager, the Collateral Custodian shall be authorized and indemnified as provided herein to utilize a nationally recognized courier service. The Borrower shall cause the Investment Manager to arrange for the provision of such services at its sole cost and expense (or, at the Collateral Custodian’s option, reimburse the Collateral Custodian for all costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Custodian consistent with such instructions) and shall maintain such insurance against loss or damage to the Collateral Obligation Files as the Investment Manager deems appropriate.

Section 18.9 Merger or Consolidation . Any Person (i) into which the Collateral Custodian may be merged or consolidated, (ii) that may result from any merger or consolidation to which the Collateral Custodian shall be a party, or (iii) that may succeed to the properties and assets of the Collateral Custodian substantially as a whole, which Person in any of the foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Collateral Custodian hereunder, shall be the successor to the Collateral Custodian under this Agreement without further act of any of the parties to this Agreement.

Section 18.10 Collateral Custodian Compensation . As compensation for its Collateral Custodian activities hereunder and in its capacity as Securities Intermediary under the Account Control Agreement, the Collateral Custodian shall be entitled to its fees and expenses from the Borrower as set forth in the Collateral Agent and Collateral Custodian Fee Letter and any other accrued and unpaid fees, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) and indemnity amounts payable by the Borrower or the Investment Manager, or both but without duplication, to the Collateral Custodian (including Indemnified Amounts under Article XVI ) under the Transaction Documents (which includes amounts payable to the Securities Intermediary under the Account Control Agreement) (collectively, the “ Collateral Custodian Fees and Expenses ”). The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Collateral Custodian in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Collateral Custodian in accordance with any provision of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or in the enforcement of any provision hereof or in the other Transaction Documents.

Section 18.11 Removal or Resignation of Collateral Custodian . (a) The Collateral Custodian may at any time resign and terminate its obligations under this Agreement upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Investment Manager, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and each Agent and Morningstar ; provided , that no resignation or removal of the Collateral Custodian will be permitted unless a successor Collateral Custodian has been appointed which successor Collateral Custodian, so long as no Unmatured Investment Manager Event of Default, Investment Manager Event of Default, Unmatured Facility Termination Event or Facility Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, is reasonably acceptable to the Investment Manager. Promptly after receipt of notice of the Collateral Custodian’s resignation,

 

-130-


the Administrative Agent shall promptly appoint a successor Collateral Custodian by written instrument, in duplicate, copies of which instrument shall be delivered to the Borrower, the Investment Manager, each Agent, the resigning Collateral Custodian and to the successor Collateral Custodian.

(b) The Administrative Agent upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Custodian and each Agent and Morningstar , may remove and discharge the Collateral Custodian or any successor Collateral Custodian thereafter appointed from the performance of its duties under this Agreement for cause. Promptly after giving notice of removal of the Collateral Custodian, the Administrative Agent shall appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a successor Collateral Custodian. Any such appointment shall be accomplished by written instrument and one original counterpart of such instrument of appointment shall be delivered to the Collateral Custodian and the successor Collateral Custodian, with a copy delivered to the Borrower and the Investment Manager.

(c) In the event of any such resignation or removal, the Collateral Custodian shall, no later than five (5) Business Days after receipt of notice of the successor Collateral Custodian, transfer to the successor Collateral Custodian, as directed in writing by the Administrative Agent, all the Collateral Obligation Files being administered under this Agreement. The cost of the shipment of Collateral Obligation Files arising out of the resignation of the Collateral Custodian pursuant to Section 18.11(a) , or the termination for cause of the Collateral Custodian pursuant to Section 18.11(b) , shall be at the expense of the Collateral Custodian. Any cost of shipment arising out of the removal or discharge of the Collateral Custodian without cause pursuant to Section 18.11(b) shall be at the expense of the Borrower.

Section 18.12 Limitations on Liability . (a) The Collateral Custodian may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telegram or other document delivered to it and that in good faith it reasonably believes to be genuine and that has been signed by the proper party or parties. The Collateral Custodian may rely conclusively on and shall be fully protected in acting upon (a) the written instructions of any designated officer of the Administrative Agent or (b) the verbal instructions of the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Collateral Custodian may consult counsel satisfactory to it and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(c) The Collateral Custodian shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted by it, in good faith, or for any mistakes of fact or law, or for anything that it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith except in the case of its willful misconduct or grossly negligent performance or omission of its duties and in the case of the grossly negligent performance of its duties in taking and retaining custody of the Collateral Obligation Files; provided that, the Collateral Custodian hereby agrees that any failure of the Collateral Custodian to produce an original promissory note satisfying the conditions described in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 18.7 shall constitute negligence.

 

-131-


Annex B

 

Lender

   Class A-1  Commitment      Class A-2 Commitment  

Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch

   $ 250,000,000 200,000,000       $ 0   

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C-4

APPENDIX B

FORM OF PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch

as Administrative Agent

60 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

Attention: Asset Finance Department

Fax: (212) 797-8160

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

as Collateral Agent

9062 Old Annapolis Rd.

Columbia, Maryland 21045

Attention: CDO Trust Services—Dunlap Funding LLC

Fax: (410) 715-3748

Phone: (410) 884-2000

Each Agent pursuant to the Loan Financing Agreement

            , 201  

 

  RE: Advance Request:         $[        ]

Gentlemen and Ladies:

This Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014, (together with all amendments, if any, from time to time made thereto, the “ Loan Financing Agreement ”), among Dunlap Funding LLC, as Borrower (the “ Borrower ”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent and as Collateral Custodian, the Agents and Lenders from time to time parties thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings provided in the Loan Financing Agreement.

The Borrower hereby notifies the addressees hereto that:

 

  1. A prepayment shall be made by the Borrower in an aggregate amount equal to $[        ] of Class A-1 Advances and $[        ] of Class A-2 Advances, which shall be allocated as follows:

Class A-1 Advances:

 

Lender

   Current Class
A-1
Commitment
   Current Class
A-1 Advances
Outstanding
   Class A-1
Advances to be
Prepaid
   Class A-1
Advances After
Prepayment
 
   $                      $                
   $                      $                

Total

   $                      $                

 

Appendix B


Class A-2 Advances:

 

Lender

   Current Class
A-2
Commitment
   Current Class
A-2 Advances
Outstanding
   Class A-2
Advances to be
Prepaid
   Class A-2
Advances After
Prepayment
 
   $                      $                
   $                      $                

Total

   $                      $                

 

  2. The prepayment shall be made by the Borrower on [            ], 20[    ] (the “ Prepayment Date ”); and

 

  3. The amount of such prepayment shall be wired to the Collateral Agent for distribution to (or on behalf of) the Lenders on the Prepayment Date.

The Borrower represents that the conditions described in Section 2.4 of the Loan Financing Agreement have been satisfied with respect to such prepayment.

The Borrower has caused this Prepayment Notice to be executed and delivered, and the certification and warranties contained herein to be made, by its duly authorized officer on the date first set forth above.

It is understood and acknowledged that the undersigned is executing this Prepayment Notice not in an individual capacity but solely as an Executive Officer of the Servicer on behalf of the Borrower and is without any personal liability as to the matters contained in this Prepayment Notice.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Appendix B


DUNLAP FUNDING LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Appendix B

Exhibit 10.31

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO LOAN FINANCING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of October 8, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), among Dunlap Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and collateral custodian (the “ Collateral Agent ”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, each Lender party thereto and the Administrative Agent are party to the Loan Financing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2014 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated and otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms . Terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

ARTICLE II

Amendments

SECTION 2.1. Amendments to the Loan Agreement . As of the date of this Amendment, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) by deleting “7 th ” in the definition of “Reporting Date” and inserting “15 th ” in lieu thereof;

ARTICLE III

Conditions to Effectiveness

SECTION 3.1. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above upon the satisfaction of the following condition:

(a) the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent.


ARTICLE IV

Representations and Warranties

SECTION 4.1. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that, as of the date first written above, (i) no Facility Termination Event or Unmatured Facility Termination Event has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such day (other than any representation and warranty that is made as of a specific date).

ARTICLE V

Miscellaneous

SECTION 5.1. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 5.2. Severability Clause . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 5.3. Ratification . Except as expressly amended and waived hereby, the Loan Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5.4. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Amendment in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or email transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

SECTION 5.5. Headings . The headings of the Articles and Sections in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

DUNLAP FUNDING LLC, as Borrower
By:  

/s/ Gerald F. Stahlecker

Name:   Gerald F. Stahlecker
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Loan Agreement]


DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH , as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Amit Patel

Name:   Amit Patel
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Shawn Rose

Name:   Shawn Rose
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Loan Agreement]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Collateral Agent and as Collateral Custodian
By:  

/s/ Abby Schexnider

Name:  

Abby Schexnider

Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Loan Agreement]

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of FS Investment Corporation III

 

Name of Subsidiary

   State of Incorporation or Organization

Burholme Funding LLC

   Delaware

Center City Funding LLC

   Delaware

Chestnut Hill Funding LLC

   Delaware

Dunlap Funding LLC

   Delaware

Germantown Funding LLC

   Delaware

Jefferson Square Funding LLC

   Delaware

FSIC III Investments, Inc.

   Delaware

IC III Arches Investments, LLC

   Delaware

IC III Altus Investments, LLC

   Delaware

Society Hill Funding LLC

   Delaware

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Michael C. Forman, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of FS Investment Corporation III;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 11, 2016

 

/s/ MICHAEL C. FORMAN

Michael C. Forman
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Michael Lawson, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of FS Investment Corporation III;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 11, 2016

 

/s/ MICHAEL LAWSON

Michael Lawson
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of FS Investment Corporation III (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-K”), Michael C. Forman, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Michael Lawson, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

    the Form 10-K of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

    the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 11, 2016

/S/ MICHAEL C. FORMAN

Michael C. Forman
Chief Executive Officer

/S/ MICHAEL LAWSON

Michael Lawson
Chief Financial Officer